SS, July 4, z//^.
Ui\dcrgraduait€| Stu
1976 - 1977
au.-/^ft>
^^^^^^^^JJVashinqton's headquarters at vali.ev forge/ ^-
■ o^^^^«!^^;^^>^/^^^i«'s«^'^' ^fy£^i>^
4^ ZftyfO^
t^cuuJ^^^/ie4^€rtl tK /4vl^^v^^^Pili|| |l||||i[|||[|H
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC CALENDAR
1976-1977
FALL SEMESTER 1976
September 7, Tuesday
September 8, Wednesday
November 24, Wednesday
November 29, Monday
December 22, Wednesday
December 18, Saturday
Faculty Meetings
Classes Begin
Thanksgiving Recess Begins (5 p.m.)
Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8:00 a.m.
Fall Semester Ends (Close of Classes)
Graduation
SPRING SEMESTER 1977
January 12, Wednesday
February 21, Monday
March 1 1, Friday
March 21, Monday
April 7, Thursday
April 12, Tuesday
May 13, Friday
May 14, Saturday
Classes Begin
Washington's Birthday (Vacation Day)
Spring Vacation (Close of Classes)
Spring Vacation Ends 8:00 a.m.
Easter Recess Begins (Close of
Classes)
Easter Recess Ends 8:00 a.m.
Spring Semester Ends
Graduation and Alumni Day
Pre Session
Regular Session
Post Session
SUMMER SESSIONS 1977
Monday, June 6 to Friday, June 24
Monday, June 27 to Friday, August 5
Monday, August 8 to Friday, August 26
Calendar as presented allows two 15-week semesters; final evalua-
tion is to take place during the last week of each semester.
The College reserves the right to change its calendar.
WEST CHESTER
STATE COLLEGE
BULLETIN
UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES
1976-1977
Volume 104/Number 1 /March 1976
WESTCHESTER, PENNSYLVANIA 19380
West Chester State College is accredited by
The Middle States Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools, The
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education,
The American Association for Health, Physical
Education, and Recreation, The
National Association of Schools of Music, The
Council on Social Work Education, and
The American Chemical Society.
West Chester State College is a member of
The Council of Graduate Schools in the United States.
This Bulletin is not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract be-
tween the student and West Chester State College.
Issued four times a year, March, May, June, and November, by the Trustees of West
Chester State College at West Chester, Pennsylvania. Entered as second class matter
March 3, 1931, at the Post Office at West Chester, Pennsylvania, under the Act of
Congress of August 24, 1912. Second Class Postage paid at West Chester, Pa. 19380.
Contents
inside
front
cover ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1975-1976
iv BACCALAUREATE, CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS
1 INTRODUCING WEST CHESTER
15 ADMISSION TO WEST CHESTER
21 FEES AND EXPENSES
27 FINANCIAL AID
33 STUDENT AFFAIRS
39 STUDENT LIFE
49 ACADEMIC INFORMATION
59 STRUCTURE OF THE COLLEGE
61 DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
67 PROGRAMS OF STUDY AND COURSE OFFERINGS
229 ADMINISTRATION
230 FACULTY
259 INDEX
263 COLLEGE MAP
inside COMMUNICATIONS DIRECTORY
bacl<
cover
Baccalaureate Programs at West Chester State College
American Studies
Anthropology-Sociology
Art
Biology
Economics
Foreign Languages
French Russian
German Spanish
Latin
BACHELOR OF ARTS
Geography
History
Literature
Mathematics
Mathematics-Computer
Science
Music
Philosophy
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Philosophy-Religion
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Social Work
Speech Communication
Theatre Arts
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Business Administration
Accounting Management
Economics Marketing
Chemistry
Chemistry-Biology
Chemistry-Geology
Clinical Chemistry
Computer and Information Sciences
Criminal Justice
Earth Science
Nursing
Public Health
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Biology
Chemistry
Communications
Earth and Space Sciences
English
Foreign Languages
French German
Spanish Russian
General Science
Mathematics
Physics
Social Studies
Geography History
Political Science
Latin
Health Education
Health and Physical Education
Music Education
Speech Pathology and Audiology
Cooperative Degree
Program for Dental Hygienists.
Certification Programs at West Chester
Driver Education and Safe Living Teaching the Mentally Retarded
Environmental (Outdoor) Education Teaching the Physically Handicapped
Athletic Coaching
Continuing Education at West Chester
In addition to the degree and certification programs listed above, West Chester
offers a variety of courses for non-degree students seeking vocational advancement
or personal enrichment. Further details are available from the Educational Develop-
ment Center.
Introducing
West Chester
^1 uality education at a reasonable price. . .this is the goal of West
Chester State College, one of the largest of the fourteen institutions
of higher learning owned and maintained by the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania. A comprehensive and multi-purpose college, West
Chester serves individuals of all ages offering a variety of programs
to fill their educational needs.
Listed in detail on the opposite page, these encompass liberal
arts, science programs, teacher training and certification, prepara-
tion for advanced study in fields such as medicine and law, educa-
tion for specific professions, and continuing education.
Total enrollment at West Chester includes more than 6,100 full-
time undergraduate students, about 1 ,300 part-time undergraduates,
and nearly 1,900 graduate students. While most of these are recent
high school graduates preparing for career objectives, many others
are older individuals including veterans and homemakers who either
never before had the opportunity for a college education or whose
schooling was interrupted.
While the school's primary function is the education of Penn-
sylvania residents, high quality students from other states and for-
eign countries are welcome. West Chester's student body repre-
sents a cross section of many ethnic, racial and religious groups
and includes students from all economic levels.
Like the world around it. West Chester State College is constant-
ly changing and growing. The school continues to broaden and
modify the nature and number of its programs to reflect the needs
of its students in their endeavor to prepare themselves for success
and fulfillment in life.
HISTORY OF THE COLLEGE
Although its founding year is 1871, the College in fact has deeper
roots tracing from the West Chester Academy, a private, state-
aided school which existed from 1812 to 1869. The Academy en-
joyed strong support from the highly intellectual Chester County
society of the pre-Civil War decades. It was recognized as one of
Pennsylvania's leading preparatory schools, and its experience
2/introducing west Chester
in teacher-training laid the groundwork for the normal school years
that were to follow.
As the State began to take increasing responsibility for public
education, the Academy was transformed into West Chester State
Normal School, still privately owned but state-certified. The Normal
School admitted its first class of 160 students on September 25,
1871. In 1913 West Chester became the first of the normal schools
to be owned outright by the Commonwealth.
West Chester became West Chester State Teachers College in
1927 when Pennsylvania initiated a four-year program of teacher
education. In 1960, as the Commonwealth paved the way for liberal
arts programs in its college system. West Chester was renamed
West Chester State College, and two years later introduced the
liberal arts program which turned the onetime academy into a
comprehensive college.
LOCATION OF THE COLLEGE
West Chester State College is in West Chester, a town which has
been the seat of government in Chester County since 1786. With
a population of about 20,000, the Borough proper is small enough
to have the pleasant aspects of a tree-shaded American town, large
enough to contain essential services and the substance of a vigorous
community, and old enough to give the student first-hand touch
with America's early history.
Students may walk to West Chester's many churches. West Ches-
ter has excellent stores and shops, and a fine hospital. The heart
of the town is its courthouse, a Classical Revival building designed
in the 1840's by Thomas U. Walter, one of the architects for the
Capitol in Washington, D.C. The town was settled in the early 18th
century, principally by members of the Society of Friends; charm-
ing traces of their culture remain in the community.
West Chester today is part of the rapidly growing suburban com-
plex surrounding Philadelphia and offers interesting opportunities
for the study of local, county, and regional government in a period
of change and growth.
Philadelphia is 25 miles to the east and Wilmington 15 miles to
the south, putting the libraries, museums, and other cultural and
historical resources of both cities in easy reach. Valley Forge, the
Brandywine Battlefield, Longwood Gardens, and other historical
attractions are near West Chester.
HOW TO REACH WEST CHESTER
The Borough of West Chester is easily accessible from all directions
both by car and public transportation. Route 3, the West Chester
Pike, leads directly into town from center-city Philadelphia. From
the Pennsylvania Turnpike, motorists traveling west should take
introducting west chester/3
Route 202 south from the Valley Forge Interchange while those
traveling east can arrive via Route 100 south from the Downingtown
Interchange. From the south, Route 202 from Wilmington and
Routes 100 and 52 from U.S. Route 1 all lead to West Chester.
By public transportation, SEPTA buses run from the 69th Street
Terminal in Philadelphia into the center of town while the Penn
Central Railroad also operates a limited schedule from Philadelphia's
30th Street and Suburban Stations to West Chester.
DESCRIPTION OF THE CAMPUS
The College has a land area of 385 acres. North Campus, an ex-
pansion of the original campus, occupies 94 acres at the southern
boundaries of the Borough of West Chester. South Campus, which
came into full use in 1970, is a 291-acre expanse of the gently roll-
ing countryside which Andrew Wyeth has defined in his landscapes
of Chester County.
Fronting on South New street 3/4 mile south of the original Col-
lege, South Campus contains the huge new Health and Physical
Education Center, which has won national acclaim for the quality
and extent of its teaching, performance, and research facilities.
John A. Farrell Stadium, playing and practice fields, and tennis
courts surround the Center. Included in the open areas is a stretch
of natural forest, part of which has been conserved as a resource
for the natural sciences. Other sectors are marked for future build-
ing development.
Architecturally, North Campus combines late 19th century, col-
legiate Gothic, and contemporary styles. Four of the College's
green-hued serpentine stone buildings, which have given West
Chester a unique character for many decades, are still in use. The
College is also known for its magnificent old trees
The $44,000,000 building program of the 60's produced a num-
ber of major facilities and utilities which equip the College well
for the needs of modern education. The Learning Research Cen-
ter, the library, Mitchell Hall (Fine Arts), and the two phases of
Schmucker Science Center are major additions, along with six
high-rise residence halls which span the western side of North
Campus.
The principal buildings on North Campus are
Administration Building (1899), which contains the offices of Under-
graduate Studies, Graduate Studies, Admissions, the Enrollment
Center, Scheduling and Academic Records, Veterans' Affairs, the
Higher Education Opportunity Program, the coordinator of Summer
School and Public Relations.
4/introducing west Chester
Anderson Hall (1938), a large five-floor classroom building, exten-
sively renovated in 1966, which houses the offices of the Deans of
the Schools of Education and Social and Behavioral Sciences, the
office of the Director of Student Teaching and the Departments of
Business and Economics, Counselor Education, Elementary Educa-
tion, Secondary Education and Professional Studies, Geography
and Planning, Instructional Media Education, Mathematics and Psy-
chology.
Elsie Oleita Bull Learning Research Center (1968), containing the
computer center, a television studio, and research offices.
Ehinger Gymnasium (1930) and Hollinger Field House (1949), con-
nected buildings serving the School of Health and Physical Educa-
tion and housing the Recreational Services Program.
Francis Harvey Green Library (1966), described below.
Lawrence Center (1965), whose facilities include the Career De-
velopment Center, the Counseling Center, the campus post office,
dining halls and a snack bar.
Main Hall (1 974), is the newest of the classroom buildings and meets
the needs of many humanities programs. The administrative offices
of the School of Arts and Letters are in Main, as are the Departments
of English, Foreign Languages, History, Philosophy, and Speech
Communication and Theatre. A lecture hall seating 400 and the
language laboratory are major features of Main, which stands on
the grounds of the College's original building. Old Main.
Maintenance Building (1968), a multi-purpose building accommo-
dating the Plant Maintenance and Department of Law Enforcement
offices, various maintenance shops, the Centrex Automatic tele-
phone exchange, and the fire detection center.
Lloyd C Mitchell Hall (1970), a fine-arts classroom building which
is the location of the Art Department and its exhibition galleries.
It also provides additional classrooms, practice rooms and offices
for the School of Music whose building (Swope Hall) is adjacent
to the new hall.
Old Library (1902), a Classical Revival serpentine building in which
can be found Educational Media Services, College Duplication
Center, Publications, Social Welfare Center, the Department of
Anthropology, Sociology, and Social Welfare, the office of the
Director of International Education and Chester County Instructional
Materials Service.
Philips Memorial Hall (1925), an outstanding example of collegiate
Gothic which houses the Offices of the President, the Office of the
Vice President for Administration and Fiscal Affairs, the Office of
introducing west chester/5
Business Affairs, Philips Memorial Library, the College's largest
auditorium, the faculty lounge and conference rooms.
Recitation l-iall (1892), a serpentine building which holds class-
rooms. Studio 208, the Reading Clinic and the Department of Nur-
sing.
Reynolds Hall (1871), a former farm house constructed of serpen-
tine and occupied by the College Health Service and the adminis-
trative offices of the Division of Facilities.
Schmucker Science Center (1968), a two-phase center including
the Biological Sciences and Physical Sciences buildings. The Cen-
ter contains classrooms and laboratories, a planetarium, astronom-
ical observatory, television studio, an auditorium, and the Darlington
Museum and Herbareum. The administrative offices of the School
of Sciences and Mathematics are in Schmucker.
Special Education Building (1960), contains classrooms, a clinic
area for special education, and offices of the coordinators of special
education and urban education.
Swope Hall (1959), houses the School of Music, including offices,
classrooms, an auditorium, choral and instrumental rooms, a music
library, and a music listening room.
Sykes College Union Building (1975), of modern design, which
contains the offices of the Vice President for Student Affairs, Stu-
dent Housing, the Director of Student Activities, I.G.A. Business
Manager, I.G.A. Ticket Sales and Student Government, The College
Book Store, conference rooms, lounges and the College radio
broadcasting studio are also found in Sykes.
Tanglewood, a historic and handsome residence with beautiful
grounds, occupied by the President of the College.
Residence Halls. Killinger (1959), McCarthy (1960), and the fol-
lowing high-rise halls; Goshen, Ramsey, and Tyson (1966); San-
derson (1969); and Schmidt and Wayne (1971).
A boiler plant, water pedisphere, garage, and laundry, along with
several annex houses, complete the physical plant of North Campus.
South Campus facilities presently include:
Health and Physical Education Center (1970), which contains a
one-acre gymnasium, divisible into six pneumatically sealed gym-
nasiums; a three-point natatorium; multi-purpose teaching stations;
research facilities; administrative offices; 16 lecture classrooms;
two dance studios, a physiological research laboratory; two phy-
sical therapy rooms; two sauna baths, and other facilities.
6/introducing west Chester
John A. Farrell Stadium (1970), providing spectator seating for 7,500
at varsity football and track events, a press box, lighting for night
games, and concessions and rest areas.
Athletic Field Complex (1969-70), playing and practice fields for
football, hockey, soccer, lacrosse, and baseball; tennis courts; night
lighting; and parking for 1,000 cars.
introducing west chester/7
FRANCIS HARVEY GREEN LIBRARY
The new Francis Harvey Green Library, opened in 1966, provides
an excellent environment for study and research. When a six-story
addition is put into service in 1976, the complex will house one-
half million books and will be furnished with studies and lounges,
expanded microform and periodical areas, an enlarged instructional
materials center and uniquely designed special collections room.
The library has an increasingly important role in both teaching
and research with its growing collection of more than 320,000 vol-
umes and subscriptions to over 2500 journals. Augmenting this
general collection with more than 300,000 titles is the micromedia
collection including books, periodicals, newspapers and doctoral
dissertations along with the facilities to read this material.
Other noteworthy collections can be found in the library complex.
An extensive holding of courses of study and textbooks and a variety
of audio-visual materials are held in the instructional materials cen-
ter; sheet music, scores and records are housed in the Music Library
of Swope Hall. Also available are separate collections for children's
literature and government documents.
The Special Collections Room holds the Chester County Collec-
tion of scientific and historical books; the Normal Collection (his-
torical books on physical education and publications by and about
the faculty and alumni); the Biographies of the Signers of the
Declaration of Independence by John Sanderson; and the Shakes-
peare Folios. The Philips Autographed Book Library is kept in a
specially designed room in the Philips Memorial Building.
West Chester students may take advantage of the library's many
services such as reference, interlibrary loan and photoduplication.
To add to the cultural enrichment of the college community the li-
brary schedules informative displays and art exhibits throughout
the year.
8/introducing west Chester
EDUCATIONAL SERVICES
BUREAU OF EDUCATIONAL MEDIA SERVICES. The Bureau
assists faculty members in the planning and production of edu-
cational media for classroom use. It also operates the closed-circuit
system employed when segments of appropriate courses are taught
by television. The Bureau's services include production in the areas
of still photography, recording, duplicating, and overhead trans-
parencies.
CHESTER COUNTY INTERMEDIATE UNIT INSTRUCTIONAL
MATERIALS SERVICE. West Chester is headquarters for this cen-
ter, which makes more than 3,200 films available to the 1 13 schools
it serves. The center also maintains the College film library and
promotes effective use of instructional materials and technology
in the 12 affiliated school districts. College faculty and student
teachers may make use of these facilities.
BUREAU OF RESEARCH AND RELATED SERVICES. The Bureau
of Research and Related Services fosters the development of basic,
applied, and institutional research and provides facilities for the
tabulation and analysis of research data. The research function
of the Bureau encompasses studies initiated by the faculty and
administrative staff of the College as well as cooperative endeavors
carried on under the joint sponsorship of the College and various
external educational agencies and foundations. The Bureau assists
faculty and students to secure financial support for their research
projects. A computer center, statistical laboratory, and research
facilities are maintained in the Learning Research Center.
Data processing services include the tabulation and summari-
zation of information essential to the operation of the various ad-
ministrative divisions of the College and the statistical treatment
and computer analysis of experimental data obtained from facu'ty
and student research activities.
THE EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT CENTER. Cooperatively
established and maintained by Cheyney State College, West Ches-
ter State College and the Pennsylvania Department of Education,
this is one of a network of centers throughout the Commonwealth
in which applied research findings are used to develop innovative
products and programs to improve the educational process.
This facility carries a primary responsibility for Pennsylvania's
effort to improve Urban and Bilingual Education. It is involved in
the coordination and evaluation of a statewide Urban Elementary
School Network and the Pennsylvania portion of an Interstate Ur-
ban Elementary School Network also embracing schools in New
York and New Jersey. Its activities include services designed to (1)
identify curriculum needs, (2) improve existing education programs,
(3) design innovative pilot and exemplary programs, (4) assist in
introducing west chester/9
grants to support these projects and (5) disseminate new and de-
veloping programs and concepts.
The Educational Development Center is Pennsylvania's unique
and creative means of liaison among state, college and community
educational and education-related agencies and institutions.
CONTINUING EDUCATION
A number of college activities have been designed to meet the
needs of people beyond compulsory school age who are not full-
time students. Such persons enroll for a variety of reasons (civic,
cultural, professional, occupational, social, etc.). Their educational
activities are normally administered through channels other than
those designed for regular degree programs students, however,
the work they take may be creditable toward a degree.
West Chester's Continuing Education Program operates under
the guidance of a college-wide committee for In-Service and Con-
tinuing Education, which functions under the aegis of the Vice Pres-
ident for Academic Affairs. It is an operation of the Educational
Development Center.
Current programs include (1 ) in-service courses carrying graduate
credit and/or in-service credit, (2) undergraduate credit courses,
and (3) non-college credit work accomplished in terms of a Continu-
ing Education Unit (CEU) which is at the ratio of one CEU for each
ten (1 ) contract hours.
Participants represent a wide range of age and economic status
including recent high school graduates who cannot attend college
full time, older students contemplating a return to college or enroll-
ment for the first time, employed individuals looking for advance-
ment or a change in career and many who merely wish to broaden
their horizons through study.
OVERSEAS STUDY
The Junior Year Abroad Program, sponsored by the College, makes
it possible for interested students to spend one or more semesters
in France. Those interested in the French language pursue two
semesters at the University of Montpellier. Students with interests
in other areas of French life and culture may develop, with their
departments, independent study programs or projects which can
be facilitated by the West Chester faculty member in residence in
Montpellier. See "Department of Foreign Languages " for details.
The Consortium of Pennsylvania State Colleges sponsors an annual
summer studies program, conducted in English, in Salzburg, Aus-
tria. Periodically, several of the Schools offer field-study courses
which take place in Europe or other overseas locations.
10/introducing west Chester
NATIONAL STUDENT EXCHANGE PROGRAM
West Chester is one of the 33 American colleges and universities,
ranging from the University of Hawaii at Manoa to the Universities
of Maine and Massachusetts, which participate in the National Stu-
dent Exchange program. The project gives students an opportunity
to widen their cultural and academic horizons through a semester
or year of study in another part of the United States, without paying
out-of-state fees or incurring such complications as credit transfers.
The exchange must take place during sophomore or junior years
so that returning students may share their experiences with stu-
dents at their home campus. The yearly number of West Chester
students who may participate in the program is limited, and in order
to qualify, students must have a 2.5 cumulative index. Recruitment
generally takes place in November with announcement made on
campus.
SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC
The clinic, located on the second floor of Wayne Hall, provides
diagnostic and therapeutic services for persons with speech and
hearing problems. These services are available to College students,
the College community, and residents of West Chester and the
surrounding area. The clinic is maintained as a teaching-training
facility for the degree program in the Department of Speech Path-
ology and Audiology.
CULTURAL AFFAIRS
West Chester's unusually strong cultural affairs program is de-
scribed under Student Life.
HIGHER EDUCATION OPPORTUNITY PROGRAM
Along with colleges throughout the nation, West Chester in the 60's
faced its responsibilities toward a special kind of student on the
American scene: the young people from ethnic and lower-income
groups, with differing cultural backgrounds, whose educational
experiences and opportunities have suffered as a result of neglects
and inequalities within our society.
West Chester's answer was its Higher Education Opportunity
Program, which accepts students who would either not qualify for
regular admissions or could not attend college without financial
aid. In eight years, the program has demonstrated that these young
people can succeed academically under the impetus of a specif-
ically designed entry program.
Facets of the program include academic preparation during a
nine-week summer program, continued tutorial assistance and
counseling support, and generally more individualized attention
introducing west chester/1 1
to the social and cultural needs of participating students.
The program has grown steadily, both in enrollment and in the
scholastic achievement of its students. Those with a relatively good
academic background in specific subject areas may now enroll
in summer courses and earn up to nine credits. Others engage
in supportive remedial programs designed according to individual
needs. Additional information may be obtained from the Higher
Education Opportunity Program Office, Administration Building.
ART COLLECTIONS
The College's Permanent Art Collection is made up primarily of
gifts from interested art patrons, Senior Class purchases, and gifts
from the alumni. A different selection from the collection is placed
on view each year in the galleries in Lloyd C. Mitchell Hall. The
Intracollegiate Governmental Association Permanent Art Collection
also has a growing collection of art works which are on display
at various times in both Mitchell Hall and the Francis Harvey Green
Library. The IGA Collection consists of a number of important works
such as the water color, "Andress Place, " by Andrew Wyeth.
12/introducing west Chester
HISTORICAL PROPERTIES
Among a number of historical properties which came to the Col-
lege as heritages from the Chester County Athenaeum, a literary
society of the early 19th century, are letters to Anthony Wayne
from George Washington, Israel Putnam, Benedict Arnold, and
others. The College also possesses a mahogany clock which be-
longed to Benjamin Franklin and Anthony Wayne's telescope. Both
were acquired from the West Chester Academy, forerunner to the
present College.
DARLINGTON HERBARIUM
The Darlington Herbarium, housed in Schmucker Science Center,
is one of the highly regarded historical collections of dried plant
specimens in the East. Among the 30,000 specimens are plants
collected by such famous explorers and botanists as Captain John
Fremont, Thomas Nuttall, Sir William Hooker, C. S. Rafinesque,
and George Engelmann. More than 200 collectors from America's
formative years of 1820 to 1850 are represented. The herbarium
was the work of Dr. William Darlington (1782-1863), a member
of the West Chester Cabinet of Science. Dr. Darlington was eminent
in West Chester as a physician, educator, banker, businessman,
historian, and botanist. His plants, however, were his first love.
A state park has been established in northern California to preserve
a rare species of insectivorous plant named in his honor— Darling-
tonia.
ROBERT B. GORDON NATURAL AREA FOR ENVIRONMENTAL
STUDIES
The College has conserved a large area of natural woodlands,
located on South Campus, and utilizes it for several kinds of out-
door studies in the natural sciences. Dedicated in 1973, the area
was named for Robert B. Gordon, chairman of the College's De-
partment of Science from 1938 to 1963.
MARINE SCIENCE CONSORTIUM
As a charter member of the Marine Science Consortium, West
Chester, along with 17 other colleges and universities, provides
opportunities for field studies in marine sciences at Lewes, Del-
aware, and Wallops Island, Virginia. Undergraduate and graduate
courses are given each summer in five three-week sessions. The
Consortium offers courses in navigation, scuba diving, geology,
introducing west chester/13
biology, chemistry, and physics as well as cruises on two ocean-
going vessels. Coastal Navigation, Marine Ecology, and Marine Geo-
physics are examples of recent offerings. During fall and spring
semesters field trips to the stations are taken by classes in biology
and earth sciences. For more information, consult either the De-
partment of Biology or Department of Earth Sciences.
14/introducing west Chester
GRADUATE STUDIES
West Chester's graduate program, introduced in 1959, has expand-
ed rapidly and now offers study leading to the Master of Education
in 16 disciplines, the Master of Arts and Master of Science in a
number of fields, and the Master of Music. West Chester schedules
its graduate studies during the fall and spring semesters in the
late afternoon, evening, and Saturday morning. It is possible to pur-
sue full-time graduate programs during the academic year and in
Summer Sessions.
The following graduate programs are offered:
Certification
and/or Master
of Education
Biology
Counselor Education
(At West Chester State
College, the masters de-
gree is required for those
seeking certification in
counselor education )
Elementary Education
English
French
Geography
German
Health and Physical
Education
Instructional Media
Education
Latin
Mathematics
Reading
Secondary Education
Social Science
Concentrations in:
History
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology/ Anthropology
Spanish
Special Education
Teaching the Emotion-
ally Disturbed (Certi-
fication only)
Master of Arts
Biology
English
French
Geography
History
Mathematics
Music
Philosophy
Physical Science
Psychology
Social Science
Concentrations in:
History
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology/Anthropology
Spanish
Teaching English as
Second Language
Master of Science
Chemistry
Criminal Justice*
Educational Research
Health and Physical
Education
Instructional Media
Master of Music
Music Education
Music Theory or
Composition
Applied Music
•Pending approval by the Pennsylvania Department of Education
Graduate catalogues and further information are available from
the Dean of Graduate Studies.
SUMMER SESSIONS
West Chester offers programs for both undergraduates and grad-
uates during summer sessions.
Summer session catalogues, containing the course schedules,
may be obtained from the Director of Admissions (for undergraduate
studies) and the Dean of Graduate Studies (for graduate studies).
Admission to West Chester
We
rest Chester State College evaluates its applicants on the basis
of scholarship, character and potential for achievement in the pro-
grams to which they apply. The school operates on a rolling admis-
sions policy so that applications are reviewed as received and appli-
cants can be notified as quickly as possible of their status. Quali-
fied students of any age as well as faculty and staff are welcomed
at West Chester from all racial, religious, ethnic and socio-economic
backgrounds. Studies may be pursued on a full or part-time basis.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
1. Graduation, with satisfactory scholarship, from an approved
secondary school, or approval by the Credentials Evaluation
Division of the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
2. Either a satisfactory score on the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT)
of the College Entrance Examination Board (C.E.E.B.) or sat-
isfactory scores on the tests given in the American College
Testing Program (ACT).
3. An interview or admissions conference, for which the Office
of Admissions will initiate arrangements at the proper time.
HOW AND WHEN TO APPLY FOR ADMISSION
For application forms and instructions, send the request form at
the back of this catalogue to the Director of Admissions.
Applicants for a fall semester are urged to begin the application
procedure immediately after their junior year of secondary school.
Facilities permitting, the Director of Admissions will accept appli-
cations into the spring of the year in which admission is desired.
Applicants for a spring semester should submit the request form
by November 1. They must take their SAT or ACT no later than
July 31.
Applicants for the nursing program are admitted only for the
fall semester.
16/admission
Last Day for Admission of New Freshmen. Completed application
procedures must be in the Office of Admissions by July 1 for a
fall semester or December 1 for a spring semester. If enrollment
quotas are filled before these dates, admissions will be closed.
Notice of Decisions. Candidates will hear from the Director of
Admissions as soon as possible after decisions are reached. The
applicants' secondary schools will also be notified.
EXAMINATIONS REQUIRED FOR PLACEMENT PURPOSES
For placement purposes, all applicants must furnish at least one
achievement test score. If ACT scores are submitted for admission
they will, in many instances, also serve to provide the required
achievement test score. However, all applicants who take the SAT
for admission must submit scores on the C.E.E.B. English Com-
position Achievement Test and, in some cases, on one or two ad-
ditional achievement tests.
Applicants who submit ACT scores for admission. The ACT, cover-
ing the fields of English, mathematics, natural science, and social
science, produces all needed achievement test scores except in
foreign languages. A test in foreign languages is therefore admin-
istered at West Chester by its Department of Foreign Languages.
This test must be taken by:
1. Secondary education applicants who will major in foreign languages (provided
they have studied a foreign language).
2. Applicants for all liberal arts programs (including music) which lead to the B A.
or the B.S. in chemistry (provided they have studied a foreign language).
These applicants must arrange to take the test by communicat-
ing with the Department of Foreign Languages for dates and de-
tails.
Applicants who submit the SAT score for admission. Although a
second achievement test of the applicant's choice is strongly urged,
the C.E.E.B. English Composition Achievement Test is the only
placement test requirement in the following programs:
Business Administration Music Education
Criminal Justice Music (B.Mus. Program)
Elementary Education Speech Pathology and Audiology
Health Education B.S. in Nursing
Health and Physical Education Public Health
In addition to the English Composition Achievement Test appli-
cants in secondary education may submit scores for the achieve-
ment test in their major (concentration). If the major is English and
the applicant has studied a foreign language, he may also submit
achievement test scores in that language.
In addition to the English Composition Achievement Test, appli-
admisslon/17
cants for all liberal arts programs (B.A. programs including music
and the B.53. In chemistry) may submit scores for the achievement
test in their major and in their foreign language, provided they
have studied one.
All achievement test scores must reach the Office of Admissions
no later than June 1.
ARRANGING FOR TESTS
Information about C.E.E.B. or ACT may be obtained from guidance
counselors or the Office of Admissions.
POLICY FOR DEFICIENT SCORES
Students whose scores are low on either the English Composition
Achievement Test or the English section of the ACT tests are re-
quired to take a remedial English course.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS IN SPECIFIC FIELDS
Health and Physical Education and Health Education. See School
of Health and Physical Education for additional admissions require-
ments.
Mathematics. Mathematics majors must present three secondary
units of mathematics, including algebra and plane geometry.
Music. See School of Music for additional admissions requirements.
Nursing. See Department of Nursing.
PHYSICAL EXAMINATION REQUIREMENTS
Except for the health and physical education programs, applicants
are not asked to submit a health reference until they have been
accepted for admission. Upon acceptance, they will receive a form
for the necessary health examination. If the report indicates de-
ficiencies which would handicap performance in certain professions,
the College will give the student opportunity to select a field of
study more appropriate to his state of health. But if the medical
report shows that the student will not be able to meet the demands
of any College program, admission will be revoked, and the ac-
ceptance fee of $75 refunded.
Health and physical education majors. A satisfactory medical
report is required for admission to the health education and health
and physical education programs. The necessary form will be sup-
plied by the School of Health and Physical Education prior to its
pre-admission interview.
18/admission
POLICY ON EARLY ADMISSIONS
In exceptional circumstances, students with superior academic
qualifications and unusually mature personal development are
admitted as freshmen upon completing their junior year of second-
ary school. Students who, in the opinion of their guidance counselor,
warrant consideration for early admission may obtain more infor-
mation from the Director of Admissions. The closing date for ap-
plication is June 1.
ACCEPTANCE OF AN OFFER OF ADMISSION
Each applicant who accepts an offer of admission to the College
must sign an acceptance form which includes the following state-
ment: "I hereby submit myself to the jurisdiction of the College and
agree to be governed by the rules and regulations of the College
now existing or to be adopted during the period in which I am en-
rolled as a student."
TRANSFER STUDENTS
Students previously enrolled, no matter how briefly, in another
school of collegiate rank are classified as transfer students. Stu-
dents whose cumulative grade-point average is less than 2.00 will
not be considered for admission.
All application procedures must be completed and in the Office
of Admissions by July 1 for a fall semester or December 1 for a
spring semester. If enrollment limits become filled before these
dates, admissions will be closed.
APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR STUDENTS TRANSFERRING
FROM AN ACCREDITED INSTITUTION
1. File a transfer application form, available from the Office of Admissions.
2. See that the Director of Admissions receives:
a. Two official transcripts of records from all institutions attended, with hon-
orable dismissal shown. If preliminary (incomplete) transcripts are submitted,
the student must see that completed transcripts are filed later.
b. A letter of recommendation from the Dean of Students of the last college
attended full-time, attesting that the student's citizenship record was entire-
ly satisfactory.
c. A letter from the applicant stating why he wishes to transfer to West Chester.
d. Mid-term grades, if the students is enrolled elsewhere in the fall semester
and applying to West Chester for the following spring semester.
3. If a student has completed less than 30 semester hours of credit he must supply
a SAT score or ACT scores.
admission/19
Upon acceptance, transfer students are given a health report
form which must be completed. Admission is contingent, finally, up-
on a satisfactory health reference.
For administrative purposes, transfer students are classified as
commuting students. (See Student Services)
Transfer students should also note the paragraph titled "Main-
tenance of Minimum Standards" in Academic Information.
COLLEGE POLICIES FOR STUDENTS TRANSFERRING FROM
A NON-ACCREDITED INSTITUTION
Applicants from collegiate institutions (including community col-
leges and junior colleges) which are not accredited by one of the
six Regional Associations in the United States will be considered
for admission under the following regulations:
1. An applicant's cumulative index must be 2.00 (C) or better and, in the cases
of community and junior colleges, must meet their recommended mark for trans-
fer.
2. The evaluation of academic courses listed on transcripts from an institution
not accredited by one of the six Regional Associations will be made in accord-
ance with the recommendations of the American Association of Collegiate Reg-
istrars and Admissions Officers in their Report of Credit Given by Educational
Institutions. Thus, it the Report recommends that an mstitution's credits be re-
cognized for transfer. West Chester will accept them for equivalent courses,
dependent on approval from the students major department.
3. The evaluation of courses applying to the special areas of health and physical
education and music will be made by the respective Schools in accordance
with their policies as follows:
a. Healtti and Physical Education. Under the provisions of the national pro-
fessional association, all colleges offering health, physical education, and
recreation have reciprocal transfer relationships. Thus, a student wishing
to transfer in health and physical education will receive transfer credits in
the major field in terms of major courses satisfactorily passed (C or better)
at a college accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teach-
er Education and the American Association for Health, Physical Education,
and Recreation. Academic courses will be evaluated as stated in 2, above.
b. Music. Credit will be allowed only on the basis of music tests for music
courses. Academic courses will be evaluated as stated in 2, above.
4. Applicants must submit SAT or ACT scores which meet the minimum established
by the College for the curriculum concerned.
Application procedure: Follow procedure outlined above under
"Application Procedure for Students Transferring from an Accredit-
ed Institution" except for its last item (3). Students applying from
non-accredited institutions are uniformly required to submit SAT
or ACT scores regardless of semester hours completed in other
institutions.
20/admission
ADMISSION OF COLLEGE GRADUATES
SEEKING CERTIFICATION
College graduates who wish to obtain teaching certification should
consult with the Dean of the School of Education.
READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS
Students who have withdrawn from West Chester for acceptable
reasons may ask the Office of Admissions for an application for
readmission. Those who have attended any institutions of higher
learning since leaving West Chester must request those institutions
to forward transcripts of their records to the Office of Admissions.
Students intending to enroll in student teaching in the first semes-
ter of readmission must file an application for student teaching with
the Director of Student Teaching at least four months before their
expected readmission.
All readmission applications must be filed not later than June 1
for the fall semester or December 1 for the spring semester. If en-
rollment quotas become filled before these dates, admissions will
be closed.
Fees and Expenses
Fees and Expenses are subject to change without notice.
Unless otherwise specified, fees are paid by check or money order
payable to: Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Your canceled check
or money order record serves as your receipt.
UNDERGRADUATE FEES
BASIC FEE FOR LEGAL RESIDENTS OF PENNSYLVANIA
Full-time students (between 12-18 semester hours) $400.00 per semester
Extra charge for semester hours over 18 $ 33.00 per semester hour
Part-time students (11 semester hours or less) $ 33.00 per semester hour
BASIC FEE FOR OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS
Full-time students (between 12-18 semester hours) $750.00 per semester
Extra charge for semester hours over 18 $ 60.00 per semester hour
Part-time students (11 semester hours or less) $ 60.00 per semester hour
HOUSING FEE
The housing fee for students living in campus residence halls is
$434 per semester and covers room ($234) and meals ($200) while
the College is in session. The College charges commuting students
$200 per semester for meals in the dining hall.
COMMUNITY CENTER FEE
Students pay a Community Center Fee based on the number of
credits carried, as follows:
1 through 6 credits $ 2.50 per semester
7 through 9 credits $ 5.00 per semester
10 credits or more $10.00 per semester
Community Center Fee is not refundable.
22/fees and expenses
ROOM RESERVATION FEE
A room reservation fee of $50 is required, late in the spring semes-
ter, of all currently enrolled students who apply to the office of the
Associate Deans of Students for residence hall reservations for their
next academic year. These applications must be made during a
three-day period announced each spring in campus publications.
The room reservation fee is not refundable but is credited to the
housing fee for the following fall semester. The room reservation
fee must be paid on the day of application by check or money order
drawn to the "Commonwealth of Pennsylvania."
FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS
Students and their parents or guardians should observe that all
fees and expenses are subject to change without notice and that,
since the acceptance of a student is for a semester, financial obli-
gations are for a semester.
The College may authorize payments on a monthly basis to worthy
upperclassman who are full-time students and whose circumstances
require an installment payment schedule. Requests for the install-
ment payment schedule should be sent to the Director of Business
Affairs. However, entering new students are expected to make full
payment of fees and expenses by the registration deadline, unless
they have supplementary scholarship aid.
ADVANCE PAYMENT OF HOUSING AND BASIC FEES
All students are required to pay their housing and basic fees in ad-
vance of each semester. The College sends bills for these fees pre-
ceding each semester. If payment is not made within the stipulated
period, the student is dropped from the admissions list or the rolls
of the College; loses all privileges and priorities, including his room
reservation; and forfeits his room reservation fee.
Payments normally fall due each academic year as follows:
Fall semester Early in August
Spring semester Early in December
Any change in these dates will be shown on fall or spring semes-
ter invoices. Checks should be made payable to the "Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania" and mailed to:
Office of Business Affairs
West Chester State College
West Chester, Pa. 19380
APPLICATION FEE FOR NEW STUDENTS
An application fee of $10 is required of all applicants. It is not re-
fundable under any circumstances and is not credited to a student's
account. The application fee must be paid by cashier's check or
money order (not personal check).
fees and expenses/23
ACCEPTANCE FEE FOR NEW STUDENTS
The student accepts an offer of admission by paying an additional
$75 as a guarantee of his intention to enter the College in the se-
mester indicated. This fee is not refundable, but upon enrollment is
credited toward the basic fee. If, before enrollment, the College
finds it necessary to revoke admission on the basis of an unsatis-
factory health report from the student's physician, the acceptance
fee will be refunded. The acceptance fee must also be paid by cash-
ier's check or money order.
DAMAGE FEE
Students are held responsible for damage, breakage, loss, or de-
layed return of College property and will be charged for any dam-
age other than that occurring from normal use or deterioration.
If a student damages College property while using an appliance
not provided by the College, he is held liable for the repair of the
College property.
PRIVATE MUSIC INSTRUCTION FEES
Every student whose program requires private lessons pays a basic
semester fee of $45 to cover all half-hour lessons in the curriculum.
When hour lessons are required, the fee is $90. Elective and make-
up lessons are billed at the rate of $45 per semester for each one-
half hour of instruction per week.
Students pay no extra fee for the use of practice pianos. They
are, however, charged for the following:
1. Pipe organ for practice, one period each weekday, $36 per semester.
2. Band or orchestral instruments, $6 rental per semester,
MISCELLANEOUS FEES
Record Transcript Fee of $1 charged to students for the second and all subsequent
transcripts of records. The $1 fee also applies to those not currently enrolled.
Late Registration Fee of $25. Required of students completing registration after
the official registration deadline.
Late Payment Fee of $5. Charged for overdue payments required during the sem-
ester.
Transient Lodging Fee of $4 double occupancy, $5 single. Charged for overnight
guests.
Transient Meals Fee. Breakfast, 75<t. Lunch, $1.00. Dinner, $1.50.
Additional Housing Fee of $2 per week. Required when one person is permitted
to occupy a double room. (This privilege is given only in summer sessions.)
Auditing Fee. Students auditing a course are charged the part-time basic fee of
$33 per semester hour if they are residents of Pennsylvania, or $60 per semester
hour if out-of-state students.
Dishonored Check Fee of $10. Applies to stopped payment checks and checks
drawn for insufficient funds. The Late Registration Fee of $25 also applies as men-
tioned above.
24/fees and expenses
POLICIES ON REPAYMENTS AND REFUNDS
(1) Students who withdraw from the College after paying their semester fees must
follow the official withdrawal procedure (see Academic Information) to be eli-
gible for a refund. In any circumstance, students who withdraw after paying
their semester fees are subject to a minimum forfeit of $75 from their basic fee.
(2) The student who registers as a resident student and changes to independent
housing before the end of the sixth week of the semester will forfeit one-half
of his room rent.
(3) In cases of personal illness, certified by an attending physician, or for other
reasons which may be approved by the Board of Trustees, the College will
refund the proportion of the ;housing and other basic fees for that part of the
semester which the student does not spend in the College. No refund will be
made for an absence of less than two weeks. Application for a refund must be
made in writing to the Office of Business Affairs.
(4) In any of the above mentioned circumstances, students must apply for a re-
fund in writing and in the same semester to which the refund applies.
(5) Repayments of the application fee or acceptance fee will not be made under
any circumstances.
(6) Repayments will not be made to students who are temporarily or indefinitely
suspended.
BILLING ADDRESS CHANGES
If a student billing address changes during enrollment at the Col-
lege, the new address must be given to the Student Accounts Of-
fice, 2nd Floor, Philips, and to the Enrollment Center in writing. This
will avoid delayed delivery of registration materials and grades.
A change in domicile from out-of-state to Pennsylvania requires a
notarized affidavit. For information on this procedure, contact the
Student Accounts Office, 436-2552.
DELINQUENT ACCOUNTS
No student will be enrolled, graduated, or given a transcript of his
record until all charges due at the particular time are paid.
fees and expenses/25
ADDITIONAL COSTS
INTRACOLLEGIATE GOVERNMENTAL ASSOCIATION FEE
Student Government Fee. $34 per semester is collected from all
full time students, and $10 per semester from all undergraduate
part-time students. This fee is administered through a cooperative
organization under regulations approved by the Board of Trustees.
It covers the cost of the Extra- and Co-curricular programs in such
areas as athletics, various musical organizations, lectures, entertain-
ment, and student publications.
The IGA fee must be paid promptly upon receipt of the bill, which
covers the semester. Checks should be drawn to IGA and mailed
with registration materials.
BOOKS
Students buy their own books, available from the College Book-
store. The cost varies, depending upon the curriculum.
IDENTIFICATION CARDS
All students— both part-time and full-time— must secure an identi-
fication (ID) card from IGA at a cost of $1, either during Freshman
Orientation or at the beginning of a semester. The charge for re-
placement of a lost card is $2.
LIBRARY CARDS
The student ID card serves as a library card.
COMMUTER/RESIDENT DUES
All full-time students are assessed either Commuter Government
or Resident dues of $1 per semester. These dues are collected with
the IGA Student Activities Fee.
GRADUATION FEE
A graduation fee is required of all degree candidates. No degree
will be granted until this fee is paid. The bill is presented when
the student files Notice of Intention to Graduate in the Enrollment
Center. It must be paid to IGA by check or money order drawn to:
Commencement Fund.
GYMNASIUM UNIFORMS
Men students in the B.S. in Health and Physical Education degree
program are required to buy athletic and gym outfits costing ap-
26/fees and expenses
proximately $45 for the first semester and $45 for the third semes-
ter.
Women Students in the B.S. in Health and Physical Education
degree program must buy, for their first semester, uniforms costing
approximately $70. Order forms are sent to each applicant upon her
acceptance by the College. An additional expenditure of $15 is re-
quired of all sophomores.
All other students are required to purchase a regulation gym out-
fit. For the women students this is a one-piece suit costing approx-
imately $10 at the College Bookstore. For men the outfit includes
a pair of white shorts, a white T-shirt, white socks, and canvas gym
shoes, at an approximate total cost of $10.
SWIM-SUITS
Men and women students are required to have a regulation nylon
tank suit, available at the College Bookstore.
SPECIAL COSTS FOR NURSES
At the end of their sophomore year, students in the B.S. in Nursing
program must purchase uniforms costing approximately $100.
Throughout enrollment, students in this program must carry liability
insurance at a yearly cost of approximately $15.
Financial Aid
Ihe purpose of the West Chester State College financial aid pro-
gram, which is administered under the Director of Financial Aid to
Students, is to provide monetary assistance to students who can
benefit from further education, but who cannot do so without such
assistance. West Chester State College administers a comprehen-
sive program of scholarships, grants, loans, and student employ-
ment which enables many students with limited funds to meet their
college costs.
Each applicant for financial aid must:
1. Be accepted for admission to West Chester State College.
2. Submit an application for financial aid to the Director of Financial Aid, Room
103, Lawrence Center, West Chester State College. The necessary forms will
be included with the admissions materials sent to a student after he or she has
been formally accepted at West Chester.
3. Submit a Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) by May 1 to the College Scholar-
ship Service, P.O. Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. The "PCS " form may
be obtained from high school guidance offices, the College Scholarship Service,
or the Director of Financial Aid at West Chester State College.
Please note that submission of the above forms does not auto-
matically entitle a student to receive financial aid.
Unless otherwise specified, requests for scholarships, loans and
employment opportunities described herein should be made to the
Director of Financial Aid, West Chester State College.
GRANTS, SCHOLARSHIPS,
AWARDS, AND LOANS
FEDERAL GRANTS
BASIC EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT PROGRAM (Basic Grants). A fed-
eral program which makes funds available to eligible students attending approved
colleges and other post-high school educational institutions.
SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT (SEOG) PROGRAM.
A federal program for students of exceptional financial need who, without the grant,
would be unable to continue their education.
28/financial aid
STATE GRANTS
STATE HIGHER EDUCATION GRANTS TO VETERANS. The Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania has enacted legislation to provide State Higher Education Grants
(formerly called state scholarships) for qualified veterans who need financial assist-
ance to complete approved programs of post-secondary education. All veterans
will be considered for State Grant assistance without regard to the financial data of
their parents or guardians. Qualified veterans are eligible for a grant equal to the
cost of their tuition and fees not to exceed a maximum grant of $1,200 at a Penn-
sylvania school or $800 at a non-Pennsylvania school.
THE STATE HIGHER EDUCATION GRANT PROGRAM. The State Higher Educa-
tion Grant Program is designed to aid residents of Pennsylvania who are in need
of assistance to attend the higher education institution of their choice. Grants vary
in amounts depending upon family size and financial resources and upon educational
costs at the school where the student is, or plans to be, enrolled. Awards are limited
to the cost of tuition and fees but may not exceed $1,200 at approved institutions
of higher learning in Pennsylvania or $600 at those located outside Pennsylvania.
LAW ENFORCEMENT EDUCATION
PROGRAM GRANTS
Grants not to exceed $400 per semester are available to students who are eligible
personnel of publicly funded law enforcement agencies of federal, county, muni-
cipal, and state government enrolled in or accepted for enrollment on a full time or
part-time basis in the "Criminal Justice Program" and who agree to remain in full-
time criminal justice employment.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS
BETHLEHEM ALUMNI CLUB SCHOLARSHIP. $200 given annually to a Bethlehem
High School or Bethlehem Catholic High School senior entering the College the
next year.
JAMES B. BONDER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. An annual award to a deserving
football squad member by Mrs. James B. Bonder, alumni, and friends, in memory
of Dr. Bonder, former football coach and faculty member, who died in 1965.
LAURY SAMUEL BROKENSHIRE SCHOLARSHIP. This $100 scholarship is pre-
sented annually as a memorial to Laury Brokenshire, '59, by his parents, Mr. and
Mrs. James R. Brokenshire, of Reading. It is awarded to an outstanding Junior Class
music student selected by the School of Music faculty.
JEAN BURGER SCHOLARSHIP. A $100 award presented each year by Mr. and
Mrs. Robert A. Burger, of Leola, to an outstanding sophomore or junior woman gym-
nast in memory of their daughter, Jean Burger, who was a health and physical edu-
cation major and gymnast at West Chester.
CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT SCHOLARSHIP. A $500 award available to a full-time
student majoring in chemistry. Applications are made to the Department of Chemistry.
DELTA KAPPA GAMMA SCHOLARSHIP. Alpha Eta Chapter of the international
honor society for women educators provides a grant for women students in a teacher-
education program.
financial aid/29
DR. ROBERT E. DRAYER MEMORIAL AWARD. An annual award for the senior who
graduates with the most distinguished record in history, in memory of Dr Robert
E. Drayer, Assistant Professor of History, who died in 1968. The Department of His-
tory selects the recipient.
FACULTY DAMES SCHOLARSHIP. Two or more awards which the organization
of faculty wives bases on academic average, citizenship, campus or community
service, and need. For junior women.
FRIARS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. This $100 annual scholarship honors West
Chester students who died in World War II. The recipient isa man in the Junior Class.
ARTHUR E. JONES MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Talent in the vocal-choral area
and scholarship are among considerations for an annual award to a music student
in remembrance of Dr. Arthur E. Jones, former Chairman of Choral Music. To be
eligible, a student must be a junior who has completed a course in choral conduct-
ing. The Department of Vocal and Choral Music selects the recipient.
WALKER HAMILTON, JR MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. As a memorial to Walker
Hamilton, Jr., an Associate Professor of English who died in 1968, the Department
of English annually makes an award to an academically superior English major. The
recipient must have completed three years at West Chester.
SCHOOL OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION SCHOLARSHIP. Three $125
scholarships, awarded to sophomore students in health and physical education.
KIFT-MULLEN MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FOR FUTURE TEACHERS. $200 given
annually to a junior or senior who is a graduate of Allentown High School or Allen-
town Central Catholic High School. The Robert L. Kift-Thomas R. Mullen, Jr. Mem-
orial Fund, maintained by Lehigh Structural Steel Company, Allentown, is the donor.
LEWIS H. MARSHALL AWARD. An annual award to a senior in the School of Social
and Behavioral Sciences whose leadership, professional promise, and academic
achievement are outstanding. It is made available by the Chester County Association
of Township Officials, and the awardee is selected by a committee of faculty from
the School of Social and Behavioral Sciences.
SAMUEL MARTIN SCHOLARSHIP. Available to students of limited means who are
preparing to teach. Children of Friends or students in sympathy with Friends are
preferred.
S. POWELL MIDDLETON MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. An annual award to a fresh-
man music student for talent and achievement on an orchestral instrument. The
award honors the former conductor of the College Symphony Orchestra, who died
in 1970,
ROBERT M. MITTEN SCHOLARSHIP FOUNDATION. An annual $500 scholarship
for a major in health and physical education, given in memory of Dr. Mitten, former
Professor of Health and Physical Education and the College football coach, who
died in 1972.
CLIFTON E. MORGAN MEMORIAL AWARD. Presented annually to a West Chester
student as a memorial to a member of the Department of History, who died in 1974.
MICHAEL MOROCHKO MEMORIAL PIANO AWARD. The Department of Keyboard
Music presents a $200 scholarship annually to an outstanding junior music student
majoring in piano as a memorial to Michael Morochko, father of a former student.
MUSIC SOPHOMORE SCHOLARSHIP. Three $100 scholarships, given annually
30/financial aid
to School of Music sophomores. College citizenship and musical performance are
criteria.
NURSING SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM. Scholarships not to exceed $2000 per aca-
demic year are available to assist students of exceptional financial need. These
scholarships are for full time or half-time study in the Bachelor of Science Degree
Program in Nursing.
HILLARY H. PARRY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. An annual award toajunior music
student, granted for scholarship, citizenship, and achievement in vocal study. The
scholarship is in remembrance of a former teacher of voice.
PHI MU ALPHA (SINFONIA) POWELL MIDDLETON AWARD. An annual $100 award
to a male music major whose musicianship, scholarship, and character are outstand-
ing. Phi Mu Alpha presents the award in memory of S. Powell Middleton, former
conductor and instrumental teacher at the College.
WILLIAM PYLE PHILIPS SCHOLARSHIPS. Awarded annually to juniors and seniors
who are natives of Chester County, on the basis of demonstrated scholastic ability.
Funds are available for approximately 20 scholarships of $400 each. The funds are
divided equally between juniors and seniors. Application forms may be secured
in the Enrollment Center. They must be submitted by May 15.
THEODORE PRESSER FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP. Two $200 scholarships,
made available by the Pressor Foundation's Board of Trustees, are awarded each
year to juniors or seniors in music education. The School of Music faculty makes
the selections.
ANNE M. SCHAUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. As a memorial to a former faculty
member of the School of Health and Physical Education, a scholarship is bestowed
annually to a second-semester sophomore woman in health and physical education.
SCHOOL OF MUSIC MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND. A fund established to
honor distinguished musicians and to perpetuate their dedication to teaching by
awarding scholarships in their memory. When the fund becomes sufficiently en-
dowed, specific scholarships are planned in memory of Fritz K. Krueger and Robert
L. Carl, former School of Music faculty members who died in 1971.
SCHUYLKILL COUNTY ALUMNI CLUB AWARD. An annual award based on need,
ability, and promise, given to a West Chester student residing in Schuylkill County.
DAVID M. SENSENIG MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. $50 savings bonds given an-
nually to two juniors with outstanding ability in mathematics. Dr. Sensenig was chair-
man of the Department of Mathematics from 1895 to 1908.
DR. AHMAD H. SHAMSEDDINE MEMORIAL AWARD. An annual award for an out-
standing student in the field of business and economics, in memory of Dr. Ahmad
H. Shamseddine, Associate Professor of Economics, who died in 1971. The Depart-
ment of Business and Economics selects the recipient.
SICO SCHOLARSHIPS. $2,000 scholarships, in limited number, provided by the
SICO Company of Pennsylvania to students from specified localities entering West
Chester in the field of elementary or secondary education. Applications from high
school seniors must be filed before March 1 through their guidance counselors.
The stipulated areas of legal residence are: Chester, Adams, Berks, Cumberland,
Dauphin, Delaware, Lancaster, Lebanon, and York Counties; Kent, New Castle, and
Sussex Counties in Delaware; and Cecil County, Maryland.
financial aid/31
GREG SMITH MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. An annual scholarship of $100 pre-
sented by the baseball club in memory of a former baseball captain and president
of the baseball club.
THE CHARLES S. SWOPE SCHOLARSHIP FOUNDATION A Memorial Scholar-
ship Trust Foundation established by the Swope family in memory of Dr. Charles
S. Swope, who served as President of West Chester State College for a quarter
of a century. In order to apply for the scholarship "the student must be enrolled
in the junior year and have a desire to engage in the teaching profession." Appli-
cation for the scholarship, which is awarded in the amount of $600 each, must be
filed with the Trustee Committee on or before April 15 of each year. The selection
is made by the committee during May, and scholarships commence in September.
The number of scholarships which the Swope Foundation makes possible annually
is in the range of 15.
VALKYRIE CLUB SCHOLARSHIP. The Club, composed of women majors in health
and physical education, awards an annual $100 scholarship to one of its Junior Class
members.
YORK COUNTY ALUMNI AWARD. A yearly award, in memory of Elsie Oleita Bull,
for a York County resident entering or attending West Chester. Need, ability, and
achievement are the criteria. The amount varies.
32/financial aid
LOANS
NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM. Under this program students
can obtain long-term, low-interest loans. The program includes loan cancellation
provisions designed to attract superior students to the teaching profession at all
academic levels. Approval of loans depends upon the student's need for financial
assistance and the availability of funds. Preference is given to students from low-
income families.
PENNSYLVANIA HIGHER EDUCATION ASSISTANCE AGENCY LOAN GUARANTY
PROGRAM Under the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Act of 1963, as
amended, qualified Pennsylvania residents can obtain long-term, tow-interest edu-
cational loans, made by private lending institutions who are guaranteed repayment
by the Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance Agency.
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE STUDENT EMERGENCY LOAN FUND. Stu-
dents doing satisfactory academic work and needing funds to continue in the Col-
lege may obtain short-term loans up to $100 from this fund. The loans must be re-
paid before graduation or prior to registration for the next academic year.
ALUMNI STUDENT EMERGENCY LOAN FUND. The West Chester State College
Alumni Association maintains a fund from which students in financial need may
obtain loans. No interest is charged, although legal security is required. Applicants
must have a satisfactory academic record. The loans must be used for college ex-
penses and be repaid before graduation or prior to registration for the next academic
year.
VIOLA MARPLE SCHOLARSHIP FUND. The will of Miss Viola Marple, a former
teacher in the Department of English, provides scholarship loans for the education
of two deserving women students whose records of ability, scholarship, and char-
acter promise competence for teaching. Recipients of the interest-free and renew-
able loans are selected by the English faculty and the President. Application forms
may be secured from the Chairman of the Department of English.
NURSING STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM. Loans not to exceed $2500 per academic
year are available to students for full time or half-time study in the Bachelor of Sci-
ence Degree Program in Nursing.
COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM
The College Work-Study Program is designed to expand part-time employment
opportunities for students, particularly those from low-income families, who are
in need of earnings from part-time employment to pursue their course of study.
Students are employed for an average of 15 hours weekly during the academic
year and a maximum of 40 hours weekly during summer or vacations. In general,
the hourly wage is at least equal to the current Federal minimum wage.
Counseling Services for Seniors Seeking Graduate
Assistantships or Fellowships
Seniors planning to pursue graduate study at other colleges or universities may
obtain information about scholarships, fellowships or assistantships from the
Director of the Counseling Center or the library. Conferences with department chair-
men or faculty advisers are recommended.
student Affairs
student Services
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
/\ Ithough the majority of West Chester's undergraduates live
on the campus, many commute to the College. For administrative
purposes, the College classifies its students as:
(1) RESIDENT STUDENTS
These students live in residence halls owned and operated by the College and
are required to take meals in the dining hall.
(2) COMMUTING STUDENTS
This classification covers students who travel or commute to and from their
legal residence as well as students who live away from the homes of their
parents or legal guardians but not in a house supervised by the College or sub-
ject to College rules and regulations.
HOUSING
The residence halls on the campus provide accommodations for
approximately 3,100 students.
Newly admitted students will not be guaranteed housing for their
full four years unless adequate housing in the residence halls is
available.
Room Assignments. The Office of Student Development makes
the room assignments for all students living in the residence halls.
Student rooms have basic furnishings for comfortable living and
the students may make them more homelike with their own acces-
sory additions. During Freshman Orientation, students are informed
about the services and equipment furnished by the College and
those necessities which the student must supply for himself. Lounge
and recreation areas, storage rooms, television, and a variety of
of other facilities add convenience and a pleasant setting for stu-
dent life.
34/student services
Freshman Students. All freshmen— both men and women— who have been ac-
cepted as resident students have the opportunity to live in the College residence
halls.
Transfer Students. For administrative purposes, transfer students are admitted
as commuting students. Transfer students who desire accommodations in residence
halls may apply in the Housing Office to be placed on the waiting list. Priority is
based on the date the name is placed on the waiting list.
Married Students. The College has no housing facilities for married students.
Prior to registration, they will need to secure their accommodations. Area realtors
and newspapers should be consulted.
Overnight Guests. If accommodations are available, a resident student may have
an overnight guest on Fridays or Saturdays at a minimal charge. Prior approval and
registration must be secured from the Resident Director.
Policy for Withdrawals. Resident students must vacate their residence hall within
24 hours of completing the withdrawal form in the Enrollment Center.
DINING ACCOMMODATIONS
Dining accommodations are provided in Lawrence Center, where
all resident students take their meals. Commuting students may
eat meals in the College dining room on a semester basis or may
obtain meals at the transient rates. Three meals are served, caf-
eteria style, every day of the week. Menus are carefully planned
to meet the nutritional needs of active students.
The dining hall staff is not equipped to meet the special needs
of students whose health requires medically regulated diets. Special
problems should be taken to the Coordinator of Food Services at
least two weeks in advance of each semester.
Students who do not have a semester contract for meals may not
eat in the dining hall unless they pay the transient fee for an in-
dividual meal. If this regulation is violated one or more times, the
student will be held responsible for payment of the full semester
charge for meals in the dining hall.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAM
Freshman Orientation is a mandatory, three-day summer program
which introduces all incoming freshmen to the College. Adminis-
tered by the Office of Student Development through the Director
of Orientation, the program includes placement testing, counsel-
ing, human awareness sessions, academic advisement, social and
recreational activities, and opportunities to become acquainted
with college facilities and services. Participating freshmen are
housed in residence halls and take their meals in the dining hall.
Within limits of early response and available space, admitted fresh-
men may schedule for the most convenient of several orientation
periods. Advance notice of the program is sent to all incoming fresh-
men.
student servJces/35
COLLEGE HEALTH SERVICE
To meet emergency and first-aid needs, and to perform routine
infirmary treatment of minor illnesses and minor surgical conditions,
two part-time physicians and five registered nurses are available,
at no cost to the students. A four-bed ward is available for short-
term observation or treatment at the discretion of the College physi-
cians. The Health Service is in Reynolds Hall where, for emergen-
cies, a nurse is on duty on a 24-hour basis while College is in session.
Beyond these services, the College does not furnish medical care
nor bear the costs of medical or surgical treatment or hospitali-
zation. The community of West Chester has qualified physicians
and excellent hospital facilities.
INSURANCE PROGRAM
In order to ease the financial burden which could result from ex-
tended illness or serious injury, a voluntary student insurance pro-
gram, approved by the College, is available to all full-time students.
The College requires all students in health and physical education,
all students participating in the intercollegiate athletic program,
and all students who aie members of a club of an athletic nature
to purchase the minimum coverage or show proof of comparable
coverage.
Information about the insurance program is mailed to students
prior to registration or may be obtained from the College Health
Service.
Liability Insurance Requirement for Students in Nursing. See
Department of Nursing.
36/student services
STUDENT PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS
In addition to the pliysical examination required for entering stu-
dents, a completed physical examination form must be submitted
annually to the College Health Service by all students participating
in the intercollegiate athletic program.
A current physical examination including a report of a negative
tuberculin test or chest X-ray showing no active tuberculosis is
mandated by the Pennsylvania Department of Education for all
senior student teachers and all junior or sophomore students par-
ticipating in a field experience in the public schools.
The College Health Service reserves the right to request an an-
nual physical examination by the family physician for any student
suffering from a chronic illness. The College may deny admission
to, or later dismiss, any student whose health would be detrimental
to other College students.
The physical examination form is available at the College In-
firmary.
Physical Examination Requirement for Students in Nursing. See
Department of Nursing.
VEHICLE REGULATIONS
All students may operate motor vehicles at the College. Students
who intend to park motor vehicles on official student parking lots
must register their vehicles with the Department of Law Enforce-
ment and obtain an authenticated decal, under College motor
vehicle regulations.
CAMPUS POST OFFICE
The College has an on-campus post office, located on the second
floor of Lawrence Center. Commuting students may receive their
mail here, through combination-lock mail boxes. Mail boxes are
assigned to them on request. Residence hall students receive their
mail at their halls. To insure prompt delivery, mail sent to residence
hall students should show the student's name, room number, the
name of the residence hall, and West Chester, Pa., 19380.
COLLEGE POLICY FOR STORM CLOSINGS
When storm conditions affect the operation of the College, an-
nouncements are made over local radio and TV stations via a sys-
tem of code numbers keyed to affected schools with prefixes in-
dicating whether the school will be closed or open later than usual.
West Chester's numbers and applicable prefixes are:
853 Day Classes
2853 Evening Classes
No prefix— Classes are cancelled for the day.
Prefix 5— School will open 1 hour late.
Prefix 6— School will open 2 hours late.
student services/37
COLLEGE BOOKSTORE
Operated by the Intracollegiate Governmental Association, the Col-
lege Bookstore is located on the ground floor of the Sykes Col-
lege Union Building. In addition to required textbooks, the book-
store carries a full line of school supplies, health and beauty aids,
supplementary reading material, physical education uniforms, re-
cords, gift items and the many other "necessities" of student life.
Purchases may be charged to students or their parents subject to
certain qualifications. Details are available at the IGA Business Of-
fice where application for credit may be made. All profits derived
from the bookstore benefit the student body through the IGA.
SYKES COLLEGE UNION
A recent addition to the College, this multi-purpose facility supple-
ments. . .under one roof. . .the many other lounge, recreation and
eating facilities scattered about the campus. Among its many areas
here are several attractively furnished lounges, a recreation-game
room, the IGA business office and ticket sales center. College Book-
store, a snack bar, offices for the Vice President of Student Affairs
and others involved in student activities, a large multi-purpose
room. West Chester's student newspaper. The Quad, and the college
radio station, WCUR.
SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC
The services of the Speech and Hearing Clinic, located on the
second floor of Wayne Hall, are available to students. The clinic,
which the Department of Speech Pathology and Audiology main-
tains as a teaching-training facility, provides diagnostic and ther-
apeutic services for persons with speech and hearing problems.
Others who may use the services of the clinic are the College com-
munity and residents of West Chester and the surrounding area.
COUNSELING CENTER
Staffed by psychologists trained to work with college students, the
Counseling Center offers professional counseling and psychological
services to students with educational, vocational, personal, social
and emotional problems and concerns. Counseling is offered on
an individual and small group basis, its nature varying with the needs
of each student. All interviews and test results are strictly confi-
dential.
The types of services available include educational and vocational
counseling, personal counseling, testing services and consultive
services. These are available to all West Chester State College stu-
dents at no charge. Appointments may be made by calling 436-
2301 or in person in Room 126, Lawrence Center. Every attempt
is made to see students within the same day.
38/student services
PLACEMENT AND CAREER SERVICES
The professional staff of the Career Development Center works
directly with students throughout their years in college assisting
in defining career goals, relating academic preparation to these
goals and, eventually, helping in the search for fulfilling occupa-
tions. These services are available throughout the entire calendar
year in Lawrence Center, second floor. A career information sec-
tion is kept current for browsing and research while the Graduate
Office provides college catalogs and other reference materials
for students considering graduate school. Other activities of the
Career Development Center include career days, seminars and
on-campus interviews with potential employers.
SCHEDULING OF COLLEGE EVENTS
All College functions and special events should be registered in
advance with the Director of Cultural Affairs and College Events,
Sykes College Union in order that they will have facilities and the
necessary supportive services.
student Life
It is a conviction at West Chester that education is both an aca-
demic and a social process, and that the student connnnunity is not
merely a housing adjunct but an intrinsic part of the college ex-
perience.
The Administration holds that students should share the respon-
sibility in governing this community and should have a voice in
the shaping and reexamining the objectives of the College.
West Chester students have a democratically constructed gov-
erning body for maintaining a mature and responsible student
citizenry and for developing the various activities and programs
which best serve their interests and needs. Through advisory and
committee machinery, the Administration, the faculty, and the stu-
dent body seek to work together in behalf of the general welfare
of the College.
THE INTRACOLLEGIATE GOVERNMENTAL ASSOCIATION
All students, upon payment of their student government fee, are
members of the Intracollegiate Governmental Association, which
is the student governing body concerning itself with the welfare of
all students. Under its constitution, the IGA provides students with
experiences in the processes of democratic government.
The elected General Assembly is the IGA's legislative body; the
IGA program is administered through its officers and a student
committee system. In fiscal matters, in various policy-making areas,
and in disciplinary action, final authority rests with the President
of the College and the Board of Trustees.
Under guidance from the Vice President for Student Affairs, the
IGA maintains the College Bookstore, publishes the student news-
paper, operates the College radio station, conducts ticket sales
for College events, and plans and conducts many all-campus special
events and programs.
40/student life
RESIDENCE HALL ASSOCIATION
The purpose of the Residence Hall Association is to provide for
the social, cultural, and educational life of resident students. It
purchases and maintains recreational equipment, provides social
events, and gives the Student Development Staff information re-
garding visitation hours, living conditions, and regulations in the
residence halls. Its varied activities stem from representation and
participation within the residence halls. Each hall has a representa-
tive from every floor and a slate of dormitory officers. The President
and Vice President from every residence hall represent their respec-
tive halls in the Residence Hall Association General Assembly.
COMMUTER GOVERNMENT
Commuter Government is the official campus governmental organ-
ization, representing all commuting students. Commuter Govern-
ment acts on behalf of its members in the areas of political and
social life, and services to the commuter on campus.
STUDENT STANDARDS
West Chester State College assumes that its students are mature
persons who are attending an institution of higher learning for
serious purposes. Therefore, the College believes that students
should accept responsibility for their personal behavior. In situations
that deviate from these ideals, West Chester State College's Jud-
iciary System is designed to hear complaints against individual
students and groups of students whose behavior or activities are
variously labeled unacceptable, destructive, irresponsible, dis-
orderly, or in violation of existing standards of conduct and reg-
ulations.
In encouraging the development of responsible student conduct,
the College employs counseling, guidance, admonition, and ex-
ample, as well as disciplinary proceedings. Students found in vio-
lation of the College's rules and regulations may be subject to dis-
ciplinary action, which could include suspension.
ORGANIZATIONS AND ACTIVITIES
West Chester has an extensive program of extra- and co-curricular
activities under the direction of the Vice President for Student Af-
fairs. He works directly with the officers and committees of the IGA
in coordinating the program seeing that it reflects and fulfills student
needs. Many of the activities are described in the following pages
student life/41
with additional details provided in the student handbook, Ram's
Eye View."
CULTURAL AFFAIRS/COLLEGE EVENTS
The Cultural Affairs Program at West Chester exceeds most college
programs by far in both quality and quantity. Supported by the large
and respected School of Music and supplemented by an interested
community, the cultural-affairs events always draw large and enthu-
siastic audiences.
THE ALL-STAR SERIES. Each year this provides students at West
Chester the opportunity to see and hear noted artists from around
the world. During the 1 975-76 academic year, for instance, perform-
ances included the Vienna Choir Boys, Andre Watts and the Japan
Folkloric Dance Ensemble.
THE ALL-STAR CHAMBER MUSIC SERIES. Numerous well-known
chamber groups have come to the West Chester campus under this
program including the Guarneri, Curtis and Warsaw String Quartets;
the Mozarteum Woodwind Quintet; and the American Brass Quintet.
WILLIAM PYLE PHILIPS and COLLEGE UNION ACTIVITIES
BOARD LECTURE SERIES. These bring varied prominent indivi-
uals from the worlds of the arts, politics and science.
Additional college events popular with the student body include
the College Union Activities Board Assembly Series, the Campus
Cinema Committee's films, School of Music concerts and recitals,
monthly exhibits at the Francis Harvey Green Library, art exhibits
in Mitchell Hall, the English Colloquium, the College's Theatre
Dance Group annual performance and Little Theatre Productions in
Theatre 208.
The two All-Star Series and the Philips Lecture Series are under
the direction of the Director of Cultural Affairs and College Events
while the two College Union Activities Board series and the films
series arranged by the Director of the College Union.
i'Sk-
42/student life
MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS
In conjunction with the regularly scheduled student and faculty recitals, the College
maintains the following well-developed musical organizations which contribute to
the wealth of fine music on the campus:
THREE COLLEGE BANDS. The Symphonic Band, Concert Band, and Marching
Band. Membership is determined by the student's qualifications regardless of cur-
riculum.
COLLEGE STRING ORCHESTRA. Membership in this organization is open to all
qualified students.
WIND ENSEMBLE. A band of 50 to 60 outstanding campus wind instrumentalists
and percussionists. The ensemble performs difficult music. Emphasis is on con-
temporary works.
SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA. Membership is determined by the student's quali-
fications.
INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES AND CHAMBER MUSIC GROUPS. Membership
in these groups is determined by the student's qualifications.
THE CRITERIONS. The College jazz lab band. Members are selected by audition.
CONCERT CHOIR. A mixed choir of music students selected by audition. This choir
of about 40 voices meets twice a week, devoting its efforts toward acquiring a fine
technique of choral singing through the preparation of an extensive repertoire for
performance.
CHAMBER CHOIR. Performance of music of the Renaissance and Baroque periods.
The choir is selected by audition.
CHOIR. A mixed choir of junior and senior music students. This group meets twice
a week, devoting its efforts toward a wide association with choral literature. It is
used as an opera chorus in School of Music productions and joins with the Con-
cert Choir for large performances.
WOMEN'S CHORUS. All freshman and sophomore women not in the Concert Choir
who are enrolled in music education are required to take this course, devoting their
efforts primarily toward acquiring the techniques of choral singing.
MEN'S CHORUS. All freshman and sophomore men in music education who are
not enrolled in the Concert Choir are required to take this course. Men from all other
curricula are invited to audition for this group.
MIXED CHORUS. A mixed chorus of freshman and sophomore music education
students which meets once a week, alternating as a mixed chorus and as Men's
Chorus and Women's Chorus. It combines with the Concert Choir for performances.
MUSICA ANTIGUA. Open to all students, the weekly meetings are for the pleasure
of learning to sing and play early music, using reproductions of ancient instruments.
Public performances.
OPERA CHORUS. An elective course devoted to the training of a choral group
which participates in opera and operetta production. Membership is by audition.
WOMEN'S GLEE CLUB. This organization provides an opportunity for non-music
women students to participate in a choral group. The activities include the annual
Christmas Carol Program and the Women's Glee Club spring concert. Membership
is by individual audition.
student life/43
SPORTS, ATHLETICS, RECREATION
Sports and recreational activities are popular elements of student
life at West Chester, thanks in large part to the outstanding re-
sources of the School of Health and Physical Education.
The College's intramural and intercollegiate athletic programs,
which are described under the School of Health and Physical Edu-
cation, are open to all students.
Beyond organized athletic programs, informal sports and recre-
ational activities of almost every conceivable variety are available.
The range is from court games, field games, and swimming to hiking,
ice skating, canoeing, bicycling, skiing, and camping. The office
of Recreational Services, established in 1972 by the School of
Health and Physical Education, encourages increased participation
in these leisure-time activities throughout the entire College com-
munity.
More details on the full athletic and recreation programs at West
Chester are given under the School of Health and Physical Educa-
tion and in the Recreational Services Handbook.
44/student life
FORENSICS AND THEATRE
FORENSICS. The College has a strong program in intramural and intercollegiate
forensics. Its Forensic Society is the focal point for training in competition in debate,
oratory, extemporaneous speaking, after-dinner speaking, parliamentary discussion,
interpretive reading and other events.
LITTLE THEATRE. Excellent opportunities for experience in theatre are offered
through this student organization, which functions in Theatre 208. Its major pro-
ductions, drawn both from the classics and from contemporary drama, are outstand-
ing events for the College and the community as well. All students with an interest
in drama are welcome.
WEST CHESTER COLLEGE MUSICAL THEATRE COMPANY. Students with an
interest in joining other students in the production of Broadway musical fare may
enjoy what this group has to offer. Productions are mounted, directed, designed,
and performed by students. Musical Theatre Company welcomes all students.
PUBLICATIONS AND RADIO
THE QUAD. This student newspaper is published by the Intracoliegiate Governmen-
tal Association with a faculty member as advisor. All interested students are invited
to seek positions on the Quad which offer training and experience in many areas of
journalism.
THE SERPENTINE. This yearbook provides a pictorial and written record of the
years activities at the College. It is edited by a student staff, with a faculty advisor.
COLLEGE LITERATURE. A thrice-yearly journal of scholarly articles on frequently
taught literary works.
RAM S EYE VIEW (THE STUDENT HANDBOOK). Detailed information concerning
student life is provided by this annual, student-edited publication. It is particularly
valuable to the incoming student.
STATION WCUR. Sponsored by the Intracoliegiate Governmental Association, WCUR
serves the College with news, music, and special interviews and programs. The
station, operated entirely by students, offers experience in all phases of radio com-
munication.
RELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS AND PLACES OF WORSHIP
Opportunities for fellowship and religious experience are offered by the following
groups:
Campus Crusade for Christ Christian Science Organization
Hillel Club Fellowship of Christian Athletes
Newmian Student Association Lutheran Student Association
The Ecumenical Campus Ministry Board, Inc., is an interdenominational ministry
which works with students and the campus community in pertinent religious areas,
both personal and social. Through its ministers and its executive director, various
programs, including interfaith experiences, are provided.
Students are always welcome at the many places of worship in and near the
Borough of West Chester.
BLACK STUDENT UNION
The Black Student Union, which was formed in 1971, is dedicated
to the creation of a relevant atmosphere for black students at West
student life/45
Chester. Union membership is open to all West Chester students,
faculty, and staff— regardless of race, color, or creed— who have
a concern for the black cause.
A major purpose of the organization is to broaden and enhance
the academic and social life for black students at the College. The
Union's democratically structured constitution provides for a chair-
man and board of directors, consisting of two members from each
class, elected by the membership. Applications for membership
in the Union are reviewed by its board of directors. Applications
for membership may be made at the Black Student Union offices.
Recitation Hall.
HONOR SOCIETIES
ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA. The West Chester chapter of this national freshman
scholarship society for women encourages superior scholastic attainment
and scholarship development. A 3.5 average for the first semester or a 3.5 cum-
ulative average for the first two semesters is required for membership.
ALPHA MU GAMMA. The Department of Foreign Languages sponsors a chapter
of this national collegiate fore.gn-language honor society, devoted to promoting
the study of foreign languages and encouraging cultural exchange with foreign
students.
ALPHA PHI GAMMA. Delta Kappa chapter of this national honor society for men
and women in journalism was established in 1968.
ALPHA PSI OMEGA. Rho Mu chapter of this coeducational dramatic fraternity was
established in 1961. It is responsible for one major production presented each year
in cooperation with Little Theatre, which sponsors Alpha Psi Omega.
GAMMA THETA UPSILON. Gamma Eta chapter of this professional geography
fraternity was established in 1963. The organization promotes professional interest
in geography.
KAPPA DELTA PI. The School of Education sponsors this society to encourage
high professional standards in education. Membership is by invitation to education
majors with high academic standing.
PI GAMMA MU. The School of Social and Behavioral Sciences sponsors Omega
chapter for the purposes of improving scholarship in the social sciences and inspir-
ing social service to mankind. Majors in the School with high academic accomplish-
ments are invited into membership in their junior or senior year.
PI KAPPA DELTA. A chapter of this national honor society for students in compet-
itive forensic activities was established in 1969 under School of Arts and Letters
sponsorship. Pi Kappa Delta has its base in the Debate Society.
PI MU EPSILON. This national mathematics society is open to Junior Standing stu-
dents who rank in the upper one-third of their class and have completed 18 hours
of mathematics with a minimum average of 3.0.
PHI ALPHA THETA. Organized in 1968, Nu Sigma chapter of this international honor
society in history is sponsored by the Department of History. Phi Alpha Theta is
open to history majors in teacher education and liberal arts who have a minimum
average of 3.01 in twelve or more semester credits in history.
46/student life
PHI EPSILON KAPPA. The School of Health and Physical Education sponsors a
chapter of this national professional fraternity for men majoring in health and physical
education. Phi Epsilon Kappa seeks to advance the profession of health and physical
education.
PHI MU ALPHA (SINFONIA FRATERNITY). Rho Sigma chapter of this professional
fraternity for men majoring in music was formed at West Chester in 1967. The organ-
ization seeks to advance the cause of music in America and to further the welfare
and brotherhood of students in music. Membership is by invitation. Members must
be in at least their second semester.
PSI CHI. A chapter of this national honor society in psychology is sponsored by
the Department of Psychology. Membership is by invitation, with scholarship and
citizenship as criteria. Psi Chi, under the aegis of the American Psychological Assoc-
iation, endeavors to advance the service of psychology and encourages superior
scholarship in psychology.
SIGMA ALPHA IOTA. Epsilon Epsilon chapter of this internationally incorporated
professional fraternity for women in music was formed in 1968. The fraternity is
dedicated to service in the field of music. Membership, by invitation, recognizes
scholarship. Members must be in at least their second semester.
student life/47
SERVICE FRATERNITIES AND ORGANIZATIONS
ALPHA PHI OMEGA. Omicron Upsilon chapter of this fraternity, which is dedicated
to service and leadership development, is open to all men of the campus commun-
ity. Omicron Upsilon chapter conducts many service-oriented activities.
THE FRIARS SOCIETY. The Friars Society, which has been established at West
Chester for many years, is composed of sophomore, junior, and senior men invited
into the organization in recognition of character and leadership. The Society's various
service projects concern the good of the College community.
SOCIAL FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES
The College has a system of social fraternities and sororities, gov-
erned respectively by the Inter-fraternity Council and the Panhell-
enic Council, a chapter of the National Panhellenic conference.
Since their introduction in 1967-1968, the social fraternities and
sororities have become an integral part of campus life.
NATIONAL NATIONAL
FRATERNITIES SORORITIES
Alpha Epsilon Pi Alpha Kappa Alpha
Alpha Phi Alpha Alpha Phi
Lambda Chi Alpha Alpha Sigma Tau
Omega Psi Phi Alpha Xi Delta
Sigma Pi Delta Sigma Theta
Sigma Tau Gamma Delta Zeta
Tau Kappa Epsilon Zeta Tau Alpha
Theta Chi
Pi Lambda Phi
Zeta Beta Tau
COLLEGE UNION ACTIVITIES
A full program of extra-curricular activities is conducted by the Col-
lege Union Activities Board throughout the academic year. These
activities include film presentations, coffeehouse and cabaret enter-
tainments, light cultural programs, pop concerts, special interest
activities and a wealth of other social functions.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
Graduation doesn't necessarily mean termination of college activi-
ties for students as West Chester has a large and active Alumni
Association. It has branch organizations in various Pennsylvania
communities as well as out-of-state in New Jersey and California.
Alumni Day is held annually at the College during Commencement
Weekend, and the Association publishes a quarterly magazine,
The Olden Ram, to keep members informed of college concerns.
Academic Information
U
nder West Chester's advisory program, all students have faculty
advisors appointed through their major departments who counsel
them on academic matters throughout their undergraduate years.
Students, however, are responsible for seeing that they meet all
graduation requirements.
CLASSIFICATION BY COLLEGE PROGRAM
Degree Candidate— a\\ undergraduates admitted to a degree pro-
gram.
Non-degree Student —special students admitted for course work
toward certification, professional growth, or other purposes.
ACADEMIC CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
The student's class designation is determined by the number of
semester hours of credit earned, thus:
Freshman 0-31 semester hours of credit (inclusive)
Sophomore 32-63 s.h. of credit (inclusive)
Junior 64-95 s.h. of credit (inclusive)
Senior 96 or more s.h. of credit
Note: In computing the cumulative index, the total number of credits attempted
is considered. (See "Cumulative Index" below.)
STUDENT CLASS LOAD
A full-time class load ranges from 12 to 18 s.h. of credit.
STUDENT ABSENCE POLICY
The student absence policy is a graduated policy providing leniency
to students (primarily juniors and seniors) enrolled in 300 and 400
courses, and certain restrictions to freshmen and sophomores in
1 00 and 200 courses. The privilege given to upperclassmen, regard-
less of course level, is based upon their demonstrated ability to
assume responsibility.
The absence policy holds that satisfactory proficiency in course
work is the student's responsibility, as is class attendance. Course
grades should reflect satisfactory comprehension of the course
50/academic information
materials, not the attendance record.
The policy is administered at the student-faculty level. Only when
a faculty member reports a course drop does the College learn of
a poor attendance record.
Absences from 300 and 400 courses have no specified restriction.
For 100 and 200 courses, freshmen and sophomores are allowed
a total of absences equal to three times the semester credits. On
days of an announced quiz, test, or examination, no absences are
permitted at any course level. Excess absences in 100 or 200
courses may cause a freshman of sophomore to be dropped from
the course and to incur either a WP or WF. Before an instructor
institutes such drops, he discusses the matter with his department
chairman and informs the student of his intention.
GRADE REPORTS
After each semester, the Director of Scheduling and Academic
Records mails a report of each student's semester grades to the
student at the home address.
GRADING SYSTEIVI
Percentage
Quality
Grade
Interpretation
Equivalents
Points
A
Excellent
A-90-100
4
B
Superior
B- 80-89
3
C
Average
C-70-79
2
D
Below Average
D-60-69
1
F
Failure
F— 59 or lower
0
P
1
Passing
Incomplete
WF
Withdrew Failing
F— 59 or lower
0
WP
Withdrew Passing
AU
Audit
I (Incomplete); given when a student fails to complete course requirements by the
end of a semester for such valid reasons as serious illness or death in the family.
Unless the work is satisfactorily completed within the first nine weeks of the next
semester, the I becomes an F,
CUIVIULATIVE INDEX
The cumulative scholastic index (academic average) is determined
by dividing the total quality points earned by the total credit hours
attempted. The following example, based on a single semester,
illustrates:
Semester
Hours
Grac
4
A
3
B
3
C
3
D
2
F
academic information/51
Quality Quality
Points Points
for for
Grade Oourse
1st subject 4 A 4 4x4— 16
2ncl subject 3 B 3 3x3— 9
3rd subject ,3 C 2 2x3— 6
4th subject 3 D 1 1x3— 3
5th subject 2 F 0 0x2— 0
15 34
34 divided by 15 equals Scholastic Index 2.27
All grades received during a student's enrollment (except D's
or F's when a second attempt produces a higher course grade)
are included in the cumulative index. Grades from other colleges
are excluded.
If a student repeats a course, in an effort to improve his D or F
grade, he must notify the Enrollment Center at the beginning of the
semester in which he is taking the course again.
PASS-FAIL POLICY
1. All sophomores, juniors and seniors with a cumulative index
of at least 2.00 are eligible.
2. The Pass-Fail privilege is limited to one course per registration;
as a rule, only a non-major elective may be taken on a Pass-
Fail basis.
3. After contracting for Pass-Fail, the student may not request
a letter grade.
4. A form for a Pass-Fail agreement may be obtained from the
Student Enrollment Center. It must be completed and return-
ed no later than one week after the beginning of a semester
or summer session.
5. A grade of Pass carries credit value but has no effect on the
cumulative index.
6. A grade of Fail is computed into the cumulative index.
EXEMPTION FROM FINAL EXAMINATIONS
Subject to certain reservations, a student may waive a final examina-
tion if he has attained an A or B prior to the final, has completed all
other course requirements, and has instructor permission. The
reservations are:
1. Any unit examinations given during the final examination period are not sub-
ject to this policy.
2. Academic departments as well as faculty may adopt a policy excluding the final
examination exemption for certain courses.
3. Mutual agreement between the instructor and the student to waive the final ex-
52/academic information
amination should be determined during the week prior to the beginning of the
examination oeriod.
The course grade will be the A or B earned exclusive of a final examination grade.
ACADEMIC HONORS LIST
The academic Honors List of those students achieving a cumula-
tive index of 3.50-4.00 is published at the close of each semester.
MAINTENANCE OF MINIMUM STANDARDS
A 2.00 (C) cumulative index is the minimum acceptable for academic
work; students failing to maintain a 2.00 index are considered pro-
bationary students.
In order to remain in the College as degree candidates, students
must attain the following cumulative indexes.
With 0 to 32 credits attempted or two full-time semesters completed 1.80
After 33 credits attempted or four full-time semesters completed 2.00
A minimum cumulative index of 2.00 (C) for all work taken at the
College is required for Senior Standing and graduation.
If a student's cumulative index is below 1.00 (D) after attending
two full-time semesters and the summer sessions, his attendance
is terminated.
MINIMUM STANDARDS-TRANSFER STUDENTS
Transfer students are required to maintain the cumulative indexes
shown above. The number of credits taken at West Chester is added
to the number of credits transferred for the purpose of determining
the credit hours attempted. For example, 34 credits transferred
and 32 credits at the College equal 66 credits and require a mini-
mum average of 2.00.
REPEATING COURSES
In a change of academic policy applying to students who were
admitted or readmitted after June 1, 1973, D or F grades are not
computed into the index when a student repeats the course and
attains a better grade. If the second attempt does not produce a
grade higher than D or F, the grade will be computed into the index
and remain there even if a third attempt is successful. Whatever
the outcome of second and subsequent attempts, the original D or
F will appear on the student's record.
Students must inform the Enrollment Center that they are re-
peating a course, and must do so as the semester of the second
or subsequent attempt begins.
For students admitted before June 1, 1973, the original D or F
will be figured into the index.
academic information/53
ADVANCED PLACEMENT PROGRAIVI
Courses taken under the Advanced Placement Program offered
by the College Entrance Examination Board may be applied toward
advanced placement in the College and/or toward credit require-
ments for graduation. The College recognizes the grade of 3.00
or above as acceptable.
INDEPENDENT STUDY AND CREDIT BY EXAMINATION
Enrolled students desiring approval for independent study or cred-
it by examination must apply on forms available from the Enroll-
ment Center. The privilege of independent study or credit by ex-
amination is subject to:
1. Application within the first two weeks of a semester.
2. A cumulative index of at least 2.00 in the major area.
3. Evidence of a satisfactory academic background for the course.
4. Approval, written on the application form, from the Dean or department chair-
man concerned.
5. For part-time students only: payment of the basic fee for the course.
The grade received will be recorded on the student's permanent record and
credited toward graduation requirements.
TRANSFER OF CREDIT
Advanced credit may be granted for equivalent courses completed
in accredited institutions of collegiate grade.
Effective for students who entered the College after September
1973, D grades are accepted for transfer if the credit is for equiva-
lent courses within the framework of General Requirements or free
electives, provided the transferred course does not satisfy a major
field requirement as well.
D grades considered for transfer for a major program requirement
are treated in the same manner as the major department treats D
grades earned at West Chester, that is, the student's major depart-
ment may require the course to be repeated.
If the student is required to repeat a course in which a D was ob-
tained, the course originally considered for transfer will not be
accepted for any type of credit. Likewise, if a student changes his
major, D grades originally approved for transfer will be re-evaluated
by the new major department.
AUDITING PRIVILEGES
Anyone may attend the College for the sole purpose of auditing
one or more courses by obtaining approval from the Enrollment
Center and paying the regular fee. Full-time students have the
privilege of auditing one course per semester without charge, oro-
54/academic information
vided they obtain approval from the course instructor. Part-time
students may audit one course per semester, provided they obtain
the instructor's approval, enroll in the course through the Student
Enrollment Center, and pay the regular course fee.
Credit is never given to auditors, and audited courses do not
appear on student records. After the course has commenced, the
auditor status may not be changed.
POLICY ON CORRESPONDENCE COURSES
The College does not allow credit for courses taken through cor-
respondence.
WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE
A. During the first six weeks of a semester a student may with-
draw from a course, thereby receiving no grade.
B. After the first six weeks of a semester a withdrawal will not be
be approved except for special reasons and emergencies. The
student secures a withdrawal form from the department in-
volved, has it signed by the instructor and department chair-
man, and returns it to the Enrollment Center.
If a student is doing passing work at the time of approved
withdrawal, he receives a WP, which is not treated as a grade.
If he is failing, he receives a WF, computed as an F.
A student who drops a course without official permission is
given an F.
WITHDRAWAL FROM THE COLLEGE
Students wishing to withdraw from the College are to go to the En-
rollment Center and follow the prescribed procedures. If illness or
some other emergency causes him to give up his College work, a
student must notify the Enrollment Center at once. Unless a student
withdraws officially, F grades will be recorded for unfinished courses.
REINSTATEMENT AND READMISSION
A student whose cumulative index is below that required for reten-
tion may attend summer sessions at West Chester in order to im-
prove his index. If the deficiency is corrected during the summer,
the student is reinstated and continues his degree candidacy. If,
however, he does not attain the required cumulative index by the
close of summer sessions, his candidacy is terminated. He must
remain away from West Chester for one full semester before taking
part-time work in an effort to be readmitted.
All students must apply formally for readmission as full-time can-
didates; however, no application is necessary, other than proper
academic information/55
registration, for part-time work taken to qualify.
Students are eligible for readmission if they qualify through part-
time work taken after the first dismissal. A second academic dis-
missal terminates degree candidacy at West Chester.
ROOM RESERVATION POLICY FOR REINSTATED STUDENTS
Room reservations are not held for resident students who are in
academic difficulty at the close of the spring semester. If students
attend summer sessions and are reinstated for the following fall
semester, they must reapply for housing.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
A student is recommended for graduation upon the satisfactory
completion of a minimum of 128 semester hours and upon fulfill-
ment of all categories of the requirements for his degree. A mini-
mum cumulative index of 2.00 (C) is required for graduation. De-
gree requirements are detailed under the heading of the subject
field. See also "Requirements for the Baccalaureate Degree" under
the Programs of Study.
RESIDENT CREDIT REQUIREMENT
To qualify for graduation, a student must take at least 30 semes-
ter hours of credit at West Chester.
REQUIRED NOTICE OF INTENTION TO GRADUATE
Students intending to graduate in May or August must come to the
Enrollment Center and give Notice of Intention to Graduate no later
than February 1. Students intending to graduate in December must
give such notice no later than October 1. The baccalaureate degree
will not be granted unless this requirement is met.
When the student submits this Notice he will receive a cap-and-
gown order form and his bill for the graduation fee. He will also
specify how he wishes his name shown on the diploma and Com-
mencement program Unless he meets the deadline, it will be im-
possible for the College to order his diploma or place his name
on the forthcoming Commencement program.
GRADUATION HONORS
Graduation honors are awarded as follows:
Cumulative Index
cum laude 3.25—3.49
magna cum laude 3.50—3.74
summa cum laude 3.75—4.00
56/academic information
The honors list for Commencement is necessarily calculated at
the close of the seventh semester. Those who do not attain honors
distinctions until the end of their final semester will have recogni-
tion of their achievement on their transcripts, where all honors
distinctions are recorded.
To be eligible for honors distinctions, transfer students must have
completed a minimum of 64 semester hours, of four full-time semes-
ters, at West Chester.
TRANSCRIPTS
Requests for official transcripts are made by writing to the Enroll-
ment Center, Administration BIdg. West Chester graduates are not
charged for their first transcript but pay $1 each for subsequent
transcripts. Checks, payable to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,
must accompany all but the first request. Transcripts are official
only when sent directly from the issuing institution to the authority
requiring them.
VETERANS' AFFAIRS
Under the provisions of Title 38, West Chester State College is an
accredited college for the education of veterans. An Office of Vet-
erans' Affairs is maintained in the Administration Building. The
College cooperates with the Veterans Administration to see that
honorably separated or discharged veterans receive every con-
sideration consistent with either degree or non-degree admission
standards.
All veterans, certain dependents of disabled or deceased veterans,
and war orphans who wish to obtain educational benefits under the
appropriate public laws must register with the Office of Veterans'
Affairs at College registrations. Veterans must renew their regis-
tration with this Office at the beginning of each subsequent sem-
ester and each summer session. The Veterans Administration re-
quires students who are veterans to schedule at least 12 s.h. per
semester in order to receive full benefits under the G.I. bill.
A representative of the Veterans Administration is in the Vet-
erans' Affairs Office part-time, counseling and acting as liaison be-
tween students and the Veterans' Affairs Office in financial and
other matters.
The Veterans' Affairs Office also advises students on Selective
Service matters.
ARMED SERVICES ROC PROGRAM
The College, with the approval of the Board of Trustees, permits
West Chester students enrolled in the Armed Services Reserve
Officer Candidate Program (ROC) to receive six semester hours of
academic information/57
baccalaureate credit upon successful completion and certification
of ROC military requirements. Such credits are classified as free
elective transfer credits. Depending on the status of a student's
program at the time of ROC credit transfer, these credits will be
counted toward, or in excess of, the 128 credits required for a bac-
calaureate degree.
ROC programs are contingent upon successful completion of
military requirements during vacation and the award of a college
degree before being granted the service commission. The programs
cover the Navy's Basic and Advanced Reserve Officer Candidate
courses and the Marine Corps' Junior and Senior Platoon Leader-
ship courses.
THE WOMEN'S CENTER
Located on the third floor of 628 High Street across from Philips
Memorial Hall, the Women's Center provides a place for West Ches-
ter's non-traditional students, in particular older women, to meet
and seek advice. Staffed entirely by volunteers, the center works
with the Admission Office and undergraduate administration in
helping older students return to or begin college and with the day-
to-day problems they face.
INTERNSHIPS
A number of departments offer the opportunity for internships in
which students may be employed in their field of interest receiving
income, experience and college credits. Among the departments
at West Chester with internship programs are American Studies,
Business and Economics, Chemistry, Geography and Planning,
Government and Politics, History, Psychology and Speech Com-
munication and Theatre. Additional information is available under
the various department listings and from the departments.
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching is to be taken in the seventh or eighth semester
and normally culminates the professional experience in pre-service
preparation for teaching. Students are required to file applications
for student teaching one year prior to their student-teaching semes-
ter. Regular meetings for student-teaching registration are sched-
uled annually early in the spring semester. Prospective student
teachers must attend one of these meetings.
Students must do their teaching in stations in school areas where
the College holds a contract for student teachers.
To be eligible for student teaching, candidates must have Senior
Standing (96 semester hours), a cumulative index of 2.00 (C) or
higher, should have completed all course work required in at least
58/academic information
the first six semesters, and should have satisfied competencies for
the degree. Criteria for student teaching approval occassionally
change. Students should contact departments for requirements.
NATIONAL TEACHER EXAMINATION
The College provides an annual opportunity for students to take the
National Teacher Examination. Details may be secured from the
Career Development Center.
TEACHING CERTIFICATES
Instructional I Certificate. A student who satisfactorily completes
one of the College's teacher education curricula receives his de-
gree from the College and qualifies for an Instructional I Certificate,
which is issued to him by the Pennsylvania Department of Educa-
tion.
In the elementary field this certificate qualifies the holder to teach
in Pennsylvania's elementary schools for three years.
In the secondary field this certificate qualifies the holder to teach
the specified subject in Pennsylvania's secondary schools for three
years.
In health education, health and physical education, music educa-
tion, foreign languages, and speech correction, the certificate quali-
fies the holder to teach the specified subject in the public schools
of Pennsylvania for three years.
Instructional II Certificate. This certificate requires three years
of successful teaching in the public schools of Pennsylvania under
the Instructional I Certificate and the satisfactory completion of 24
semester hours of additional work of collegiate grade, completed
after- issuance of the baccalaureate degree. This certificate is a
permanent license to teach in Pennsylvania.
All or part of the educational requirements for this credential may
be obtained through approved in-service programs.
EXTENSION OF TEACHING CERTIFICATES
1. A college certificate valid for a secondary field may be extended to include
the elementary field by completing a program designed by the Department of
Elementary Education.
2. A college certificate valid for the elementary field may be extended to include
any subject of the secondary field by completing the Colleges field requirement
for it and the related methods course.
3. A college certificate valid for a secondary field may be extended to include
additional academic subjects by completing the College's field requirements
for them.
STRUCTURE OF THE COLLEGE
West Chester State College is divided into six schools each under
the direction of a Dean. The various departments of the college
are distributed among the Schools as follows:
SCHOOL OF ARTS
AND LETTERS
John W. Clokey
Dean
Art
English
Foreign Languages
Philosophy
Speech Communication and Theatre
Speech Pathology and Audiology
SCHOOL OF
EDUCATION
Carlos R. Ziegler
Acting Dean
John A. Lander
Associate Dean
Counselor Education
Elementary Education
Instructional Media Education
Secondary Education and
Professional Studies
Criminal Justice
Environmental (Outdoor)
Education
Reading
Special Education
Urban Education
SCHOOL OF HEALTH
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
Edwin L. Youmans
Dean
Edwin B. Cottrell
Associate Dean
Health Education
Physical Education
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Charles A. Sprenkle
Dean
Alexander Antonowich
Associate Dean
Music Theory and Composition
Music History and Literature
Music Education
Keyboard Music
Vocal and Choral Music
Instrumental Music
SCHOOL OF SCIENCES
AND MATHEMATICS
Russell K. Rickert
Dean
Biology
Chemistry
Earth Sciences
Mathematical Sciences
Nursing
Physics
SCHOOL OF SOCIAL
AND BEHAVIORAL
SCIENCES
Patricia C. Johnson
Acting Dean
Anthropology, Sociology and
Social Welfare
Business and Economics
Geography and Planning
History
Political Science
Psychology
INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS AND OFFERINGS
Among West Chester interdisciplinary programs— drawing upon
the resources of two or more of the College's schools— are two
which lead to the Bachelor's degree and others which provide trans-
cript recognition. They are
American Studies — Bachelor of Arts
Criminal Justice — Bachelor of Science
Ethnic Studies — Transcript recognition
Latin American Studies — Transcript recognition
Russian Studies — Transcript recognition
Women's Studies — Transcript recognition
Degree Requirements
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACCALAUREATE
DEGREE
1 Satisfactory completion of a minimum of 128 semester hours
distributed as shown in the curriculum for the student's major
field.
2 Achievement of a cumulative index of at least 2.00 (C) and an
average of at least 2.00 (C) in the major field.
3 Attendance at West Chester State College for at least 30 semes-
ter hours of the degree program.
4 Fulfillment of any special requirements or program competen-
cies which are particular to a department or a School.
5 Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the College, including
payment of the graduation fee; and of all other obligations, in-
cluding the return of College properties.
6 Compliance with all academic requests from the Dean of Under-
graduate Studies, including the request for Notice of Intention
to Graduate.
THE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS-COMMON TO ALL
CURRICULA
West Chester State College's over-all curriculum has been substan-
tially altered in the last few years as the result of a two-year com-
prehensive investigation with recommendations by committees
and councils comprised of faculty, students and administrators.
Aimed at determining genuine needs and realistic goals for today's
students, the extensive study has resulted in a new program of
General Requirements allowing more freedom of choice for the
student and greater flexibility for the departments in planning their
curricula.
It was felt that to insure a broad education encompassing experi-
ences in humanities and the social and natural sciences, it would
be imprudent to eliminate the General Requirements completely.
At the same time, however, it became obvious that today's educa-
tion must be versatile because of the many new courses and areas
of study that are constantly becoming available.
As a result, the "new" General Requirements represent a de-
crease in required hours and specific required courses while in-
62/degree requirements
creasing the number of courses that may be used to fulfill a given
requirement.
The "new" General Requirements apply to all students entering
West Chester since June 1974. Those who entered the College
prior to that date continue to follow the General Requirements
that were in effect at the time of their entrance. These are given in
previous issues of the Undergraduate Studies Bulletin through
1972-74 and are also available in all departments.
All students should counsel closely with their advisors. Each de-
partment has a handbook or guide outlining courses of study for the
various curricula that are available. These give required courses,
prerequisites and other information necessary for the successful
completion of the student's degree program.
y
i i
•
M m ''^^Bl 1 J^l
i MH
i Hill
1!
■ V w J 4^^H
mm i^^^^^^M
nbjiif
jH
|# # ipilr^^^^H
MH
iSss^
^^■|\^^^^^K^^|
w
^^^^^^^^^^1
!^J>
"
degree requirements/63
THE BASIC OUTLINE FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
[as revised in April 1974 and introduced to freshmen entering in
June 1974 and tiiereafter]
I BASIC SKILLS 5 SEMESTER HOURS
English Composition (3)
Physical Education (2)
II HUMANITIES 9 SEMESTER HOURS
One course in three of the following areas:
Art
Philosophy
Literature
Speech/Theatre
Music
III SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 9 SEMESTER HOURS
One course in three of the following areas:
Anthropology/Sociology History
Economics Political Science
Geography Psychology
IV SCIENCES AND MATHEMATICS 9 SEMESTER HOURS
One course in three of the following areas:
Biology Earth and Space Science
Chemistry Mathematics
Computer Science Physics
V FREE ELECTIVES 12 SEMESTER HOURS
These hours are completely at the choice of the student.
TOTAL: 44 SEMESTER HOURS
64/degree requirements
HUMAN RELATIONS REQUIREMENT
Effective for the fall, 1976 freshmen, a one-credit Human Rela-
tions course taken as a part of the new-student Orientation Pro-
gram is a requirement for all degree candidates.
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SCHOOLS
Two of West Chester's schools have core requirements which must
be met in addition to the General Requirements.
ARTS AND LETTERS CORE REQUIREMENTS-15 S.H.
1. Beyond courses selected to meet the General Requirements,
one course is required in each of the following areas:
(a) Art
(b) Literature
(c) Philosophy
(d) Speech Communication/Theatre
2. One additional course is required in one of the areas listed
above, beyond the General Requirements.
NOTE:
(a) The requirements shown above apply to Arts and Letters stu-
dents in both the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science in
Education curricula, within limits set by the department.
(b) In addition to Core requirements, Arts and Letters majors may
be required to take certain related courses as determined by
the departments.
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES CORE-21 S.H.
All B.A. Programs and all
B.S. in Education Programs
A. Four courses in social and behavioral sciences in the disciplines
not chosen under General Requirements 12 s.h.
B. An additional two courses in history 6 s.h.
C. An additional social science course outside the student's major
or an interdisciplinary social science course 3 s.h.
requirements/65
FOREIGN LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR B.A. DEGREE
CANDIDATES
Candidates for the B.A. degree are required to complete the second
half of the intermediate year of a foreign language. This means
in effect that only the 202 (Intermediate II) language course is
actually required. Hence, any student who is not qualified to take
the 202 course must prepare himself by taking the elementary
(101-102) and/or Intermediate I (201) courses or course or by in-
dependent study. (101, 102, and 201 levels may be taken pass-
fail if the student wishes.) Students may satisfy the foreign language
requirement by presenting evidence of preparation equivalent to
the 202 level either by certificate or by examination.
QUALIFYING FOR THE TEACHING CERTIFICATE
Upon satisfying all of the baccalaureate degree requirements listed
above, students in teacher education programs may qualify for the
Instructional I Certificate, which will be issued by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education. The specific applications of the Instruc-
tional I Certificate, according to the field or area of study, are de-
tailed under "Teaching Certificates" in Academic Information.
Programs of Study
& Course Offerings
For the convenience of readers, the arrangement of course offerings
is alphabetical by department or area of study.
Students may obtain a typical sequence of courses for any of the
programs from the offices of the appropriate School or department.
All courses, course substitutions, and the sequences in which
courses are given, are subject to change.
American
Studies
Perry F. Hoberg and Richard J. Webster
Coordinators
Offered jointly by the Schools of Arts and Letters and Social and
Behavioral Sciences
The American Studies program prepares students for living and
working in the changing American scene. Exposure to the breadth
of American culture is applied to a narrower vocational interest
defined by the student with concentration in American Art History,
Black Studies, Ethnic Studies, Historic Preservation, Journalism,
Museum Studies. American Studies Internship offers on-the-job
experience at cooperating agencies, businesses, or institutions.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-AMERICAN STUDIES
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
see page 63
2. Foreign Language Requirements 6 s.h.
68/american studies
3. Required Core 23 s.h.
Proseminar and Field Experience (AMS 300) 3
American Literature l-ll (LIT 323-324) 6
History of the United States l-ll (His 21 1-212) 6
Material Culture of U.S. I, II, or III (AMS 301,302, or 303)
(choose any two) 6
Senior Thesis or Project (AMS 400) or American Studies Internship
(AMS415, 416) 3-12
4. Elective Core 24-33
Five American-topic courses are to be taken in Anthropology, Art, Government
and Politics, History, Literature, Music, Philosophy, Sociology, with no more
than two courses from one discipline.
5. Elective Concentration to assume that a minimum of 128 s.h. are taken.
American Studies majors are to submit for approval a proposal for a course of
study and sequence of courses, e.g., ethnic studies. For guidance in the selection
of a course track consult either Coordinator of the American Studies program.
COURSE OFFERINGS FOR AMERICAN STUDIES
AMS 300 Proseminar and Field Experience (3)
Orientation to a methodology and bibliography of American Studies as an inter-
disciplinary investigation and practical experience through fieldwork.
AMS 301 Material Culture of U.S. I: Art and Images (3)
Colonial period. Cultural approach to development of American values related to
visual expression and imaging. Cross-duty analysis of the impact of image and ob-
ject on folk and elite traditions interacting with Indian culture.
AMS 302 Material Culture of U.S. II: Art and Images (3)
19th century. Emphasis on ethnic contributions to the "American mainstream." Par-
ticular focus on black Americans.
AMS 303 Material Culture of U.S. Ill: Art and Images (3)
20th century. Art movements are related to the changed social climate generated
by technological materialism. Dehumanization and the development of a new human-
ism. Particular focus on the influence of youth and counterculture.
AMS 305 American Decorative Art (3)
Study of decorative and utilitarian objects of the American household environment
from Colonial period through World War I.
AMS 400 Senior Thesis or Project (3)
A concluding "statement" incorporating the interdisciplinary generalist approach.
AMS 401 Independent Studies (1-3)
An opportunity to pursue alternative outside-the-class-room study projects; field
work in community resources, etc.
AMS 415, 416 American Studies Internship (3-6)
Cooperative service-learning experience at community agency, business, or institu-
tion.
Anthropology,
Sociology, and
Social Welfare
Martin Murphy
Chairperson
John A. Main
Director—
Social Work Program
PROFESSORS
BECKER
SAMUELSON
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
BARTLETT
LUCK
MAIN
MURPHY
RAVACON
YEAKEL
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
COWEN
McCUTCHEON
WINGATE
WITTHOFT
The Department offers two degree programs, one leading to the
Bachelor of Arts in anthropology-sociology and the other to the
Bachelor of Arts in social work. Students pursuing the Bachelor
of Arts in anthropology-sociology may elect either the anthropology,
sociology or social anthropology tracks. The anthropology track
focuses on man's biological evolution; the origin, development and
integration of human cultures; and on the interrelationship of bio-
logical and cultural factors in the etiology of human behavior. The
sociology track centers on the problem of understanding the pro-
cesses involved in the creation, maintenance and evolution of social
structure and on the impact of diverse structural forms on individual
behavior. The social anthropology track draws from both sociology
and anthropology to develop an analytic understanding of the dia-
lectic interaction of social structure and culture.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE-ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIOLOGY
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
2. Foreign Language Requirement
3. Social Science Core
4. Specialization Requirements
3 s.h.
21 s.h.
60 s.h.
70/anthropology, sociology and social welfare
A Anthropology Track
1. Core (9 s.h.)
Ant 101, 200, 400
2. Specialization (12-21 s.h.)
Four to seven courses in anthropology
3. Cognates (15 s.h.)
Lin 201; additional courses approved by the student's advisor.
4. Free Electives (15-24 s.h.)
B. Sociology Track
1. Required Core Courses (21 s.h.)
a) Theory Core (15 s.h.)
Soc 250, 300, 301, 337, 341
b) Methodology Core (6 s.h.)
Soc 200, 201
2. Specialization Requirements (15 s.h.)
a) Soc 400 (Comprehensive Examination)
b) Any four advanced courses in sociology
3. Cognate Requirements (12 s.h.)
Any four non-sociology courses approved by the students advisor
4 Free Electives (12 s.h.)
C. Social Anthropology Track
1. Anthropology- Sociology Core (6 s.h.)
Ant 332, Soc 301
2. Anthropology (12 s.h.)
Two topical and two area courses, selected in consultation with the
student's advisor.
3. Sociology (12 s.h.)
One methodology and three topical courses, selected in consultation
with the student's advisor.
4. Seminar (3 s.h.)
Ant 401
5. Cognates (12 s.h.)
Four courses selected in consultation with the student's advisor.
6. Free Electives (15 s.h.)
COURSE OFFERINGS IN
ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIOLOGY
ANTHROPOLOGY
Symbol: Ant
101 Introduction to Anthropology: Biological (3)
Fundamentals of human biology, evolution, and the prehistoric development of
culture.
102 Introduction to Anthropology: Cultural (3)
Comparative analysis of culture systems
200 Introduction to Archaeology (3)
Interpretation of culture through analysis of archaeological remains. PREREQ: Ant
101
201 Archaeological Field Techniques (3)
Implementation of archaeological principles and theory in laboratory and field stud-
ies. PREREQ: Ant 200.
250 Practicum in Museum Techniques (3)
Exploration of techniques of cataloguing, conserving objects, and of designing and
setting up exhibits. Involvement in actual museum work.
anthropology, sociology and social welfare/71
275 Cultures of Ethnic Groups in America (3)
Survey of the cultural history and traditions of ethnic groups in America.
290 Folklore in Society (3)
Survey of basic American folklore genres. Emphasis on folklore as process, tradition
and as an element of culture.
305 Historical Archaeology (3)
Historical research through archaeology. Chester County is emphasized through
local research projects. PREREQ OR CONCURRENT; Ant 200.
309 (also His 309) Artifacts and Culture (3)
See His 309.
Ant 320 Problems in Ethnology (3)
Survey of the ethnographic literature pertaining to specific geographic regions. Area
of focus to be announced in advance. PREREQ: Ant 102.
331 Human Paleontology (3)
Evolutionary thought; origin and antiquity of the primates; fossil man and living races.
PREREQ: Ant 101. (Some background in biology recommended.)
332 Social Organization (3)
Study of social groups, their structure and functioning. PREREQ: Ant 102.
333 Culture Change (3)
Empirical and theoretical study of culture change. PREREQ: Ant 102.
335 Culture and Personality (3)
Study of relationship between culture systems and personality. PREREQ: Ant 102.
342 Political Anthropology (3)
Analysis of tribal and peasant political systems. PREREQ: Ant 102
343 Economic Anthropology (3)
Analysis of tribal and peasant economic systems PREREQ: Ant 102.
344 Magic, Religion, and Witchcraft (3)
An analysis of supernaturalistic ideology and ritual in both tribal and civil society.
PREREQ: Ant 102.
350 The American Indian (3)
Ethnology of North America. PREREQ: Ant 102.
351 The American Indian Today (3)
Native Americans in contemporary Anglo-America. PREREQ: Ant 333 and 350 or
permission of instructor.
355 Cultures and Peoples of Sub-Saharan Africa (3)
Examination of the cultures and societies of Black Africa. PREREQ: Ant 102.
357 (also His 357] Cultures and Peoples of India (3)
See His 357.
361 Archaeology of Central America (3)
The archaeological record of Central America, covering the significant features of
each culture area from modern Mexico to Panama. PREREQ: Ant 200.
362 Ethnology of Central America (3)
Survey of the modern cultures of Central America: relationships to ancient peoples;
the process of modernization in this area. PREREQ: Ant 102.
365 World Ethnology (3)
Survey of the social organization, belief systems, and cultures of selected peoples.
PREREQ: Ant 102.
399 History of Ethnological Theory (3)
Development of ethnological theory with emphasis on the nature of explanation in
ethnology. Open to juniors and seniors only.
400 Senior Seminar in Anthropology (3)
Discussion and supervised research designed to integrate conceptual and metho-
dological skills.
72/anthropology, sociology and social welfare
401 Seminar in Social Anthropology (3)
History and theory of social anthropology (open to senior majors only, except by
permission of the instructor).
405 Topical Seminar in Anthropology (3)
Selected topics in the subdisciplines of anthropology. Topics announced in advance.
Open to juniors and seniors only
410 Independent Studies in Anthropology (1 to 3)
Special research projects, reports, readings in anthropology. Seniors only. PRE-
REQ; permission of department chairman.
450 Urban Anthropology (3)
Application of techniques of anthropological field investigation to the analysis of
urban environments. Open to seniors only.
SOCIOLOGY
Symbol: Soc
100 Introduction to Sociology (3)
Fundamentals of the sociological perspective on human behavior.
200 Introduction to Social Research (3)
The logic of social research Fundamentals of research design, data collection and
reduction, and non-statistical analysis. PREREQ: Soc 100.
201 Social Statistics (3)
The application of statistical methods to sociological hypothesis testing. PREREQ:
Soc 100.
Soc 235 Racial and Ethnic Understanding (3)
A human relations course designed to facilitate inter-racial and inter-ethnic under-
standing.
250 The Sociological Tradition (3)
Historical development of the sociological perspective on human behavior; emphasis
on the perennial issues in sociological explanation. PREREQ : Soc 100.
Soc 300 Self and Society (3)
The emergence, maintenance, and transformation of the self in social interaction.
PREREQ: Soc 100.
301 Social Structure and Behavior (3)
Discussion of the major concepts employed in the analysis of social structure and of
the impact of various features of social structure on human behavior. PREREQ:
Soc 100.
Soc 331 Deviance (3)
Causes and consequences of the construction and violation of social norms. PREREQ:
Soc 100.
332 Contemporary Social Problems (3)
Analysis of current social disorders: urban unrest, racial tension, poverty, addictions,
crime, and mental illness. PREREQ: Soc 100.
333 The Family (3)
Comparative, historical, and cross-cultural analysis of the family institution. Theories
and empirical research on mate selection, courtship, marital adjustment, parent-
child relationship, and family crisis.
334 Juvenile Delinquency (3)
Theories of delinquency; evaluation of programs for its prevention and controls.
PREREQ: Soc 100.
335 Racial and Cultural Minorities (3)
Minority groups including American Indians, Mexican Americans, Puerto Ricans,
and Afro-Americans; the meaning of, response to, and reduction of prejudice and
discrimination. PREREQ: Soc 100.
anthropology, sociology and social welfare/73
336 Urban Sociology (3)
Historical development of cities; characteristics of urban institutions; urban ecology;
demograptnic patterns; ethnic groups and social classes; urban renewal and city
planning. PREREQ; Soc 100.
337 Sociological Theory (3)
Theories of social order. Logic of theory construction and evaluation. PREREQ;
Soc 100. Senior Standing reconnmended.
Soc 338 Criminology (3)
Sociological analysis of the definition, distribution, and causes of crime, and of social
response to it. PREREQ: Soc 100.
Soc 339 Social Stratification (3)
Analysis of inequalities in wealth, power, and prestige in contemporary societies.
PREREQ; Soc 100.
341 Social Stability and Change (3)
Critique of the leading models of social order and change; analysis of major trans-
formation in Western civilization PREREQ; Soc TOO.
342 Applied Social Change (3)
Strategy and tactics of planning and guiding change in small and large-scale social
systems. PREREQ; Soc 100, 341.
343 Small Groups (3)
Review of literature, with emphasis on experimental findings and models; critical
survey of group techniques designed to change behavior through interpersonal or
collective experience PREREQ; Soc 100.
344 Complex Organizations (3)
Analysis of large-scale formal organizations with emphasis on bureaucracy as the
dominant form of social organization in the West. PREREQ; Soc 336.
345 Sociology of Religion (3)
Theoretical analysis of social functions of religion; history and internal structure of
religious institutions; their relationship to other institutions. PREREQ: Soc 100.
346 Sociology of Medicine (3)
A sociological perspective on health, illness, and medical care. PREREQ: Soc 100.
347 Sociology of Education (3)
Sociological dimensions of educational institutions. PREREQ: Soc 100.
375 Sexuality in Society (3)
The social dimensions of human sexuality. PREREQ; Soc 100.
400 Senior Seminar in Sociology (3)
Preparation for Comprhensive Examinations. Open to senior Sociology majors only.
405 Topical Seminar in Sociology (3)
Special topics in theory or methodology. Topics announced in advance. Admission
by permission of instructor. Open to juniors and seniors only.
410 Independent Studies in Sociology (1 to 3)
Individual research projects, reports, and/or readings. Open to seniors only. PRE-
REQ; permission of department chairman.
74/anthropology, sociology and social welfare
SOCIAL WORK PROGRAM
John A. Main, Program Director
B.A. DEGREE PROGRAM
The B.A. degree program in social work combines the best of
the liberal arts tradition with the preparation of the professionally
competent social worker. The social work student develops skills
in the field and growing conceptual ability in the classroom. Linked
together, these abilities culminate in a field experience with pro-
fessional social work responsibility. Upon graduation, the social
work student should be ready to assume most direct tasks cur-
rently performed in social welfare and human service agencies.
Child welfare agencies, public assistance agencies, courts, hospi-
tals, and clinics are among the typical settings open to the graduate.
The social work program is accredited as a professional degree
in social work by the Council on Social Work Education. Graduating
students are entitled to the memberships and privileges accorded
to a professional social worker.
In the spring of the sophomore year the application is considered
by the Social Work Admissions Committee. SWo 200, taken in the
fall semester of the sophomore year, is prerequisite and must be
completed before the application is acted upon.
INSTITUTE FOR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
In 1972, the Social Welfare Institute for Professional Development
designed for persons employed in the human services was intro-
duced. The institute has two facets. The first is designed for work-
ers without college preparation who wish to enhance their on-the-
job skills. The second is designed for workers who have baccalau-
reate degrees in other areas but lack specific professional prepara-
tion for social work.
Courses related to on-the-job skills are in interviewing (SWo
250, 251), information and referral (SWo 260, 261) the communica-
tion and collaboration process (SWo 270, 271), and supervision
(280, 281).
A professional social work sequence is available for students
with baccalaureate preparation in other areas. These students take
social work courses lacking in their previous preparation plus a
supervised field practicum. Concurrent job responsibilities supply
a framework for courses and practicum whenever possible. A voca-
tional certificate carrying equivalent professional recognition is
available to students completing the program.
anthropology, sociology and social welfare/75
SOCIAL WORK FIELD PLACEMENTS
The following agencies provide field experiences and professional
supervision in social work. These agencies play a most important
role in the student's own growth and development.
Chester County BOARD OF Assistance Family Service of Delaware County
Chester County Children's Services
Chester County Farms
Children's Bureau of Delaware
Crozer-Chester Medical Center
Delaware County Child Care Services
Delaware County Day Care Association
Delaware County Intermediate Unit
Delaware County Juvenile Court
Embreeville State Hospital
Family Service-Mental Health Centers
of Chester County
Freedom Valley Girl Scout Council
Friends Hall at West Chester
Hospital of the University of Pennsylvania
Jefferson Hospital
Mental Health and Mental Retardation
Board of Chester County, Base Service
Unit
Norristown State Hospital
Pennhurst State School and Hospital
West Philadelphia Consortium
Wilmington School District
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE-SOCIAL WORK
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
2. Foreign Language Requirements
3. Social Science Core
See page 64
NOTE: To be considered for admission to the
shall elect under "C " of the Social Science Core:
4. Social Work Concentration:
SWo 300-301 , 320-321 , 350, 375, 379, 400, 401 , 420-421
5. Cognates (Psycho-Social Foundation).
Select four courses, under advisement
6. Electives 9 s.h.
Social Work majors should choose with their advisor an interdisciplinary elective
program geared to their learning needs and professional interests.
Social Welfare Program,
SWo 200.
3 s.h.
21 s.h.
students
39 s.h.
12 s.h.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN SOCIAL WORK
Symbol: SWo
200 Introduction to Social Welfare I (3)
Current social problems and the influence of societal values upon their definition
and upon the structures devised to meet them.
201 Introduction to Social Welfare II (3)
The history of social welfare in the United States, and an overview of major fields
of social work practice with emphasis upon legislation and policy formulation.
240 Framework for Social Work Practice (2)
A historical survey of the cultural, economic and political forces influencing social
welfare legislation and social work practice.
250 Human Problems and the Interviewing Process I (2)
The development of more effective responses to the dynamics of human behavior
within the interview. Current interviewing experience necessary.
251 Human Problems and the Interviewing Process II (2)
Advanced techniques of interviewing. Current interviewing experience necessary.
76/anthropology, sociology and social welfare
260 Information and Referral I (2)
Interviewing skills for the collection of factual information and for problem assess-
ment; an analysis of the network of local human services and procedures for referral.
261 Information and Referral II (2)
The compilation of case histories, case summaries and referral summaries; the dyna-
mics of inter-agency, inter-disciplinary collaboration and follow-through.
270 Dynamics of Staff Collaboration I (2)
An exploration of the concepts of role and function as they relate to various posi-
tions within social agencies.
271 Dynamics of Staff Collaboration II (2)
Theoretical framework building upon basic concepts developed in Swo 270.
280 Social Work Supervision I (2)
An integration of theoretical content with the practice of supervision, taking into
account the unique characteristics and problems of social agencies.
281 Social Work Supervision II (2)
Use of generic social work principles and concepts for the supervisor as teacher,
administrator, and model for practice.
300 Social Welfare Systems I (3)
Systems-analysis approach to the environment and components of direct service
delivery. Focus is on child welfare, juvenile court, family service, and mental health
systems.
301 Social Welfare Systems II (3]
Poverty, insecurity, and inequality of opportunity as national, economic, political,
and social problems. Responses in the form of social policy and services at federal,
state, and local levels.
320 Principles and Methods of Social Work Practice I (3)
Generic principles and concepts of social work practice in work with individuals
and families.
321 Principles and Methods of Social Work Practice II (3)
Generic principles and concepts of social work practice in social work with various
kinds of groups.
350 Psycho- Social Foundations of Human Behavior I (3)
Integration of psychological and social aspects of human behavior into a framework
of person-in-situation.
351 Psycho- Social Foundations of Human Behavior II (3)
Continuation of SWo 350 with a focus on growth and development in family and/or
institutional environments.
375 Reld Placement (3)
Junior year field experience for the social welfare major.
379 Introduction to Social Research (3)
A survey of past and current social research and consideration of the subsequent
implications for social work practice.
380 Methods of Social Inquiry (3)
Fundamentals of problem identification and formulation, research design, sampling
observation, data collection and reduction, and non-statistical analysis.
400 Senior Seminar in Social Work (3)
Integration of field and classroom experiences into a professional framework for the
social work helping process.
art/77
401 Social Work Process Seminar (3)
Seminar on social work process designed to relate to the second semester field ex-
perience.
410 Independent Studies in Social Welfare (1 to 3]
Special research projects or practices in social welfare. Seniors only. PREREQ:
permission of instructor.
420-421 Field Experience l-ll (6) [6]
Supervised work experience in a social agency. Seniors only.
Art
Perry F. Hoberg
Chairperson
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
HAWTHORNE
HEMPHILL
HOBERG
LASUCHIN
McKINNEY
SERMAS
SIMMENDINGER
WHITE
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
BLAKE
DEFINO
RARICK
SHAPIRO
INSTRUCTOR
BAKER (Part-time)
The undergraduate programs offered by the Department of Art give
students the opportunity to achieve competence in the practice,
theory and history of art taking into consideration both personal and
vocational needs. Each student's advisement reflects an effort to
relate the general requirements to art subjects.
In addition to the formal programs listed below, alternative courses
of study may be planned in conjunction with other departments.
Students are encouraged to make connections between art and
78/art
other subjects where appropriate to achieve vocational and per-
sonal advancement. Proposals for alternative programs should be
made to the department after consultation with the student's advisor.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-ART
1. General Requirements (see page 63) 44 s.h.
2. Language Requirement (Intermediate II Level) 3 s.h.
3. Arts and Letters Requirement 15 s.h.
4. Art Department Program Requirements (Select One)
A. Studio Art I sequence— (prepares student for graduate study and/or per-
sonal/vocational competence)
(1) Studio Foundation-(106, 111, 112, 206, 220, 221) 18s.h.
(2) Art History— (elect from any art history, aesthetics, 12 s.h.
museum, or AMS 301, 302, 303, 305 courses)
(3) Other Studio— (elect from studio offerings.) 42 s.h.
Total 72 s.h.
B. Studio Art II sequence— (provides a minimal concentration with wide choice
of free electives or second concentration options)
(1) Studio Foundation-(106, 111, 220) 9 s.h.
(additional foundation course(s) required dependent upon media con-
centration)
(2) Art History— (any art history, aesthetics, museum, 12 s.h.
or AMS 301, 302, 303, 305 courses)
(3) Other Studio— (elect from studio offerings. See 15 s.h.
special note below) Total 36 s.h.
C. Art H/story— (preparation for graduate study in art history or museum study)
(1) Art History Foundation-(381, 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, 403) 21 s.h.
(2) Studio Foundation-(106, 111, 220) 9 s.h.
(3) Other Art History— (elect from any other art history, 6 s.h.
aesthetics, museum, AMS 301, 302, 303, 305 courses) Total 36 s.h.
(4) Majors are advised to take additional art history unless considering a
double concentration or other interdisciplinary goals.
Special Note: Studio majors are advised to consider concentration emphasis in gen-
eral categories of 2-dimensional, 3-dimensional, or inter-media, or, if the subject
area permits, more specialized concentration in single or limited media.
Other considerations: Studio Art II majors may consider a second concentration
in art history, or vice versa. Or, in either case, a second concentration with another
major department may be considered.
Internships are also available in certain areas such as museums, historical socie-
ties, or institutions where art therapy or other art services may be required.
5. As appropriate, free electives complete 128 s.h. program.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN ART
Symbol: Art
101 Fine Arts (Art) (3)
A survey course in the fine arts stressing the cultural contributions of man past and
present.
105 Art Workshop (3)
An art workshop for non-art majors. Exploration of art materials and techniques.
106 Drawing I (3)
An introduction to basic drawing dealing with space, form, and structure through
still-life and figure study.
art/79
1 1 1 Basic Design (2-D Design) (3)
Experimentation with shape, space, light, color, texture in a variety of media toward
developing a visual vocabulary.
112 Color and Design (2-D Design) (3)
Extensive study of color theory and its application to a variety of fine and industrial
art projects.
206 Drawing II: Anatomy and Life Drawing (3)
An investigation of the structure and form of the human figure as expressed in draw-
ing.
211 Graphic Design: Lettering and Layout (3)
Exploration of the design aspects of lettering and layout for communication.
212 Graphic Design: Experimental Design (3)
Problems in advanced design; the application of previous studies in design to
specific projects.
216 Beginning Painting (3)
An introduction to the basic materials and techniques of the painter with emphasis
on color.
217 Intermediate Painting (3)
Advanced work with models, still life, landscape. Emphasis upon technique and
composition.
220 Fundamentals of 3-Dimensional Design (3)
An introduction to theories, processes, and elements of perception and visual de-
sign in a three-dimensional situation. Problems will be geared to problem-solving
rather than object-making.
221 Advanced 3-Dimensional Design (3)
Experimentation with various materials toward solving problems in terms of visual
elements as they relate to volumetric forms in space.
222 Beginning Sculpture (3)
An introduction to the basic fundamentals of sculpture, including concepts of design,
knowledge of tools and techniques, materials and processes. Project assignments
to be rendered in clay, plaster, wood, and stone.
226 Water Color I (3)
An introduction to the basic tools and techniques of the water-color painter. Emphasis
upon transparent water color.
227 Water Color II (3)
Advanced problems in water color, gouache, tempera, and mixed media.
231 Ceramics I: Basic Techniques (3)
Introduction to the basic techniques of ceramics. Hand and wheel methods of con-
struction; knowledge of clay bodies, firing, and glazing.
232 Ceramics II: Intermediate Techniques (3)
Fundamental methods of creating clay forms on the wheel. Experimentation with
clay bodies, glazes, and the operation of the kiln. Design is stressed.
241 Printmaking: Introduction to Relief Printmaking (3)
An introduction to the medium of print-making; linoleum cuts, woodcuts, and collo-
graphs.
242 Printmaking: Introduction to Silk-Screen Printmaking (3)
An exploration of the basic techniques of silk-screen printing. Emphasis upon color
and design.
80/art
245 Architectural Drawing (3)
Studio experiences in layout; preparation of plans and elevations, presentations,
(renderings) and architectural lettering. Use of mechanical drawing tools to help
student express steps that occur from design of to realization of a structure.
250 Art in Early Childhood Education (3)
For those who will work with very young children, seminar, field experience and
workshop activities designed to prepare adults to help children explore, discover,
manipulate, imagine, and express.
251 Art in the Elementary School (3)
Workshop and seminar providing experience with a wide variety of media appropriate
for use with children as well as investigation into the philosophy and psychology
of children's art.
252 Art in the Elementary School II (3)
Investigation of the creative growth of the child. Planning art lessons; visiting schools;
discussions; assigned readings in art education.
256 Art in Elementary Education (3)
An intensive study of the role of art in elementary education with relation to stu-
dent, teacher, and community. Emphasis on current trends in art education.
261 Arts and Crafts: Recreation (3)
The preparation of programs and materials for the teaching of arts and crafts in camps,
playgrounds, clubs, and hospitals.
263 Art as Therapy (3)
Exploration of potentials of art activity chosen for their therapeutic value in work
with physically or emotionally handicapped in either educational or therapeutic
miliieu.
266 Crafts: Three-Dimensional Media for Elementary Education (3)
Exploration of a variety of media applicable to the teaching of arts and crafts in the
elementary school.
306 Drawing III: Studio Problems (3)
Work in various drawing techniques through a program of specific and free problems.
307 Drawing: Independent Studies (3)
individualized instruction in increasingly complex formal and expressive problems
in drawing,
311 Graphic Design: Independent Studies (3)
Individualized instruction in design problems at an advanced level.
316 Advanced Painting (3)
Emphasis upon advanced problems in painting in a variety of techniques encourag-
ing individual expression.
317 Painting: Studio Problems (3)
Concentration upon individual work and professional competence. Group critiques
and discussions.
320 Painting: Independent Studies (3)
Individualized mstruction. Preparation for senior show.
321 Intermediate Sculpture (3)
More advanced problems in sculpture with emphasis on individual exploration of
form, structures, and process. Independent projects to be rendered in choice of
materials to include clay, plaster, wood, and stone.
art/81
322 Advanced Sculpture (3)
Continued exploration and development of individual form and process awareness
through involvement with modeling, casting, fabrication, and assemblages. In addi-
tion to clay, wood, stone, and plaster, metals and plastics will be utilized.
325 Sculpture: Independent Studies (3)
Individualized instruction in advanced sculpture. Preparation for senior show.
331 Ceramics III: Advanced Techniques (3)
An advanced course to develop craftsmanship and to explore clay as a means of
individual expression.
332 Ceramics: Studio Problems (3)
Work at an advanced level in specialized ceramic techniques.
335 Ceramics: Independent Studies (3)
Individualized instruction as well as research and study in ceramic design.
341 Printmaking: Introduction to Intaglio Printmaking (3)
Intaglio techniques: etching, dryp point, aquatint, and engraving.
342 Printmaking: Introduction to Lithography Printmaking (3)
Fundamentals of stone and plate lithography.
345 Printmaking: Independent Studies (3)
Individualized instruction in depth in a selected printmaking medium.
346 Crafts: Jewelry (3)
The basic process of jewelry making with emphasis upon creative design. Work
in metals, copper, silver, gold.
347 Crafts: Weaving (3)
Basic techniques of weaving are explored, with emphasis upon fabric design and
craftsmanship.
358 Curriculum Development in Art (3)
Organization and development of programs in art education. Emphasis on an under-
standing of art in the educational process.
359 Resources in Art Education (3)
An investigation of community and cultural resources for use in art education and
their adaptability to the school program.
360 Function of the Museum in Art (3)
Role and function of the museum as an educational and cultural institution; its service
to school and community.
361 Museum Practice (3)
Firsthand experience in museum practice through work at the Brandywine River
Museum and other area museums. PREREQ. Art 360.
381 Near Eastern Art: Ancient Antiquity (3)
The art and architecture of Ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, Arabia, Syria, and Palestine
from 3000—500 B.C.
382 Art of Classical Antiquity (3)
The art and architecture of the Greeks, Etruscans, and Romans.
383 Art of Middle Ages (3)
Gothic art and architecture and their development from Early Christian and Roman-
esque art.
384 Art of Renaissance-Baroque (3)
Study of the art forms of the 15th through 17th century in Europe as they affect
social and religious crosscurrents.
82/art
385 Romanticism (3)
Analysis of the major period of Anti-Classicism and the development of Romantic
sensibility. Mid-1 8th through 19th centuries.
386 Modern Art (3)
Development of modern art from the work of Cezanne, Van Gogh, and Gauguin
through to the art of today. Architecture of the 20th century.
401 Introduction to Contemporary Aesthetics (3)
The search for the meaning behind contemporary art forms and the emergence of
a new aesthetic.
402 History of Aesthetics (3)
Reading and interpreting art documents from the Greeks to the 20th century.
PREREQ: two art history courses from this time frame, and Art 401 .
403 Primitive Art (3)
Analysis of primitive art as determined through ritual and myth. Focus includes
ethnographic parallels to prehistory and the concept of primitivism in the West.
404 Ethnic-American Art (3)
Study of ethnic development; adoption and adaptation of Western traditions. Em-
phasis on relation of art expression to alienation.
405 Russian Art (3)
A history of the art and architecture of Russia from medieval beginnings through
social realism to socialist realism.
407 Oriental Art (3)
Critical survey of historic art forms, from the earliest beginnings, of all Asia, Near,
Middle, and Far East.
409 Weaving: Independent Studies (3)
Individualized instruction and project assignments.
411 Latin-American Art (3)
An analysis of the impact of Renaissance-Baroque forms and Counter-Reformation
theology on native traditions and expressions in the new world.
412 American Architecture (3)
A study of the style and structure of American architecture from the 17th century
to the present.
413 American Art (3)
A survey of American painting and sculpture from Colonial times to the present.
414 Research and Methodology in Art (3)
Introduction to basic research methods and the use of reference material relevant
to the study of art history.
415 Art History: Independent Studies (3)
Opportunity for the student to pursue a particular field of interest. PREREQ: Art 414.
419 Women in Art: Madonna or Model?
Traces the position of the woman artist in society and its results. What role has
woman played as the subject of painting through the ages? What are women artists
creating today?
485 Roman-Greek Archaeology (3)
A study of the discovery, preservation, and analysis of Greek, Etruscan, and Roman
archaeological finds.
ASTRONOMY-See Earth Sciences
Biology
Robert W. Bernhardt
Chairperson
Margaret Y. Martinez
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS
BROWN. R.
CINQUINA
DeMOTT
DORCHESTER
OVERLEASE
ROMIG
WOODRUFF
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
BERNHARDT
BROWN, W.
CULLEN
MARTINEZ
MCDONNELL
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
BENFER
ELEUTERIO
JONES
WEBSTER
The major in biology centers about a core of courses which em-
phasize broad unifying principles. The foundation subjects— general
biology, general botany, and general zoology— are followed by
the integrative disciplines of genetics, ecology, and general phys-
iology. Available electives provide enriching experiences in many
areas of biology.
In addition to the two programs shown below, an inter-depart-
mental program is available which leads to the Bachelor of Science
in chemistry-biology. See Department of Chemistry.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-BIOLOGY
The B.A. program in biology provides both the liberal education
and the special preparation required for careers in college teach-
ing, government service, independent and industrial research,
84/biology
science-related sales and public relations, and other areas of
business. This program also prepares students to qualify for ad-
mission to graduate and professional schools.
The requirements for this degree are; Thirty-three credit hours in the supportive
sciences (Che 103-104, Chi 103-104, Che 231-232, Chi 237, Phy 103-104, Mat 121,
131). Thirty-four credit hours in Biology (Bio 110, 115, 117, 330, 361, 370, 490, and
nine credit hours of Bio electives). Biology 110, 115, and 1 17 must be passed with
a grade of "C" or better. Satisfy the foreign language requirement which applies to
all candidates for the B.A. degree. Satisfy all general education requirements of
the College.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-BIOLOGY
The requirements for this degree are: Twenty-one credit hours in the supportive
sciences (Che 103-104, Chi 103-104, Che 230, Chi 230, Mat 105, 121), thirty-two
credit hours in biology (Bio 110, 115, 117, 150, 330, 361, 370, 490 and six hours
of Bio electives). Biology 110, 115, and 117 must be passed with a grade of "C"
or better. Twenty-nine hours of Professional Education courses (see page 1 17). Sat-
isfy-the general education requirements of the College.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN BIOLOGY
Symbol: Bio
(3-2] represents 3 hours lecture and 2 hours lab.
100 Basic Biological Science (3]
Basic principles of biology. Cell theory, energy metabolism, genetics, development,
diversity of life forms, and ecology. Not open to biology majors. (2-2).
101-102 Anatomy and Physiology for Nurses l-ll (4) (4)
Correlation of basic human structure with function, designed for student nurses
with varying scientific backgrounds. (3-2) 101 must precede 102.
104 Microbiology for Nurses (4)
A fundamental background in principles of microbiology and the nature and epi-
demiology of microbial diseases. Emphasis on host-parasite interactions. Recent
advances in immunology and serology. PREREQ: one semaster of college chem-
istry. (3-2)
110 General Biology (4)
The concepts general to all living organisms such as the life of cells, genetics, ev-
olution, ecology, and man's role in the living world. (4-2)
115 General Botany (4)
Survey of the plant kingdom with stress on distribution, anatomy, physiology, re-
production, and economic importance of the plants from bacteria to and including
the angiosperms. (3-3) PREREQ: Bio 110.
117 General Zoology (4)
Principles of animal biology. Form and function of vertebrate and invertebrate animal
types. (3-3) PREREQ: Bio 110.
150 Contemporary Issues in Biology Teaching (1)
Secondary science curriculum, professional organizations, academic preparation
of science teachers. (1-1)
biology/85
200 Basic Genetics (3)
A course for non-major students. Biological communication between generations
via the genetic code, Mendelian laws of inheritance, probability, organic evolution;
social implications of population control, genetic engineering, counseling, radiation
effects, and eugenics. Not open to majors in elementary education or to students
with credit for Bio 100 or its equivalent. (2-2).
201 Basic Ecology (3)
A course for non-major students. Field, forest, freshwater, and marine environments
studied through field experiences. (2-2)
203 Current Issues in Ecology (3)
A course for non-majors dealing with the underlying ecological bases for current
issues taken from the popular media during the semester in question.
209 Human Anatomy (4)
The organ systems of man with emphasis on gross structure Occasional reference
to microscopic structure, development, function, and pathology. Laboratory work
deals with the human skeleton and dissection of the preserved cat. (3-2)
271 Wildlife Conservation (3)
Principles of conservation of plant and animal resources. Collateral reading assign-
ments. PREREQ: Bio 100 or one semester of botany or zoology.
272 Field Ecology and Natural History (3)
Class and field work in natural history and ecology for the prospective teacher. Iden-
tification of local organisms and pertinent ecological concepts. Not counted toward
a biology major. (2-3) PREREQ: permission of department.
273 Terrestrial World Ecosystems (3)
Plant and animal composition, adaptations, and dynamics (including effects of human
activities) of six major world biomes: tundra, desert, tropical forest, grassland, con-
iferous forest, and deciduous forest. Laboratory experiences in Longwood Gardens,
Philadelphia Zoo and Natural History Museum, and local areas. Not counted toward
a biology major.
275 Field Botany (3)
Methods of studying plants in their natural surroundings. Use of keys, botanical
manuals, and illustrated floras to identify living specimens. (2-3) PREREQ: Bio 100
or 115.
277 Field Zoology (3)
Animal life in the surrounding localities. Identification, behavior, habitats, feeding,
and reproduction. (2-3) PREREQ: Bio 100 or 117.
309 Human Physiology (4)
Basic human functions with emphasis on the circulatory, respiratory, and nervous
systems. (3-2)
330 Genetics (4)
Nature of genetic material; its qualitative and quantitative variation; recombination;
interaction of gene products; regulation of genetic material; its role in evolution.
n.oi ppppcn- Ri^ inn r^r iin
(3-2) PREREQ: Bio 100 or 110.
348 Animal Development (3)
Introduction to principles of animal development; laboratory study of vertebrate
embryos. (2-3) PREREQ: Bio 110, 330.
350 Teaching Biology in Secondary Schools (3)
Philosophy, objectives, and techniques of teaching biology and general science.
Thorough analysis of curricular developments in both disciplines. Practical exper-
ience provided. (2-2) PREREQ: Upper Division standing and Bio 150
86/biology
356 Developmental Plant Anatomy (3)
Anatomical study of plants and the relationship of structure to function at the cell-
ular, tissue, and organ levels, emphasizing the development of plant tissues from
the embryo to maturity. PREREQ: Bio 115. (2-3)
357 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (3)
Comparative study of the principal organ systems of selected vertebrates as to their
structure and evolutionary realtionships. (2-3) PREREQ: Bio 117.
361 General Physiology (4)
General principles of physiology Concept of homeostasis; nature of protoplasm;
acid-base balance; bioenergetics; electrophysiology; enzyme activity. (3-3) PRE-
REQ: Che 230 or 231, Bio 117, Mat 105 or equivalent.
364 Bacteriology (4)
Microscopic forms of life commonly encountered in biological work. Culture tech-
niques and physiological processes of microorganisms. (3-3) PREREQ: Che 230
or 231.
365 Plant Physiology (3)
Physiological processes of plants. Photosynthesis, respiration, intermediate met-
abolism, entrance of solutes into the plant, water metabolism, and growth regulators.
(2-3) PREREQ: Bio 115, Che 230 or 231.
370 Ecology (4)
Relationship between living things and their environment approached through the
study of individual ecosystems. The aquatic, forest, field, and urban ecosystems.
(3-3) PREREQ: 8 hours of biology or permission of instructor.
377 Entomology (3)
Insects: their structure, functions, classifications, economic importance, and bio-
logical significance. (2-3) PREREQ: Bio 100 or 117.
378 Ornithology (3)
Introduction to the birds of Pennsylvania with emphasis on field identification. Class-
ification, migration, songs, courtships, nesting, care of young, and plumage changes.
(2-3) PREREQ: Bio 100 or one semester of zoology.
414 Biological History (3)
The story of the development of the biological sciences. Prerequisites: Bio 115, 117.
421 Cytology (3)
Intracellular organization of plant and animal cells, correlated with structure, chem-
ical constitution, and function. (2-3) PREREQ: Bio 115, 117, Che 104.
430-439 Course Topics in Biology (1-3)
Courses in this series are of timely interest to the student. Topics may include: biolo-
gical terminology, laboratory techniques, mycology, etc. Open only to junior and
senior science majors
452 Parasitology (3)
Biology of the principal types of animal parasites. PREREQ: Bio 117.
456 Comparative Entomology (3)
Comparative structure of insects; variations of external form in the principal orders.
(2-2) PREREQ: college biology
459 Regional Human Anatomy (3)
A regional approach to the study of human anatomy: head and neck, thoracic cavity
and thoracic wall, abdominopelvic cavity and abdominal wall, upper and lower ex-
tremities. (2-2) PREREQ: college biology.
blology/87
467 General Endocrinology (3)
Anatomy and physiology of the ductless glands; role of hormones in regulating and
coordinating body processes. PREREQ: college biology and organic chemistry.
472 The Living Forest (1)
Investigation of an area of the South Campus forest to identify its major components
and structure. Not counted toward a biology major.
475 Common Trees of Chester County (1)
Survey of common native (and some ornamental) trees of Chester County, including
identification and relationships of species to habitat; economic uses. Not counted
toward a biology major.
476 Common Summer Flowers of Chester County (1)
Survey of common summer wild flowers (and some weeds) of Chester County, in-
cluding identification and relationships of species to habitat. Not counted toward
a biology major.
477 Summer Birds of Chester County (1)
Location, observation, and identification of summer resident birds in Chester County;
nesting, courtship, song, and basic anatomy. Not counted toward a biology major.
485 Plant Taxonomy (3)
Principles of evolution as illustrated by the principles of plant taxonomy. Modern
concepts of biosystematics. Practical experience in plant identification. (2-3) PRE-
REQ: Bio 115.
487 Animal Taxonomy (3)
Procedures and principles governing the classification of animals with emphasis
on morphological, physiological, ecological, and ethological characters. PREREQ:
college biology.
490 Biology Seminar (1)
Reports on special topics and current developments in the biological sciences. PRE-
REQ: 18 hours of biology.
491 Special Problems in Biology (1 to 3}
Tutorial course primarily for advanced undergraduate biology majors capable of
independent study and research on a problem approved by the supervising instruc-
tor. PREREQ; consent of instructor.
For courses in Marine Science, given in summer only, see Earth
Sciences.
Business
and
Economics
Andrew Wilson Green,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS
GREEN
SCHOOLER
SYLVESTER
THORSON
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
ALEXANDER
BALLAS
DeMOSS
HASSLER
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
ARNOLD
GALBRAITH
SMITH
WHITMAN
The goal of the Department of Business and Economics is to train
students for careers in business, for administrative careers in non-
business organizations, and for the successful operation of their
own businesses.
Student must choose one of four areas of concentration offered
by the Department: Accounting, Management, IVIarketing and Eco-
nomics.
The Accounting and Marketing concentrations prepare students
for careers in these specialized functions of business. The Econom-
ics concentration emphasizes the understanding of economic theory
rather than career preparation. The Management concentration
prepares students for a business career by instruction in the theory
and practice of management, but does not prepare a student for a
career in any particular business or business function.
The Department of Business and Economics is making plans for a
concentration in Finance to prepare students for careers in real
estate, insurance, banking, and related fields. The Department of
Business and Economics cooperates with the Department of Mathe-
matics in its program in Computer Science.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Substantial revisions in present course requirements for the B.S.
degree in Business Administration are under consideration at the
present time and may be in effect as early as September, 1976.
The course requirements for the B.S. degree in Business Adminis-
business and economics/89
tration in effect at the time of Catalog publication are listed below.
Students enrolling for the B.S. degree in Business Administration
after September, 1976 should check with the Department Office to
ascertain the course requirements currently in effect.
CONCENTRATIONS:
Accounting Management
Economics Marketing
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
2. Social Science Core 6 s.h.
Six hours of any area of social sciences, other than the major, the students
preference.
3. Business Administration Core Requirements 36 s.h.
Courses in the Department
BAc 201-2, BLa 301, Eco 335, BAd 201, BMk 221, Eco 351-2, BAd 325, Eco
231-2
Courses outside the Department
CSc 102, Eng 230, Mat 107-8
(3 of the above courses (9 s.h.) satisfy the General Education requirements, and
so are not included in the 36 s.h. Department core requirements.)
Students are expected on enrollment to have a knowledge of finite mathematics,
i.e., algebra, trigonometry, and geometry.
4. Area of concentration 24 s.h.
24 s.h. must be chosen in one of the Department's areas of concentration, in-
cluding a senior seminar in that area. (Courses m the Department may not ex-
ceed 63 s.h.)
5. Electives 18 s.h.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-ECONOMICS
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
2. Foreign Language Requirement
3. Social Science Core
4. Economics Concentration Requirement
Eco 231-2, Eco 340, Mat 107-8, Eco 335, Eco 351-2
Additional Departmental Courses
5. Electives
6. s.h. of electives may be Economics courses
COURSE OFFERINGS IN BUSINESS
ACCOUNTING
The objective of the accounting concentration is to prepare students for accounting
careers in business, for the CPA examination, and for the private practice of account-
ing.
BAc 201 Principles of Accounting I (3)
Introduction to financial accounting. A conceptual approach to recording, summa-
rizing, presentation and valuation of the financial affairs of a business firm.
BAc 202 Principles of Accounting II (3)
Introduction to management accounting. Accumulating, processing and interpreta-
tion of financial data as an input for managerial decisions of a business firm. PRE-
REQ: BAc 201.
6
s.h
21
s.h
36
s.h
30
s.h
27
s.h
90/business and economics
BAc 301 Intermediate Accounting I (3)
Analysis and evaluation of assets, liability, and capital account. Problems of income
measurement and recognition. PREREQ: BAc 202.
BAc 302 Intermediate Accounting II (3)
Continuation of BAc 301. PREREQ: BAc 301.
BAc 303 Cost Accounting I (3)
Techniques of product unit cost determination and uses of cost data in managerial
decisions. PREREQ: BAc 202.
BAc 304 Cost Accounting II (3}
Continuation of BAc 303. PREREQ: BAc 303.
BAc 401 Auditing (3)
Introduction to auditing as a tool for verification of the fair presentation of financial
statements. PREREQ: BAc 302.
BAc 403 Federal Taxation (3)
A study of individual and federal income taxes, with some business application.
Emphasis on tax planning for minimization of tax liability. PREREQ: BAc 202.
BAc 405 Advanced Accounting (3)
In depth study of business combinations and consolidations, government accounting
and other specialized topics. PREREQ: BAc 302.
BAc 410 Independent Studies in Accounting (1 to 3)
Special research projects, reports, readings in accounting. Open to seniors only.
PREREQ: instructors approval.
ECONOMICS
The objective of the economics concentration is to develop an understanding of
economic theory rather than career preparation (other than teaching economics,
or as a professional economist in government, business or private consultation).
Economics has many useful career applications. The Department coordinates its
economics courses with the Department of History (such as His 310, 312, 315, 317
and 363, and the Department of Geography such as Geo 203, 213, 214, 216, 313
and 414) which courses may be considered economics courses under advisement.
Eco 201 Principles of Economics — Survey (3)
Basic principles underlying production and consumption activities in our modified
capitalistic economic system, from the aggregate as well as individual and sectoral
standpoints. Issues include competition, unemployment, inflation, economic growth,
•and alternative economic systems.
Eco 231 Principles of Economics I (Micro) (3)
Principles underlying use and allocation of scarce productive resources. Consump-
tion and production activities. Value, price, and income distribution. Considerations
of economic efficiency and welfare.
Eco 232 Principles of Economics II (Macro) (3)
National income and its measurement. The determination of price levels, output,
and employment. Money and credit, expenditures, and economic stability. Govern-
ment fiscal and monetary policy.
Eco 333 Consumer Economics (3) (Not to be offered 1976-8)
Major kinds of economic decisions required of consumers; an evaluation of the
social and economic consequences of those decisions.
business and economics/91
Eco 334 Labor Economics (3)
Objectives sought and policies followed by labor and management in modern indus-
trial relations in the United States. Collective bargaining processes and the role of
government. PREREQ: Eco 232.
Eco 335 Money and Banking (3)
A survey of money, credit, and prices, emphasizing their effects on economic stability.
The Federal Reserve System and its effect on credit control. PREREQ: Eco 232.
Eco 336 Regulation of Competition (3) (To be offered 1976-7; not to be offered
1977-8.)
Background and development of public policies which directly modify the free enter-
prise economy of the United States. Evaluation of policies which change the nature
and extent of competition. PREREQ: Eco 231.
Eco 337 Economic Growth and Development (3) (Not to be offered 1976-7; to be
offered 1977-8.)
A survey and critical evaluation of alternative theories of capitalist economic de-
velopment. Analysis and comparison of alternative public policies applicable to un-
derdeveloped countries and regions. PREREQ: Junior Standing.
Eco 338 International Economics (3) (Not to be offered 1976-8.)
A descriptive, analytical examination of international trade, financial, and other eco-
nomic relationships. The effects of public policies on these relationships. PREREQ:
Eco 231 and 232.
Eco 340 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) (To be offered 1976-7; not to be offered
1977-8.)
A continuation and extension of the price-system analysis in Eco 231. Emphasis on
the need for efficiency in the economy's use of scarce productive resources. PRE-
REQ: Eco 231.
Eco 341 Public Finance (3) (Not to be offered 1976-7; to be offered 1977-8.)
Government's influence on stability of national income. Nature of taxes and expend-
itures at the various levesl of government and their effect on the allocation of re-
sources and the distribution of income. PREREQ: Eco 232.
Eco 343 Comparative Economic Systems (3) (Not to be offered 1976-7; to be
offered 1977-8.)
Basic ideas and economic institutions of socialism, communism, and captialism
in the twentieth century; problems created by the emergence of competing sys-
tems. PREREQ: Eco 231 and 232.
Eco 345 History of Economic Thought (3) (Not to be offered 1976-7; to be offered
1977-8.)
Origins of economic thought and comparison of the major schools of economic
doctrine. Current economic and socio-political factors. PREREQ: Eco 231 and 232.
Eco 346 Economy of Soviet Russia; Organization and Growth (3) (Not to be offered
1976-8.)
Russian economic growth prior to 1917; economic change and growth under the
Soviet system. Workers' control, planning, pricing, resource allocation, and con-
trols. An assessment of the economy's achievements, shortcomings, and prospects.
PREREQ: Junior Standing.
Eco 347 Managerial Economics (3)
A course which seeks to develop managerial judgment. The premise is that technical
application, to be successful, must proceed from economic feasibility. One plan
is weighed against another in terms of comparative costs and revenues, return on
investment, plant-replacement problems, obsolescence, and depreciation. PRE-
REQ: Eco 231 and 232.
92/business and economics
Eco 348 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3)
Introduction to the theory of income, employment, and growth. Provides the tools of
analysis necessary for dealing with aggregate economic problems. PREREQ: Eco
232.
Eco 349 Economics of Poverty (3) (Not to be offered 1976-8.)
Incidence, causes, and consequences of poverty in the United States. Economic
theory, history, and statistics applied to analysis of poverty-reduction measures.
PREREQ; Junior Standing.
Eco 350 Urban Economics (3) (Not to be offered 1976-8.)
Economic aspects of such urban problems as poverty, housing, taxation, income
distribution, and discrimination. Analysis of economic aspects of various proposed
remedies, including urban renewal, family allowances, cooperatives, and others.
PREREQ: Junior Standing.
Eco 351 Quantitative Business Analysis I (3)
CkDnsiders the fundamental ideas of statistical theory that are appropriate for solv-
ing problems in the fields of business and economics. Analyzes the methods by
which business and economic decisions can be made when the information avail-
able lO the decision-maker is incomplete and when there exists uncertainty con-
cerning the outcomes of the decisions. Topics include: descriptive statistics, prob-
ability theory, sampling and estimation, hypothesis testing. PREREQ: Mat 108.
Eco 352 Quantitative Business Analysis II (3)
Continuation of Eco 351. Topics include hypothesis testing, simple multiple regres-
sion analysis, and Bayesian inference. PREREQ: Eco 351.
Eco 400 Senior Seminar in Economics (3)
Research in economics. Emphasis on methodology, bibliography, and oral and writ-
ten presentation. Research paper must meet departmental requirements. PREREQ:
Eco 340.
Eco 401 Introduction to Econometrics (3) (Not to be offered 1976-7; to be offered
1977-8.)
Statistical and mathematical techniques applied to economic situations. Use of em-
pirical data in economic analysis. PREREQ: Eco 352, Eco 231 and 232.
Eco 410 Independent Studies in Economics (1 to 3)
Special research projects, reports, readings in economics. Open to seniors only.
PREREQ: instructor's approval.
FINANCE
BFn 325 Corporation Finance (3)
The organization and financing of the modern corporation. Promotion, capitalization,
short-term financing, capital budgeting, distribution of earnings, expansion, con-
solidation, failure, and reorganization. PREREQ: Eco 231.
BFn 344 Investments (3)
Problems and procedures of investment management; types of investment risks;
security analysis; investment problems of the individual as wellas the corporation.
PREREQ; BAd 325.
LAW
The objective of law teaching in the Department is to give every business student
a basic knowledge of the American legal system, and such additional specialized
legal knowledge as he needs in his planned business career.
business and economics/93
BLa 301 American Legal System (3)
The nature of law, the judicial system, civil procedure, crimes, torts, and agency con-
tracts, from a business viewpoint.
BLa 302 Special Subjects in Business Law (3)
A survey of legal subjects of practical utility in business: partnerships corporations,
sales, negotiable instruments, etc.
MANAGEMENT
The objective of the management concentration is not to prepare students for a
particular occupational specialty, such as accounting, or law. Graduates in manage-
ment cannot expect to be employed as "managers." The management concentra-
tion seeks to make students knowledgeable about the practice and theory of man-
agement. Such a knowledge will enhance effective performance in any career, and
will enable one to be an effective manager in an organization. Since there is no
one accepted school of management theory, the concentration relates various
schools of management thought so that the graduate can effectively apply manage-
ment theory to business problem solving. Both the quantitative and the behavioral
aspects of management science are taught.
BAd 201 Business Organization and Management (3)
Study of the history, theory, principles and functions of the business organization
and its effective management. Decisions and problems attending the principle man-
agement functions: planning, organizing, staffing, directing and controlling.
BAd 302 Personnel Administration (3)
The personnel system in an organization: policy, employment, training, job evalua-
tion, wage and salary administration, benefits, performance standards and evaluation,
etc. Personnel responsibility of line managers. PREREQ: BAd 201 or consent of
instructor.
BAd 323 Planning and Control (3)
A study of the budgeting process of planning and controlling. Includes forecasting
and the means of measurement of the flow of expenses for the purpose of establish-
ing sound conditions of operation and profitability PREREQ: Eco 352, BAd 201.
BAd 324 Quality Control (3)
Control techniques in industrial production, inspection, and experimentation. Inten-
sive study of the SHEWHART control charts and acceptance sampling by attributes
and variables. PREREQ: Mat 108, BAd 201.
BAd 326 Production Management (3)
Plant location, design, and construction; internal organization for operations, pro-
duction control, stores control, routing of materials, job analysis, and time study;
wage systems, subdivision of executive responsibilities and duties; methods of co-
ordination and planning. PREREQ: BAd 201.
BAd 400 Senior Seminar in Management (3)
Research in management. Emphasis on integrating and reinforcing principles studied
in earlier courses. Research paper must meet departmental requirements. PREREQ:
BAd 401.
BAd 401 Industrial Organization and Management (3)
Principles and theory involved in operating a modern plant; problems of organiza-
tion, location, layout, equipment, standards, and control of operations. PREREQ:
BAd 302.
BAd 402 Organization Theory and Behavior (3)
Study of organizations in terms of goals, structure, behavior and environment. The
organization is viewed as a dynamic process in interaction with its environment to ac-
complish its goals. PREREQ: BAd 201.
94/business and economics
BAd 405 Business Policy (3)
Case study of policy making and administration from a general management point
of view Emphasis is on problem analysis, the decision making process, administra-
tion and control, and continuous reappraisal of policies and objectives. PREREQ:
BAd 402.
BAd 406 Introduction to Operations Research (3) (Not to be offered 1976-8.)
A quantitative and qualitative presentation of problem solving with model building.
Examples from economics, business and the behavioral sciences are used to guide
students through formulation of problems to implementing solutions. PREREQ:
Eco 352.
BAd 407 Budgeting and Systems (3)
Budgeting and systems as aids in coordinating and directing business operation,
PREREQ: BAc 202, Eco 232.
BAd 410 Independent Studies in Management (1 to 3]
Special research projects, reports, readings in management. Open to seniors only.
PREREQ: instructor's approval.
MARKETING
The objective of the marketing concentration is to prepare students to assume
positions primarily in the areas of marketing research, product development, ad-
vertising, sales, physical distribution, and pricing in both the private and public
sectors.
BMk 221 Principles of Marketing (3)
The consumer market, product planning, merchandising and distribution, pricing,
and market research.
BMk 322 Advertising and Sales Promotion (3)
Roles of advertising and promotion in wholesale and retail marketing. Current cam-
paigns are studied. PREREQ: BMk 221.
BMk 327 Marketing Management (3)
Study of policy decision-making. Organization and analysis of marketing opportuni-
ties; policy decisions regarding product, price, marketing channels, physical dis-
tribution, advertising, and sales: marketing models and systems. PREREQ: BMk
221.
BMk 328 Marketing Channels (3)
Distribution strategy; efficient planning of space, time, and distribution costs to meet
consumer demand; alternatives in channel structure, policies, management, and
leadership; methods for improving channel performance; channel strategy in the
future PREREQ: BMk 221.
BMk 400 Senior Seminar in Marketing (3)
Research in marketing. Emphasis on integrating and reinforcing principles studied
in earlier courses. Research paper must meet departmental requirements. PREREQ:
BMk 404.
BMk 403 Consumer Behavior (3)
Foundations of consumer behavior. Market structure and consumer behavior; pur-
chase strategy and tactics; determinants and patterns of consumer behavior. An
integrated theory of consumer behavior is sought. PREREQ: BMk 221.
BMk 404 International Marketing (3)
Historical and theoretical background of foreign trade; world marketing environ-
ment; world market patterns; marketing organization in its international setting; in-
ternational marketing management. PREREQ: BMk 221.
chemistry/95
BMk 408 Marketing Research (3)
Systematic definition of marketing problems; strategies for data collection; model
building; interpretation of results to Improve marketing decision-making and con-
trol. PREREQ: BMk 221.
BMk 410 Independent Studies in Marketing (1 to 3)
Special research projects, reports, readings in marketing. Open to seniors only.
PREREQ: Instructors approval.
Chemistry
Marc L. Durand,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS ASSOCIATE ASSISTANT
PROFESSOR PROFESSORS
ASHKENAZ WILLIAMS EICHELBERGER
BRAVO MAGNUSON
DURAND WITONSKY
FOERY
MEDEIROS
REYNOLDS
RUDNICK
TOROP
The Department of Chemistry offers five undergraduate degree
programs:
(1) The B.S. in Chemistry program enables the student to receive
basic preparation required for the career of his choice. Such
choices could be college and university teaching, positions
as professional chemists, research work, and various services
in industry and government. In all cases, the program will pre-
pare the student for graduate study in the field of chemistry.
96/chemistry
(2) The B.S. in Chemistry-Biology is an innovative interdisciplinary
program operated through the cooperation of the Department
of Biology. In addition to providing the core courses required
for admission to schools of medicine, dentistry, and veterinary
medicine, the program also enables the student to pursue a
career in marine biology, biochemistry, and environmental
chemistry.
(3) The B.S. in Chemistry-Geology is the newest interdisciplinary
program. The Department of Earth Sciences cooperates in
its implementation; the student is prepared for a career in
either chemistry, geology, or geochemistry. In addition, the
student is prepared for graduate work in the burgeoning field
of solid state or materials sciences.
(4) The B.S. in Education in chemistry program prepares the
student for a career in teaching chemistry in the secondary
schools. The program enables the student to gain experience
in the major branches of chemistry so that, with proper selection
of electives, graduate work in either straight chemistry or
chemical education can be pursued. Sufficient flexibility is
available so that the student can also become certified in gen-
eral science by electing appropriate courses.
(5) B.S. in Clinical Chemistry— a new program which will train
students interested in working in clinical laboratories. A one-
semester internship in an "approved" clinical laboratory is a
mandatory part of this program. This is the first such program
approved in the Commonwelath of Pennsylvania.
The Department of Chemistry is accredited by the American
Chemical Society, which provides its professional certification to
graduates of the B.S. in Chemistry program.
Internship Program
Although internships are not a mandatory part of chemistry programs, they are avail-
able to majors on a selective basis. The student receives a varying amount of credit
based on the number of hours he or she spends in the work situation and on the
volume of academic work necessary during the internship. The credit varies from
three to 15 hours per semester. For each full workday per week, three credits per
semester are allowed.
Pre- Professional Program
The program consists of a rigorous course in study in the Chemistry-Biology dual
major curriculum specifically designed for pre-professional students and it includes
personal guidance from the beginning of the freshman year. A pre-professional
committee, composed of two members from the Biology and Chemistry departments
and the Dean of the School of Sciences and Mathematics, advises the students
and writes all recommendations.
Because of the competition for medical school admission, planning for a medical
career should be undertaken only by students who are highly motivated toward
medicine and who are willing to pursue an arduous academic program in order to
Chemistry/97
qualify for medical school acceptance. Ability to pay should not deter any student
from pursuing a medical or dental career. When a student of limited or no financial
means is accepted at a medical or dental school, that school will almost always offer
financial assistance.
CHEMISTRY CORE COMMON TO ALL CHEMISTRY PROGRAMS
General Chemistry l-ll (Che 103-104) Calculus l-ll (Mat 141-142)
Experimental General Chemistry l-ll Physics l-ll (Phy 101-102)
(ChL 103-104)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-CHEMISTRY
Along with meeting the General Requirements and the Chemistry Core, the stu-
dent pursuing the Bachelor of Science in Chemistry must take the courses below:
Chemistry Concentration Requirements
Che 231. 232-233, 321, 341, 342, 401, 411, 471, 491
ChL 237, 238, 321, 341, 342, 471
In addition 6 credits of Chemistry electives must be taken.
Related Courses
Foreign Language (6 s.h.)
German required unless the 101-2 level has been achieved, when German through
the Intermediate II level or French or Russian at the 101-2 level may be substituted.
Introduction to Computer Science
One elective in mathematics or computer science
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY
Concentration Requirements for this program are:
Che 231, 232, 341 or 345, 491
ChL 237, 341
Bio 110,330,361
Concentration electives totaling 16 credits.
Must be selected on advisement from upper division chemistry or biology courses.
Related Courses
Mat 121, CsC 101
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-CHEMISTRY-GEOLOGY
Concentration Requirements for this program are:
Che 321, 341 or 345, 411
ChL321,341
ESS 201, 211, 302, 305, 311, 321
In addition 8 credits in chemistry and 8 credits in Earth Science electives should
be taken.
Related Courses
One course in computer science or statistics
B.S. IN EDUCATION-CHEMISTRY
In addition to meeting the General Requirements, the Chemistry Core shown above,
and the Professional Education Requirements shown on page 1 17, the major in this
program takes the following:
Che 231, 232, 321, 341 or 345, 401, 411 or 471, 491
ChL237, 321,341
CsC 101, and Psy 100
Eight credits of science electives are required.
98/chemistry
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
In addition to the general education and chemistry core requirements, a student pur-
suing the bachelor of science in clinical chemistry must take the following courses:
Che: 231, 232, 321, 341 or 345, 381, 401, 471, 481, 482, 495
ChL; 237, 321,341 or 345, 381, 471
Bio: 110, 209, 361
Mat: 121; CsC: 101
COURSE OFFERINGS IN CHEMISTRY
Symbol: Che
Symbol for Chemistry Labs: ChL
100 Chemistry and Man (3)
Fundamentals of inorganic, organic, and biological chemistry as applied to the con-
temporary problems of mankind. A terminal course for non-science majors.
ChL 100 Basic Experimental Chemistry (1)
Selected laboratory exercises illustrating fundamentals of inorganic, organic, and
biological chemistry. For non-majors.
101 Chemistry for Nurses (4)
Topics in inorganic, organic, and biological chemistry of medical and physiological
significance. Standard laboratory experiments and clinical techniques. (3 hours
lecture; 2 hours lab). For diploma nurses only.
103-104 General Chemistry l-ll (3) (3)
Basic laws and theories of chemistry including atomic structure, chemical bonding,
oxidation-reduction, solutions, and ionic equilibria. Correlations of chemical principles
and their application to modern descriptive chemistry. 103 must precede 104. Labs:
ChL 103-104.
ChL 103-104 Experimental General Chemistry l-ll (2) (2)
Basic laboratory studies in college chemistry utilizing the quantitative approach.
Semi-micro qualitative analysis and inorganic preparations. CONCURRENT OR
PREREQ: Che 103-104 or 106-107. ChL 103 must precede ChL 104. (1 hour re-
citation precedes 3 hours lab.)
Ill Chemistry - What People Eat (3)
A one semester course using analysis of the student's actual diet as a point of depar-
ture for the study of general chemistry for students with little or no background in
science. A TERMINAL COURSE FOR NON-SCIENCE MAJORS ONLY.
230 Introduction to Organic and Biological Chemistry (3)
A terminal course in fundamentals of organic chemistry. Structural theory of organic
molecules; organic synthesis; and biological applications. Lab ChL 230. PREREQ:
ChL 104.
ChL 230 Basic Experimental Organic and Biological Chemistry (2)
Fundamental laboratory techniques of organic chemistry and their application to
organic synthesis. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ: Che 230.
231-232-233 Organic Chemistry l-ll-lll (4) (3) (3)
A comprehensive study of the structure and reactions of organic molecules. 231
must precede 232 which must precede 233. Lab: Chi 237-238. PREREQ: Che 104.
chemistry/99
ChL 237-238 Experimental Organic Chemistry l-ll (2) (2)
Basic laboratory skills in organic chemistry including classical as well as instrumental
techniques. Organic synthesis and modern spectrophotometric methods of identi-
fication. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ; Che 232-233 ChL 237 must precede ChL
238,
311 Geochemistry (3) (AJso ESS 311)
The chemistry of the earth and its relation to geologic processes. (2 hours lecture;
2 hours lab) PREREQ: Che 104. ESS 201.
321 Analytical Chemistry I (2)
Fundamental principles of analytical chemistry. Theory of gravimetric and volumetric
methods of analysis. Lab: ChL 321. PREREQ: Che 104.
ChL 321 Analytical Chemistry I Laboratory (3)
Practical experience in modern techniques of chemical analysis with emphasis on
volumetric and gravimetric methods. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ: Che 321.
341-342-343 Physical Chemistry l-ll-lli (3) (3) (3)
The mathematical laws and theories of chemistry including thermodynamics, re-
action kinetics, quantum and statistical mechanics, theory of chemical bonding and
molecular structure. 341 must precede 342 which must precede 343. Lab: ChL 341-
342. PREREQ: ChL 104. Phy 102. Mat 142
ChL 341-342 Experimental Physical Chemistry l-ll (2) (2)
Laboratory exercises illustrating principles of thermodynamics, kinetics, and quantum
mechanics. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ: Che 341-342. ChL 341 must precede
ChL 342.
345 Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry (3)
Basic concepts and laws of thermodynamics, reaction kinetics, and solution equili-
bria. Other topics commensurate with interest and background of students. Lab:
ChL 345. PREREQ: Che 232, Mat 132 or Mat 142. General Physics desirable but
not required.
ChL 345 Basic Experimental Physical Chemistry (2)
Experiments illustrating the laws of physical chemistry. Precision measurements
and the use of moaern instrumentation. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ: Che 345.
381 Clinical Chemistry (3)
Analysis of biological fluids. Clinical significance of enzyme, electrolyte, protein,
and carbohydrate analysis. Requires permission of instructor or preparation in
organic chemistry and quantitative analysis. PREREQ OR CONCURRENT: Che
471. CONCURRENT: ChL 381.
ChL 381 Clinical Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Lab for 381. Practical experience in analysis of biological fluids for diagnostic para-
meters. Nature of biological sampling, sample preservation, methodology, statistics,
quality control. PREREQ OR CONCURRENT: Che 381, Che 471. ChL 471
401 History and Literature of Chemistry (2)
Historical background of chemistry; survey of literature of chemistry; instruction in
the use of a modern chemical library PREREQ: Che 231.
403 Chemistry of the Environment (3)
The chemistry of the atmosphere, hydrosphere, and biosphere; man's impact upon
these areas. PREREQ: Che 104
404 Foundations of Nutrition (3)
Proteins, lipids, fats, vitamins, and minerals and their role in normal metabolism;
nutrition and disease; metabolism and biochemical individuality; cultural and political
aspects of nutrition. PREREQ: Che 104 or permission of instructor.
100/chemistry
408 Industrial Pollution (3)
Applications of elementary chemical engineering to the industrial complexities of the
environmental processes. Emphasis on unit operations and unit processes applicable
to pollution control and abatement. PREREQ: Che 104.
410 Independent Studies in Chemistry (1-6)
411 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3)
The application of modern chemical theories to inorganic substances and reactions;
the chemistry of the short and long transition elements. PREREQ: Che 104.
421 Selected Topics in Chemistry
424 Analytical Chemistry II (2)
Basic principles of applied instrumental analysis. Special emphasis on the use of
spectrophotometric and electroanalytical instrumentation. Lab; ChL 424. PREREQ:
ChL 321.
ChL 424 Analytical Chemistry II Laboratory (2)
Practical experience in the choice and application of instrumental methods of analysis
to chemical systems. CONCURRENT OR PREREQ: Che 424.
435 Qualitative Organic Analysis (4)
A laboratory course in classical and instrumental methods for identification of or-
ganic compounds. PREREQ: Che 232, 321. (2 hours lecture; 6 hours lab.)
436 Polymer Chemistry (3)
Polymerization kinetics, rheology of polymer melts, crystallization parameters, and
monomer reactivity in copolymerization. PREREQ: Che 232.
471 Fundamentals of Biochemistry (3)
Structure and chemistry of proteins and nucleic acids; molecular biology, physio-
chemical methods for biomacromolecules, enzymes, and the molecular basis for
some physiological phenomena. Lab: ChL 471. PREREQ: Che 345 or equivalent.
ChL 471 Experimental Biochemistry (2)
Laboratory exercises in the fundamentals of biochemistry. CONCURRENT OR PRE-
REQ: Che 471.
480 Introduction to Chemical Research (3)
Information retrieval and chemical research under direct supervision of a staff mem-
ber. Must be taken for at least two semesters for a total of six credits. PREREQ:
Senior Standing and permission of department chairman.
481, 482 Clinical Chemistry Seminar l-ll (1) (1)
Weekly lectures covering current aspects of laboratory procedures or interpretation
of data in the clinical chemistry laboratory. Presentations may be by students and/or
invited lecturers; may be given off-campus.
491-492 Seminar in Chemistry l-ll (1) (1)
Oral presentation of papers based upon laboratory or library research. PREREQ:
permission of department chairman.
495 Clinical Chemistry Internship (15)
A full-time, one semester work-study appointment at a hospital, commercial, or in-
dustrial clinical chemistry laboratory supervised jointly by a practicing clinical chemist
and a participating Chemistry Department faculty member.
COMPUTER SCIENCE- See
Mathematical Sciences
Criminal
Justice
Thomas J. Francella,
Coordinator
Luther R. Barth,
Assistant Coordinator
PROFESSOR
FRANCELLA
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSOR
BARTH
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
ANDERSON
ABRAHAMSEN (Part-time)
PITT (Part-time)
STONE (PART-time)
UNDERCOFLER (Part-time)
An Interdisciplinary Program Administered
under the School of Education and Given in the
Center for Studies in Criminal Justice
In recent years the increasingly complex problem of crime in
America has led to heightened recognition of the need for pro-
fessional and academic preparation for careers in criminal justice.
In answer to this need within its service area, the College has in-
troduced (in 1974-75) a program leading to the Bachelor of Science
in criminal justice. The program has been carefully designed to pro-
vide the particular requirements of three categories of students:
1) those who wish to undertake a four-year program of study for
careers in criminal justice, 2) in-service personnel who wish to
strengthen their educational background and increase their pro-
fessional competence, and 3) graduates of two-year colleges who
102/criminal justice
wish to transfer into the final two years of the curriculum.
The program is intended to provide the competencies, under-
standing, and philosophy necessary for professional performance
in the fields of criminal justice. Although the program is not de-
signed to develop specialists in any one field of criminal justice,
it does provide opportunity to concentrate in one of two areas
through electives. The final two years of the criminal justice pro-
gram are individualized and competency based, with a heavy em-
phasis on internships with law enforcement agencies, correctional
institutions, parole officials, and in the courts.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-CRIMINAL JUSTICE
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
Health and Speech must be included.
See page 69.
2. Specialized Preparation 21 s.h
CrJ 100, 122, 222, 312, 401, 409; Soc 338
3. Field Placement 12 s.h.
Must take place in the senior year and in intern situations related to the chosen
area of concentration
4. Topical Areas 39 s.h.
A. Sociology and Psychology of Criminal Behavior (15 s.h.)
Five courses in sociology and psychology, selected under advisement.
B. Approaches to Deviance, Criminal Justice, and Rehabilitation (24 s.h.)
Eight courses chosen under advisement from anthropology, business
administration, geography/planning, history, political science, psy-
chology, social welfare, and sociology.
5. Practice Theories 6 s.h.
Choose either Area I or Area II.
Area I — Law Enforcement— CrJ 223, 224
Area II — Institutional and Community Corrections— CrJ 428, 430
6. Electives from Criminal Justice Offerings, chosen under advisement 6 s.h.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Symbol: CrJ
100 Foundations of Criminal Justice (3)
Introduction to the criminal justice process in a democratic society, with emphasis
on theoretical and historical development of law enforcement. A broad historical
and philosophical foundation to the criminal justice discipline.
102 Criminal Process (3)
The process between arrest and arraignment, with continued study through the
correctional action. The various levels of criminal justice systems of organization
are identified. Competency with the terminology is developed.
criminal justice/103
122 Introduction to the Basic Principles of Law Enforcement (3)
Organizational principles, applied to agencies operating within the criminal justice
systems. Techniques, problems, methods of solutions, and method of operation and
supervision. PREREQ: CrJ 100
222 Criminal Justice Agencies and Their Community Responsibilities (3)
Interrelationships between criminal justice agencies and the community; examin-
ation of the etiology of community distrust
223 Fundamentals of Criminal Investigation I (3)
Methods of investigation, investigators notebook, report writing; crime scene and
care of evidence; interviews, informants, sources of information, missing persons,
surveillance and undercover assignments. Application to arson, narcotics, sex of-
fenses, larceny, burglary, robbery, and forgery
224 Fundamentals of Criminal Investigation II (3)
The specific offenses of homicide and criminal explosions. The investigator in court,
identification and reproduction, specialized scientific methods and investigative
operations such as arrests and apprehensions, raids, and searches of persons (Pre-
requisite: 223)
240 Introduction to the Criminal Justice Systems (3)
Overview of the criminal justice systems. Focus is on police, probation and parole,
courts and corrections.
252 Police Organization and Administration (3)
Basic principles of administration with emphasis on their applicability to law en-
forcement, planning, organizing, directing and controlling Personnel management
policies.
300 State and Local Law Enforcement (3]
Structure and organization of state, metropolitan, and suburban police departments
from Commander to street patrol. Numerous guest lecturers, currently or recently
active in these assignments.
312 Organized Crime (3)
History and growth of organized crime in Europe and U.S.. including current activ-
ities. Non-fiction accounts by participants. Study of organization and function of
the law enforcement units designed to counter organized criminality.
315 Scientific Crime Detection (3)
Development of scientific investigation of crime. Earlier subjective methods are con-
trasted with scientific techniques developed from mid-19th century to now. Finger-
print identification, the Bertillon systems, forensic medicine, toxicology, ballistics.
Leading personalities and events. Specific cases.
368 Security (3)
Overview of types of security requirements with attention to facility, campus, and
open display procedures.
400 Federal Law Enforcement (3)
Analysis of all major federal enforcement agencies. Their duties; specific federal
laws assigned. Guest lecturers used frequently.
401 Criminal Law (3)
Examination of the substantive legal provisions of criminal justice. Analysis of major
crimes prohibited by our legal system. Social values within the laws are stressed.
409 Criminal Procedure and Evidence (3)
Processes in the criminal justice systems; rules of evidence as utilized in the nation s
judicial system; laws of arrest, search, and seizure; the judicial process from offense
to conviction.
104/crJminal justice
428 Corrections (3)
Survey of the history of correction; contemporary practice; possible future trends.
430 Parole and Probation (3)
History of parole and probation practices including the theoretical hypotheses of
human behavior on which probation practices are based. Contemporary practices;
possible future trends.
450 Major Case Investigation (3)
A model major actual case is re-constructed and re-enacted, with spectators, par-
ticipants, victims, witnesses, enforcement agencies, news media included. Inter-
views, collection and preservation of evidence, deductions, laboratory examinations,
reports and communications.
462 Vice Control (3)
Topics covered will include prostitution, homosexuality, pornography, gambling and
bookmaking with historical perspectives, statutes and interpretations and a compari-
son of illegal operations, enforcement techniques and legalization efforts.
490 Field Placement and Integrative Seminar (12)
Independent study based on visits to various levels of the criminal justice program:
police clerks, police patrols, courts, correctional institutes, parole offices. The de-
sign of each program depends on the student's previous experience. Seminars once
weekly. For seniors only.
496 Criminal Justice Planning (3)
A systems analytic approach to understanding the structure and operation of the
criminal justice systems. Problem identification, data collection and analysis; eval-
uative techniques to meet established societal goals. Planning on a comprehensive,
coordinated, and continuing basis is emphasized.
Dental
Hygiene
COOPERATIVE DEGREE PROGRAM
FOR DENTAL HYGIENISTS
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education will be conferred
upon dental hygienists meeting the following requirements:
1. Satisfactory completion of an approved dental hygienist course of instruction
of two years' duration.
2. Possession of a valid license to practice dental hygiene in the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania, issued by the State Dental Council and Examining Board and by
the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
3. Satisfactory completion of 64 semester hours, including 44 hours of General
Education Requirements and the following courses in Professional Education:
School and Society (EdF 100)
Introduction to Instructional Communications (EdM 300)
Psychology of Learning and Development (EdP 250)
In either the General Education or Professional Education categories, credit will
be given for equivalent courses pursued in the two-year dental hygiene curriculum.
In such instances the student will increase the total of electives by the number of
hours credited.
Earth
Sciences
George Reed,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS
GREENBERG
REED
RICKERT
WIDICK
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
CASCIATO
EHLEITER
HARBER
ASSISTANT
PROFESSOR
JOHNSON
The Department of Earth Sciences offers two programs leading
to the Bachelor of Science in Education. Both are designed to pre-
pare teachers for secondary schools and are ideal for students who
plan to teach the junior high school sciences.
The Department also offers a program leading to the Bachelor of
Science in Earth Sciences. This is a Liberal Arts Program that pre-
pares the student for industry and graduate studies.
In addition, an inter-departmental program which leads to the
Bachelor of Science in chemistry-geology is available. See Depart-
ment of Chemistry.
B.S. IN EDUCATION-EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCE
Specialized Preparation
Che 103-104 and either Chi 103 or 104; Phy 103-104; CSc 141; Mat 105 (Students
with a strong background in high school algebra and trigonometry may substitute
Mat131); Mat131 or132; ESS 201, ESS211, ESS111, ESS455, ESS 240, ESS 230,
ESS 320; ScE 350; Plus a total of at least seven credits from among the following:
ESS 220, ESS 302, ESS 305, ESS 311, ESS 330, ESS 340, ESS 480, ESS 410, ESS
475, ESS 476, or any course from the Marine Science Consortium.
B.S. IN EDUCATION-GENERAL SCIENCE
Specialized Preparation
Bio 110 and one biology course other than Bio 100; Che 103-104, ChL 103-104; Phy
103-104; ESS 111, ESS 201 and one of the following; ESS 230, ESS 240 or ESS
211; CSc 141; Mat 105 (Students with a strong background in high school algebra
and trigonometry may substitute Mat 131), Mat 131 or 132; ScE 350
Science Electives— 9 or 10 s.h. from any courses in the science departments of the
School of Sciences and Mathematics or the Marine Science Consortium.
earth sciences/107
B.S. IN EARTH SCIENCE
Specialized Preparation
Bio 110; Che 103-104 and either Chi 103 or Chi 104; CSc 141; Mat 105 (students
with a strong background in high school algebra and trigonometry tal<e Mat 131);
Phy 103-104; Mat 131 or 132; ESS 111, ESS 201, ESS 211, ESS 230, ESS 240,
ESS 302, ESS 305, ESS 311, ESS 320, ESS 330, ESS 410, ESS 455, ESS 340, or
ESS 475, ESS 476.
Science Electives— 9 s.h. From any courses in the science departments of the
School of Science and Mathematics or the Marine Science Consortium.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN EARTH
SCIENCES AND SCIENCE EDUCATION
Symbol: ESS unless otherwise shown.
ScE 310 Science for the Elementary Grades (3)
A course to prepare the elementary teacher for teaching science. Selected units
or problems which cut across various fields of science. Methods and processes of
science and available resources. PREREQ: 8 s.h. of science with lab.
ScE 350 Science Education in the Secondary School (3)
Philosophy, objectives, and methods of teaching science. Practical experience pro-
vided. PREREQ: Upper Division standing in a B S. in Education program in a sci-
ence.
101 Earth Science (3)
The earths composition and history; the processes that occur on and within the
earth. 2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab.
Ill General Astronomy (3)
A descriptive course including the composition and evolution of solar and stellar
systems. 2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab.
201 Physical Geology (3)
The earth s composition (minerals and rocks) and earth processes (weathering, ero-
sion, volcanism, and diastrophism).
ESL 201 Physical Geology Laboratory (1)
211 Historical Geology (3)
The geologic history of the earth and the evidences for this history.
220 History of the Earth Sciences
An examination of the history of scientific thought and contributions in the area
of the earth sciences. PREREQ: Completion of core requirements in science and
mathematics.
230 Introduction to Oceanography (3)
A survey of our present knowledge of the waters and floor of the oceans.
ESL 230 Introduction to Oceanography Laboratory (1)
240 Introduction to Meteorology (3)
Principles governing the conditions of the earth's atmosphere; how these principles
determine weather conditions.
302 Mineralogy (3)
Physico-chemical principles used in the classification, identification, and origin of
minerals. Field examination of local minerals. PREREQ: Che 104, ESS 201.
108/earth sciences
305 Petrology (3)
Principles of rock origin, identification and classification. Laboratory and field ex-
amination of rocks. PREREQ: ESS 302.
311 Geochemistry (3)
The chemistry of the earth and its relation to geologic processes. PREREQ: Che
104, ESS 201.
320 Structural Geology (3)
Determination of the sequential development and the forces involved in the various
structural features of the Earth. PREREQ: ESS 201, 211,
330 Introduction to Fossils (3)
Identification and study of common fossils in order to understand their life process
and geologic significance. PREREQ: one course in geology.
335 Stratigraphy (3)
Description and evaluation of the physical, chemical, and biologic environment dur-
ing the formation of stratified rock. PREREQ: ESS 201, 202.
337 Sedimentation (3)
Introduction to the analysis of sedimentary rocks: Classification, erosion, transporta-
tion and deposition of stratified rock; Paleoenvironment interpretations. PREREQ:
ESS 201 and ESS 211.
340 Geophysics (3)
Gravitational, magnetic, seismic (refraction and reflection), and electrical properties
of rocks and minerals in the earth. Physical principles of the earth; geophysics in
relation to economic deposits. PREREQ: ESS 201, and 211, Phy 102 or 104.
408 Reld Geology (3)
Practical experience in the techniques and tools of the field geologist. PREREQ:
ESS 201, 211, 305.
410 Independent Studies
455 Intermediate Astronomy (3)
An analytical and quantitative analysis of selected astronomical phenomena. Such
topics as: telescope optics (including photographic and photo-electric attachments),
lunar and planetary orbits, stellar motions and magnitudes, galactic classifications
and distances.
475 Teaching in the Planetarium (3)
Principles and use of the planetarium in teaching situations. Specific projects are
assigned. PREREQ: ESS 111.
476 Planetarium Productions (3)
The activities of this course will center around the production of a major planetarium
production. PREREQ: ESS 111 and consent of instructor.
480 Special Problems (1 to 3)
Reports on special topics and current developments in the earth and space sciences.
PREREQ: consent of instructor.
490 Fundamentals of Soils (3)
The properties of soils, edaphology, pedology: chemical, physical, and biological
factors. Soil genesis and classification.
MARINE SCIENCE
The following courses are given at the Marine Science Consortium field stations
in the summer only. For further information communicate with the Department of
Earth Sciences.
earth sclences/109
MSC 110 Introduction to Oceanography (3)
Physical, chemical, and biological aspects of the oceans. Emphasis on lab and at-
sea assignments.
MSC 211 Field Methods in Oceanography (3)
Field work on board small research vessels; use and application of standard ocean-
ographic instruments and sampling devices. PREREQ: MSC 110 or consent of in-
structor.
MSC 221 Invertebrate Zoology (3)
Development, reproduction, structure, function, and classification of selected marine
organisms. Laboratory and field experience in collection, preservation, and classi-
fication. PREREQ; 1 year of biology or consent of instructor.
MSC 241 Marine Biology (3)
Biology of marine plants and animals, field samplings, identification, and analysis.
PREREQ; 1 year of biology or consent of instructor.
MSC 260 Marine Ecology (3)
Relationship of marine plants and animals to physical, chemical, and biological
factors; their zonation and communities. PREREQ; 1 year of biology or consent of
instructor.
MSC 331 Chemical Oceanography (3)
Oceanic chemical phenomena, sampling, and laboratory analysis techniques. PRE-
REQ: MSC 110, one year of college chemistry, or consent of instructor.
MSC 342 Marine Botany (3)
Marine and marine fringe plants of the Middle Atlantic coast. Techniques of collect-
ing, identifying, and herbarium cataloging. PREREQ; a course in general biology
or 1 semester of botany.
MSC 343 Ichthyology (3)
Anatomy, physiology, and systematics of fish along our eastern seaboard. PREREQ;
general biology or zoology or consent of instructor.
MSC 362 Marine Geology (3)
Structural and sedimentary environment of the continental shelf, slopes, and ocean
basins; genesis of the ocean basins. PREREQ; MSC 110 and ESS 201 or consent
of instructor.
MSC 364 Physical Oceanography (3)
Physical properties of the ocean; basic instrumentation in field work. PREREQ;
MSC 110, Phy 103, 104, Mat 141 or consent of instructor.
MSC 420 Marine Micropaleontology (3)
Paleontology of the Foraminifera (Sarcodina), Radiolaria, Diatoms, and Ostracoda.
PREREQ; 1 year of geology or 1 course each in geology and biology or consent
of instructor.
MSC 457 Marine Geophysics (3)
Laboratory and field assignments employing a portable refraction seismograph,
gravity meter, and magnetometer. PREREQ; MSC 110, ESS 201, 1 year of math-
ematics or consent of instructor.
MSC 458 Exploration Methods in Marine Geology (3)
Geophysical and geological instruments and techniques used to study the topo-
graphy and geology of the ocean bottom. PREREQ; ESS 201 and 1 year of math-
ematics or consent of instructor.
ECONOMICS- See Business
and Economics
School
of
Education
FIELD EXPERIENCES
SHIRLEY A. WALTERS,
ACTING COORDINATOR
LABORATORY SCHOOL
GERALD B. CARTRIGHT,
PRINCIPAL
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
CARTRIGHT
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR
FINKEL
PRITCHARD
INSTRUCTORS
HASSON
McCOACH
MORGAN
REED
SADDORIS
The School of Education, working cooperatively with the total Col-
lege community, assumes the responsibility for providing the pro-
spective teacher with the technical knowledge and skills, supported
by laboratory experiences, to be used in his profession; and with
the social, ethical, and professional attitudes necessary for success
in teaching.
Elementary
Education
James E. Habecker,
Chairperson
George W. Maxim,
Assistant Ciiairperson
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
PROFESSORS
KING
BRICE
GIBSON
KULP
CHERN
GRAFTON
PETA
DUNLAP
HASSELQUIST
ZIEGLER
GERMAN
GOOD, CHARLOTTE
GRASTY
HABECKER
HERRES
INSTRUCTOR
HOGGARD
HOLMAN
MORGAN
JACECKO
MAXIM
PETKOFSKY
RADICH
The elementary education curriculum is designed to provide a
broad background of general education, an understanding of child-
ren, and the knowledge and skills needed to teach all aspects of
the elementary school program. Upon satisfactory completion of
the approved program, the student will qualify for a Pennsylvania
Instructional I Teaching Certificate, valid for teaching for three
years in kindergarten, and grades one through six.
B.S. IN EDUCATION
1. General Requirements: (44 s.h.) See page 63
Literature, philosophy, either music or art, and Introduction to Psychology are
required.
2. Professional Education: (23 s.h.) EdF 100, EdP250, EdM300, EdP351, EdE411
3. Specialized Preparation: (49 s.h.) EdE 200. EdE 251, EdE 252, EdE 301, EdE
306, EdESIO, EdE 311, EdE 312, EdE 332, HEd 370, Lit 350, Mat 351, Mus231,
PEd 200, ScE 310, A course in art.
1 1 2/elementary education
Note: Either the art course or Mus 231 must credit to General Requirements.
The course in physical education may be used to satisfy General Requrie-
ments.
4. Elective Area 12s.h.
In order to meet the degree requirements, the student must choose from the follow-
ing concentration areas (A-C) by selecting: (1) any one of the concentrations, or
(2) any combination of courses from any combination of concentrations (unless
he or she chooses one of the two certification areas). The teaching certificate is
not affected by any chosen area except for the two which are certification programs-
Outdoor Environmental Education and Special Education. Concentrations in Dis-
ciplines (B) and Concentrations in Specialized Programs (C) should be pursued
under advisement.
ELECTIVE (CONCENTRATION) AREAS
A. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Any combination of EdE courses not included in Specialized Preparation.
B. CONCENTRATION IN DISCIPLINES
Art Geography Music
Bilingual Education Government and Politics Psychology
Creative Arts Health and Physical Education Sciences
English History Social Sciences
Foreign Languages Mathematics
C. CONCENTRATION IN SPECIALIZED PROGRAMS
Early Childhood Education Reading
Environmental (Outdoor) Education* Special Education*
Language Arts Urban Education
* This is a certification program
CONCENTRATION IN DISCIPLINES
ART 18 8. h.
Required: (6 s.h.) Art 252, 266
Electives: (12 s.h.) in art, chosen under advisement
BILINGUAL EDUCATION (SPANISH) 24 s.h.
Required: (24 s.h.) Spa 201, 202, 203, 207-208, 321, Lin 201, Lan 303
Electives:
Residence in a Hispanic community (arranged by the Foreign Languages Depart-
ment)
Additional Spanish under advisement until oral competency is certified by the
Spanish faculty.
Teaching English as a Second Language (Eng 306)
CREATIVE ARTS 13 s.h.
Required: (6 s.h.) ThA 102, 306
Electives: (7 s.h )
Courses in English or literature, speech, and theatre arts, selected under advisement.
ENGLISH 6 s.h.
Two courses in English or literature (6 s.h.)
elementary education/113
FOREIGN LANGUAGES 21 s.h.
Lin 201, Spanish, French, or German to include 201-202, Advanced Composition,
Advanced Oral, and Civilization, Lan 303
N.B. Study abroad is highly recommended.
GEOGRAPHY 15 s.h.
Required: (3 s.h.) Geo 202
Electives: (12 s.h.) Selected from geography offerings under advisement. Particular-
ly suitable choices are Geo 201, 203, 204, 207, 208
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 12 s.h.
Required: (3 s.h.) PSc 100 or 101
Electives: (9 s.h.) chosen under advisement from PSc 215, 237, 240, 331, 332, 334,
335, 342, 349, 350, 351, 352, 369, and 384
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION 18 s.h.
Requirements: (15 s.h.) PEd 451, 251, 354, 340, HEd, 371, 377
Electives: (3 s.h.) selected under advisement from PEd 140, 215, 361, 367, 370, HEd
272. 376
HISTORY 15 s.h.
Required: (3 s.h.) His 212
Electives: (12 s.h.) selected under advisement.
3 s.h. from American History, 3 s.h. from European History, and 6 s.h. from World
and Regional History.
MATHEMATICS 18 s.h.
Required: (12 s.h.) CSc 100, Mat 102, 311, 331, 356
Electives: (6 s.h.) chosen from Mat 121. 231, 340, 390, 391, 400, CSc 350
MUSIC 23 s.h.
Music History: (6 s.h.) Mus 122-123
Theory of Music: (5 s.h.) Mus 112, 114
Professional Education: (6 s.h.) The Music Curriculum, K-6; Mus 331 (in place of
Mus 231), 334
Applied Music (6 s h.)
Performance Area (individual lessons) (3 s.h.); Voice (individual lessons) (1 s.h.);
Musical Organization (1 s.h.); Elective (1-2 s.h.)
PSYCHOLOGY 12 s.h.
4 courses in psychology
SCIENCES 15-16 s.h.
Required t15-16 s.h.) selected under advisement from:
a. Biological Science (Bio 201, 271, 275, 277, 378)
b. Physical Science (ESS 101, 111, 201; Sci 251]
SOCIAL SCIENCES 6 s.h.
2 courses chosen from anthropology, sociology, or economics
CONCENTRATION IN SPECIALIZED PROGRAMS
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 18 s.h.
Required: (12 s.h.) EdE 302, 403-404, Soc 100
Electives: (6 s.h.) chosen from:
a. Creative Expression (3 s.h.)
EdE 301 or ThA 306
114/elementary education
b Society and Culture (3 s h )
Ant 102; EdU 360, 361; Soc 332, 333, 335
ENVIRONMENTAL (OUTDOOR) EDUCATION 19-21 s.sh.
See page 121 for details.
LANGUAGE ARTS lls.h.
EdE 301, Eng 201, Lit 400 or Sph 405, EdE 423
READING 8s.h.
Required: (5 s.h.) EdR 321, EdE 422
SPECIAL EDUCATION 14 s.h.
For details see page 122.
URBAN EDUCATION 15 s.h.
Required: (12 s.h.) Soc 100, 335, EdU 360, 361
COURSE OFFERINGS IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
The following EdE courses are open to elementary education majors
only, except by permission of Department Chairperson.
EdE 200 Theory and Field Experiences in Elementary Education (3)
Orientation to the curricula, processes, and structures of elementary education
today. Field experiences related to course topics.
EdE 251 Child Development and Behavior (3)
Emotional, social, mental, moral, physical, and self factors shaping human behavior,
with emphasis on child and early adolescent development. Field observations and
anecdotal record required. PREREQ: Psy 100.
EdE 252 Self and Group Processes in the Classroom (3)
Analysis of self processes influencing teacher-student classroom interactions. Role
of needs, defenses, motives, emotions, and early learning experiences as they shape
the prospective teacher's responses to elementary children in a series of field ex-
periences. Application of social learning and interpersonal theory.
EdE 301 Creativity in the Classroom (3)
Exploration of materials and processes of children's perceptions and behavior, airr,-
ed at encouraging the development of their critical and creative potentials.
EdE 302 Field Experience in Early Childhood Education (3)
Practical experience with young children through participation in pre-school pro-
grams; related lecture and discussion. PREREQ: EdE 251.
EdE 306 Classroom Management (3]
Detailed investigation into the elementary teacher's role in classroom management.
Teacher influence, personality, and class interaction; class roles and expectation;
seating plans; discipline; referral; the teacher's role in evaluating and identifying
potential problems in children. PREREQ: EdP 250, EdE 251.
EdE 310 Communication Skills in the Elementary School (3)
Study of teaching the language skills in the elementary school: listening, speaking,
and writing. Students also participate in a tutorial program in local schools. PRE-
REQ: EdE 251.
EdE 311 Introduction to Reading Instruction (3)
An exploratory course investigating the reading process, learning theory and its
relation to reading, readiness for reading, historical scope of and various approaches
to reading. PREREQ: EdE 251.
elementary education/115
EdE 312 Reading Instruction and Practicum (6)
Focus is on mastery of the teaching of reading. Different reading programs are ex-
amined and evaluated. The student learns how to sequence the instruction of read-
ing. Tutoring individual children and small groups is integrated with the planning
of lessons. The student also learns how to evaluate pupil performance in reading
and how to plan for remediation. PREREQ: EdE 311.
EdE 332 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School (3)
Methods of teaching social studies and geography in the elementary curriculum.
Techniques, current research projects, reading materials, audio-visual aids, resource
persons, and field trips as tools of learning. The organization, development, and use
of resource units are stressed.
EdE 403 Early Childhood Education I (3)
An introductory course: historical and philosophical background of early education,'
survey of current programs, and intensive study of child development in the early
years. PREREQ: EdE 251
EdE 404 Early Childhood Education II (3)
Methods, materials, and content of educational programs for young children, with
emphasis on the practical application of knowledge and theory. PREREQ: EdE 251.
EdE 410 Independent Study (1-3)
Special topics or projects initiated by the student which will enable her/him to do
extensive and intensive study in an area of elementary education which will sharply
increase her/his knowledge of elementary education. PREREQ: permission of de-
partment chairperson.
EdE 41 1 Student Teaching and Direction of Student Activities (Elementary Majors)
Including Practicum (12)
Observation and participation in teaching and all other activities related to the teach-
er's work in the elementary school. Students meet once each week in a practicum
session. PREREQ: 96 semester hours including all professional education courses
and all specialized-preparation courses.
EdE 412 Work-Study in the Elementary School (6)
Limited practicum for pre-service teachers who have taken EdE 200, 251, 31 1, 312,
330. Students work for a full term in one school district under supervision. Six credits
may be granted toward student teaching requirements (EdE 411). PREREQ: de-
partmental approval.
EdE 421 Seminar in Elementary Education (3)
An intensive study of some current, major developments in elementary education.
Topics announced in advance. PREREQ: Senior Standing and instructor approval.
EdE 422 Seminar in Reading (2)
Intensive study of some current major developments in reading related to elemen-
tary education. Topics announced in advance. PREREQ: instructor approval.
EdE 423 Seminar in Communication Skills (2)
Intensive study of some current major developments in communication skills (lan-
guage arts) related to elementary education. Topics announced in advance. PRE-
REQ: instructor approval.
Secondary
Education and
Professional
Studies
Kegham A. Mississyan
Chairperson
Mary E. Cleary
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS
BANNON
BUECHELE
CLEARY
DEISCHER
FRANCELLA
GOOD, CHARLES
GROSS
LANDER
MEANS
MISSISSYAN
RIDLEY
THOMAS
WILLIAMS
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
BARTH
GLEOCKLER
HOLINGJAK
PAGANELLI
WALTERS
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
EDWARDS
FALKENSTEIN
SEIDEL
SWING
TREADWELL
INSTRUCTORS
HSU
YOCUM
The degree of Bachelor of Science in Education, preparing the stu-
dent for teaching in the secondary schools, may be earned with
academic specialization in biology, chemistry, communications,
earth and space science, English, French, general science, German,
Latin, mathematics, physics, Russian, Spanish, or social studies
(which includes concentrations in Geography, Government and
Politics, and History). Satisfactory completion of a secondary curric-
ulum will also qualify the student for a Pennsylvania Instructional I
Certificate, which is valid for teaching the specified subject in ap-
proved secondary schools in Pennsylvania for three years. The stu-
dent must choose one academic field of specialization.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS-SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAMS
The pattern for General Requirements may be noted on page 63.
EdF
100
EdP
250
EdM
300
EdS
306
EdP
351
EdS
412
secondary education and professional studies/117
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
SECONDARY EDUCATION
Professional Education Courses s.h.
School and Society 3
Psychology of Learning and Development 3
Introduction to Instructional Communications 3
Field Experience in Secondary Education 3
Evaluation and Measurement 2
Student Teaching for Secondary Education,
Including Practicum 12
Methods of Teaching Academic Subject 3
29
SPECIALIZATION FOR SECONDARY TEACHING
Specialization in one of the teaching fields listed below is required
for graduation in secondary education. The minimum semester
hours which West Chester requires for each field will satisfy the
teacher. certification requirements in Pennsylvania. The minimum
for each field of specialization may be noted in the particular B.S.
in Education program, given under the heading of the department.
(See School of Arts and Letters, School of Sciences and Mathe-
matics, or School of Social and Behavioral Sciences.)
SECONDARY TEACHING FIELDS
Biology
French
Physics
Chemistry
General Science
Russian
Communications
German
Social Studies
Earth and Space Science
Latin
Spanish
English
Mathematics
The student following the secondary education program must con-
fer regularly with his professional studies adviser in the Department
of Secondary Education and Professional Studies, as well as with
the academic adviser assigned by his respective academic depart-
ment. The final certification of all students whose goal is the Bache-
lor of Science in Education is the responsibility of the Dean of the
School of Education.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN SECONDARY EDUCATION
AND PROFESSIONAL STUDIES
FOUNDATIONS
EdF 100 School and Society (3)
An introduction to the nature, function, scope, organization, administration, and
support of the public school in American society.
118/secondary education and professional studies
EdF 350 The Professional and Student Personnel Services (3)
An introduction to non-adjunctive services in education. PRERECJ; EdP 250.
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
EdP 250 Psychology of Learning and Development (3)
A study of learning in relation to the physical, social, emotional, and intellectual
aspects of personality. PREREQ: Psy 100.
EdP 351 Evaluation and Measurement (2)
A survey of testing materials and procedures with emphasis upon interpretation
and application of results for pupil guidance purposes. Class meets three times
weekly. PREREQ: Psy 100, EdP 250.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
EdS 306 Field Experience in Secondary Education (3)
Practical experience in identifying, analyzing, and defining problems in secondary
education through placement of students as teacher-aides in cooperating schools.
Students registering durmg fall and spring semesters are required to allow at least
a three-hour block for field observation responsibilities. PREREQ; EdF 100. EdP
250. and Junior Standing.
EdS 410 Independent Study (1-3)
Special topics or projects initiated by the student which will enable her/him to do
extensive and intensive study in an area of secondary education which will sharply
increase her/his knowledge of secondary education. PREREQ: permission of de-
partment chairperson.
EdS 412 Student Teaching and Direction of Activities (Secondary Education) In-
cluding Practicum (12)
Observation and participation in teaching and all other activities related to the teach-
er's work in the area of the student's specialization. PREREQ: 96 semester hours
including all professional-education courses. Students must have at least a 2.0 cum-
ulative average and a 2.0 average in the major field.
Reading
Jane K. Gelfand
Chairperson
■••• - " a
■n A A :M
.r^^r,
ir Mi
H
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
PROFESSOR
GELFAND
CHRISTENSEN
SZABO
HALL
KEETZ
West Chester's program in this field is at the graduate leveL See the Graduate Bul-
letin for details. The following undergraduate courses are available through the
Reading Program.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN READING
EdR 100 Reading and Study Skills (3)
An individualized course to develop reading and study skills such as comprehension,
vocabulary, speed, remembering, concentration, taking notes, mastering a text
assignment, preparing for and taking examinations.
EdR 320 Reading in the Secondary School (3)
Understanding the reading process and the need for reading instruction at the
secondary school level; specific skill development; guiding reading; reading in the
content areas; readability; evaluation.
EdR 321 Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading Problems (3)
Identifying the nature and causes of reading disabilities; experience in helping a
child with reading problems. PREREQ: EdE 311 or permission of instructor.
Instructional
Media
Education
Richard P. Weagley
Chairperson
PROFESSORS
STRAYER
WEAGLEY
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
REDMOND
SPIECKER
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
REiS
STEINMETZ
West Chester's program in this field is at the graduate level. See the Graduate
Studies Bulletin for details. The following undergraduate courses are available
through the Instructional Media Education Department
COURSE OFFERINGS IN INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA EDUCATION
EdM 300 Introduction to Instructional Communications (3)
Techniques, materials and equipment, and the development of skills in their use
in teaching. Class meets three times weekly.
EdM 450 Design and Production of Visual Communication Materials (3)
Exploration of visual communication materials through use of research materials,
demonstrations, various production techniques. The student designs and produces
visual instructional materials.
EdM 460 Basic Photography (3)
Workshop-type course stressing the photographic processes. Camera handling and
film and print processing included.
EdM 470 Motion Picture Production (3)
Scripting and shooting of super 8 film, including magnetic sound recording and
reproduction.
EdM 475 Sound Reproduction in Educational Communication (3)
Theory and practice in sound recording and reproduction and their application in
education.
EdM 480 Closed Circuit Television Production (3)
A production course emphasizing the practical work of all aspects of closed-circuit
television Preparation of scripts, graphics, animations, photos, films, film loops,
slides, sound recordings, models, guides for learning and teaching, lighting, staging,
electronic technical information.
CERTIFICATION PROGRAM IN ENVIRONMENTAL
(OUTDOOR) EDUCATION
John Holingjak, Jr., Coordinator
This interdisciplinary program enables teacher-education majors
to secure certification to teach environmental (outdoor) education.
The course sequences in the program are drawn from existing cur-
ricula in the natural sciences, social and behavioral sciences, and
health and physical education, and permit students to graduate
with dual certification. For certification, students are required to
complete four core courses and two elective courses chosen from
one of the following areas of concentration: natural sciences, rec-
reation—centered, man— centered, or curriculum— centered. Stu-
dents wishing to explore this program should consult with the Co-
ordinator of Environmental Education.
REQUIRED CORE COURSES
Semester Hours
Conservation of Natural Resources (Geo 201) 3
Basic Ecology (Bio 201)* 4
Field Ecology and Natural History (Bio 272)* 3
Organization and Administration of Outdoor Education (EdO 420) 3
13
Biology majors must substitute biology courses from Group A with approval of advisor
ELECTIVES— two courses from one of these areas:
Group A— Natural Sciences
Field Botany (Bio 275)
Field Zoology (Bio 277)
Entomology (Bio 377)
Ornithology (Bio 378)
Eartti Science (ESS 101)
General Astronomy (ESS 111)
Physical Geology (ESS 201)
Introduction to Oceanography
(ESS 230)
Marine Ecology (MSc 260)
GrouD B — Man— Centered
Environmental Crises and Ethics
(Geo 301)
introduction to Anthropology:
Cultural (Ant 102)
Human Paleontology (Ant 331)
Culture Change (Ant 333)
Urban and Regional Planning (Geo 414)
Introduction to Sociology (Soc 100)
Urban Sociology (Soc 336)
Urban Growth Dynamics (Geo 214)
Population Problems (Geo 313)
Group 0— Recreation-Centered
Principles of Recreation (PEd 250)
Camping and Outing (PEd 370)
Supervised Camping Leadership
(PEd 467)
Arts and Crafts in Recreation (PEd 367)
Group D— Curriculum— Centered
Conservation Education Curriculum
(K-12) (EdO 405)
Methods in Conservation Education
(EdO 410)
History of Conservation (EdO 415)
Independent Studies in Environmental
Education (EdO 425)
Environmental (Outdoor) Education
Workshop (EdO 411)
COURSE OFFERINGS IN ENVIRONMENTAL
(OUTDOOR) EDUCATION
EdO 405 Conservation Education Curriculum (K-12) (3)
Conservation education as it exists in the present school curriculum, and ways to
integrate conservation into elementary and secondary school disciplines. Charac-
teristics, interrelationships, and uses of our natural resources; problems and policies
of industrial management in conservation as they are related to the school curriculum.
EdO 410 Methods in Conservation Education (3)
Basic concepts and practices of conservation and outdoor education and their role
in the school program.
EdO 415 History of Conservation (3)
Development of the conservation movement in the U. S., with emphasis on the pro-
gressive adaptations of conservation to our changing social and economic order.
EdO 420 Organization and Administration of Outdoor Education (3)
Basic concepts of outdoor education; the role of outdoor education in the school
program; the initiation and administration of outdoor education.
EdO 425 Independent Studies in Environmental Education (3)
Special research projects, reports, readings in conservation and outdoor education.
Open to seniors only. PREREQ: permission of instructor.
Certification
Programs in
Special
Education
Howard Freeman,
Coordinator
PROFESSOR
FREEMAN
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
MITCHELL (Part-time)
ZLOTOWSKI
ASSISTANT
PROFESSOR
NICKLES
Two programs in special education enable students to secure cer-
tification to teach the mentally retarded or the physically handi-
special Education/123
capped. The course sequences of the programs are extensions of
existing curricula and permit students to graduate with dual certi-
fication, that is, their teaching certificates will be valid for teach-
ing in the regular classroom and in special classes for either the
mentally retarded or the physically handicapped.
The program at West Chester meets the State requirements of
a minimum of 12 semester hours and is so planned that elementary
students will not need to carry an overload or attend summer
sessions.
Students pursuing a degree in secondary education will receive
dual certification upon completion of either course sequence plus
basic courses in the teaching of reading and the teaching of math-
ematics for the elementary grades. To attain these additional credits,
secondary education students may need to attend summer sessions.
Admission to either program must be gained through screening
procedures which include interviews with the special education
faculty. A limited number of students from other curricula may take
special education courses as electives.
NOTE: The special education program described here will be revised to be more
comprehensive by September 1977. Contact the Coordinator of Special Education
for information on the new program and the exact date of its implementation.
Student Teaching. In both programs, not less than four weeks nor more than nine
weeks of the regular student teaching are to be allocated to a special education
station.
Special education courses are scheduled to enable students to begin the program
during their sophomore year. Students interested in teaching retarded or physically
handicapped children should indicate their interest when planning their sophomore
schedule, and are advised to see the Coordinator of Special Education.
PROGRAIVI FOR TEACHING THE MENTALLY RETARDED
Prerequisite: Psy 100
Requirements: (15 s.h.) EdA 241, EdA 243, EdA 344, EdA 350*; plus a course in art
selected under advisement
PROGRAM FOR TEACHING THE PHYSICALLY HANDICAPPED
Prerequisite: Psy 100
Requirements: (14 s.h.) EdA 241, PEd 457, PEd 458, EdA 350*; plus a course m
art selected under advisement
* The first four courses should be taken in order shown
COURSE OFFERINGS IN SPECIAL
(ATYPICAL) EDUCATION
EdA 241 Psychology of Exceptional Children (3)
Psychology of children who are mentally gifted or retarded or who have vision, hear-
ing, speech, or orthopedic handicaps or emotional or social problems.
124/urban education
EdA 243 Psychology of the Mentally Retarded (3)
Etiology, diagnosis, and various treatment approaches to the mentally retarded.
PREREQ; EdA 241.
EdA 330 The Academically Superior Child (3)
The gifted child and means of providing an effective educational program for him.
EdA 344 Problems in Special Education (3)
Analysis of problems involving school personnel, parents, community agencies,
and the cultural background of students in special education.
EdA 350 Curriculum and Methods for the Handicapped (MR-PH) (3)
An introduction to methods of teaching mentally retarded and physically handi-
capped children. Emphasis is upon developing classroom programs and the adap-
tation of instructional materials for use with the retarded or physically handicapped
child.
EdA 410 Independent Study (1-3)
Special topics or projects initiated by the student which will enable her/him to do
extensive and intensive study in an area of special education which will sharply
increase her/his knowledge of special education. PREREQ; permission of coordi-
nator.
EdA 450 Mental Health/Mental Retardation Practicum (3)
Provides opportunity to engage in field work in the mental health/mental retardation
field. Field and class work adapted to individual interests.
URBAN EDUCATION PROGRAM
F. William Leeds, Associate Professor, Coordinator
West Chester offers a special program which strengthens the pre-
paration of teachers who wish to work in the schools of the inner
cities, where the need for skilled teachers is great.
The prospective urban teacher needs both carefully planned
college courses and equally well planned experience in the schools.
Because of the complexity of urban civilization and the diversity
of the persons and situations he deals with, the urban teacher should
have a particularly rich background in both the liberal arts and pro-
fessional studies.
The urban education program does not provide additional certi-
fication and does not vary essentially from the normal requirements
for either the elementary or the secondary major. However, the stu-
dent who undertakes the program is required to take at least half
of his student teaching in the urban school. He must also take a
special core of course work related to teaching in the inner city.
Elementary education majors incorporate the urban education
program into their curriculum by selecting it as their area of interest.
(See Areas of Concentration above.)
Secondary education majors who wish to consider this special
preparation must first consult with the Coordinator of Urban Educa-
tion. Unless the requirements for their field are very heavy, students
are usually able to fit the urban education core into their curriculum
without going beyond the 128 hours required for graduation.
counselor education/125
COURSE OFFERINGS IN URBAN EDUCATION
EdU 360 The Disadvantaged Child (3)
Backgrounds, problems, and potentialities of the disadvantaged student, PREREQ:
Psy 100 and EdE 251 or Psy 352.
EdU 361 Teaching in Urban Schools (3)
An introduction to urban education by means of observation, lectures, discussions,
and related activities. PREREQ: EdU 360 or permission of instructor.
Counselor
Education
Edward D. Smith,
Chairperson
PROFESSOR
SMITH
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
CLARK
GOTTSHALL
GREENBERG
RAHN
SWIREN
The Department of Counselor Education's program is also at the graduate level only,
and may be seen in the Graduate Studies Catalogue.
EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH
Ernest L. Peters, Coordinator
The Educational Research program is entirely at the graduate level.
English
David E. McKenty,
Chairperson
William H. Henry, Jr.,
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE
PRATER
BAILEY
PROFESSORS
SMITH
BERRY
BOSWORTH-FLING
WARD
CLOKEY
BROOKS
WATKINS
FALGIE
BROWNE
WISE
FIELD
BRUTTON
GARRETT
CORR
ASSISTANT
GREEN
FORDYCE
PROFESSORS
HAVILAND
GAUNT
BOYLAN
HAYWARD
HUNSBERGER
COMBS
HENRY
KELLEHER
FORD
KERSHNER
KELLY
PEICH
McGRATH
KENT
RIMEL
McKENTY
LANDRUM
THURBON
MARKOW
McCAWLEY
NEWMAN
MILLER
OLDSEY
MYRSIADES
TAYLOR
PAGE
THOMAS
WEISS
WEST
ZEIGLER
BACHELOR OF ARTS-LITERATURE
The major in literature is a logical preparation for graduate studies,
journalism, publishing, editing, public relations, advertising, special-
ized fields of business and industrial operations, and certain gov-
ernment careers. Competence in writing and familiarity with the
literature of the Western world are foundations for leadership in
many areas. The program should be planned with the adviser's help.
In addition to the 44 hours of General Requirements and 15 hours
of Arts and Letters Core Requirements, the B.A. in Literature re-
quires (1) a concentration of 51 hours in English and Literature
courses; (2) two cognate courses, one from History and the other
english/127
from Political Science, selected under advisement; (3) proficiency
in a foreign language through the intermediate II level; and (4)
10 hours of departmental electives.
REQUIRED COURSES
English Major Program (Eng. 100)
Introduction to Linguistic (Eng. 230)
Practical Criticism (Lit 100)
*Continentai Literature I and II (Lit 260, Lit 261]
**American Literature I and II (Lit 200, Lit 201)
**English Literature I and II (Lit 230, Lit 231)
One Group A literature course
One Group B literature course
One Group C literature course
One literature seminar (Lit 400)
One advanced writing course
**Four courses from Group A, B, and C (at least one from each group) may be sub-
stituted for Lit 200, 201, 230, 231.
*A course from Group D may be substituted for Continental Literature II (Lit 261).
Electives from departmental offerings may be chosen to complete 51 semester
hours.
B.S. IN EDUCATION-ENGLISH
In addition to the 44 hours of General Requirements and 15 hours
of Arts and Letters Core Requirements, the B.S. in English requires
(1) a concentration of 41 hours in English and Literature courses;
(2) two cognate courses, one from History and the other from Poli-
tical Science, selected under advisement; and (3) 29 hours of Pro-
fessional Education Requirements, including Teaching English in
Secondary Schools (Eng 390)
Professional Education Requirements are shown on page 117.
REQUIRED COURSES
Introduction to Linguistics (Eng 230)
Structure of Modern English (Eng 331)
History of the English Language (Eng 335)
Practical Criticism (Lit 100)
Continental Literature I (Lit 260)
*American Lituerature I or II (Lit 200 or Lit 201 )
*English Literature I or II (Lit 230 or Lit 231)
One Group A literature course
One Group B literature course
One Group C literature course
One literature seminar (Lit 400)
One advanced writing course
*One course each from two of Groups A, B, and C may be substituted for Lits 200,
201, 230, 231.
128/english
COURSE OFFERINGS* IN ENGLISH
AND LITERATURE
ENGLISH
Symbol: Eng
100 The English Major Program (2)
Acquaints English majors with career planning and the great variety of careers open
to them. Outside lecturers from many professions and organizations that offer strong
possibilities of employment for English majors.
120 Effective Writing I (3)
An intensive course in writing which emphasizes skill in organization, sensitivity to-
ward styles of writing and levels of language, and awareness of language as a way of
expressing and communicating experience.
121 Effective Writing II (3)
Explores writing as a problem-solving medium. Instructs in techniques of gathering,
selecting, and evaluating materials and of drawing and presenting cogent conclu-
sions.
122 Effective Writing II (3)
Identical to 121 except that this course concentrates on Political Science materials.
125 Writing for English and Communications Majors (3)
A creative program of essay, conference, and discussion for literature and com-
munications majors.
201 Advanced Writing (3)
Frequent practice in expository, descriptive, narrative, and argumentative tech-
niques. Emphasis on style. Writing criticized and corrected in private sessions.
202-203 Creative Writing I- 1 1 (3) (3)
Writing experience in the crafts of fiction, poetry, and drama.
230 (also Lin 230] Introduction to Linguistics (3)
Basic concepts of language description, classification, change, reconstruction, dia-
lectology, and sociolinguistics.
Eng 230 is a prerequisite for all courses in English Language.
260 Mass Media in Society (3)
Introduction to theory and problems of mass media; their role in American culture.
261-262 Principles of Newspaper Production l-ll (2) (2)
A workshop course in newspaper production through lectures and work on the stu-
dent newspaper.
263-264 Principles of Yearbook Production l-ll (2) (2)
All phases of yearbook planning, writing, editing, production, and financing. Theory
and practice for yearbook staff members and potential yearbook advisers.
265 News Reporting (3)
Principles of news reporting and practice in gathering and writing news for all media.
Research, writing, and the interview.
* Please note that the Department of English has completely revised the numbering system of
both Eng and Lit courses The one-hundred level indicates basic courses; the two-hundred level
indicates a more advanced treatment of material; three-hundred level courses are designed for
English majors and those who desire a rather sophisticated approach to the material
english/129
266 Writing for IVIagazines and Newspapers (3)
Writing for publication. Developing ideas, gathering material, writing articles for both
magazines and newspapers. Marketing methods for the freelancer.
267 History of American Journalism (3)
History and development of newspapers, magazines, documentary films, radio, and
television.
268 Business Communication (3)
The nature of the communication function, especially within organizations. Theo-
retical basis and practical application. Required of business administration majors.
PREREQ: Eng 120.
275 Literary Editing and Publishing (3)
Experience in publishing the student literary magazine, Daedalus: editing, proofing,
photographic selection and layout, printing
276 News Editing (3)
Basic principles of editing for newspapers and magazines: editing practices, critical
analysis of newspaper and magazine articles, practical exercises in editing copy for
print.
301 Poetry Workshop (3)
The theory and practice of poetry; exploration of verse forms, prosody, metrics;
practice in critical and interpretive analysis of poems written by fellow students
and professional poets. The poem as a product of skilled craftsmanship.
302 Drama Workshop (3)
Writing the play; possibilities and limitations of the stage. Attention to sets and cos-
tuming where relevant. Characterization by action and dialogue. Problems of estab-
lishing motivation. The play s totality in theme, character, and action. Informal read-
ings of students' works.
303 Short Story Workshop (3)
Crafting the modern short story with reference to American and British models.
The weight of setting, atmosphere, characterization, and theme. Compression and
the simultaneity of techniques in the well-made story. Discussion and some exploi-
tation of experimental ideas in the genre
304 Essay Workshop (3)
Practice in writing the essay. Conventions and techniques of this literary form as
it appears in commercial and quality magazines.
330 English Phonology (3)
Phonemicsand morphophonemics in English. Phonotactics and syllabification. Writ-
ing systems and phonemic-graphemic relationship in English. Historical develop-
ment of English sounds. PREREQ: Eng 230.
331 Structure of Modern English (3)
A detailed analysis of the modern descriptive approach to the study of English gram-
mar and how it compares with the traditional approach. PREREQ: Eng 230.
335 History of the English Language (3)
Review of the influences on the development of the English language. PREREQ:
Eng. 230.
339 History and Dialects of American English (3)
Development of the English language in America since Colonial settlement. Ameri-
can and British English. Pronunciation, vocabulary, and grammatical features of the
regional and social dialects of American English. PREREQ: Eng 230.
130/engllsh
340 Sociolinguistic Aspects of English (3)
The study of language in its social context: the ethnography of communication; lan-
guage and society, social classes, ethnic groups, politics, sex, and education. PRE-
REQ: Eng 230.
350 Introduction to English as a Second Language (3)
Introduction to the teaching of English to speakers of other languages. Exploration
of the scope of the field, types of programs, general approaches to instruction. PRE-
REG: Eng 230.
390 Teaching English in Secondary Schools (3)
Review of language-arts requirements in secondary schools. Special reference to
grade-placement with adaptation of materials, appraisal of results, and development
of programs of study. PREREQ: Eng 331, 335.
400 Writing Seminar (3)
Discussion and development of major projects underway.
410 Independent Study (3)
490 Writing Seminar in the Novel (3)
A para-professional course in the writing and preparing of book-length manuscripts
(novel, novella, "non-fictional" novel) with the intention of submission for publica-
tion. Also includes coverage of fictional aspects and techniques used in writing
memoirs, biography, current history.
491 Writing Seminar in the Novel (3)
A continuation of Eng 490.
410 Independent Studies
LITERATURE
Symbol: Lit
100 Practical Criticism (3)
Study of and practice in the literary analysis of selected poetry, prose fiction, and
drama.
101 Great American Writers (3)
Major American writers from Franklin and Poe to Faulkner and Hemingway.
130 Great British Writers, Post Renaissance (3)
Major British writers from Milton to the present.
160 General Literature I (3)
Western literature from Homer through Shakespeare.
161 General Literature II (3)
Western literature from Shakespeare to the present.
162 Fiction (3)
Basic analysis of various forms of fiction: short story, novella, novel. Techniques
of explication, analysis, interpretation, based on the relationship between form and
content.
163 Drama (3)
An introduction to drama, extending from the classical Greek tragedy to the theater
of the absurd.
english/131
164 Poetry (3)
Analytical readings within a broad spectrum of English and American poetry from
Chaucer to the present.
200 American Literature I (3)
A survey of representative American writers from Colonial times to 1860: Brad-
street, Taylor, Franklin to Poe, Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, etc.
201 American Literature II (3)
A survey of representative American writers from 1860 to the present: Whitman,
Twain, James, Crane to Eliot, Frost, Hemingway, Faulkner, etc.
202 Afro-American Literature I (3)
Survey of Afro-American authors from the ante-bellum era through the first quarter
of the 20th century. (Group C)
203 Afro-American Literature II (3)
Continuation of Lit 202. Second quarter of the 20th century to the present.
230 English Literature I (3]
A survey of English literature from Anglo-Saxon writing to Robert Burns.
231 English Literature II (3)
A survey of English literature from Robert Burns to the present.
260 Continental Literature I (3)
Literature of continental Europe from classical times through the Renaissance.
261 Continental Literature II (3)
Literature of continental Europe from Neoclassicism to the present.
262 Classical Literature in Translation (3)
The growth and development of classical literature with emphasis on the epic, the
tragedy, the comedy, and lyric poetry.
263 Bible as Literature (3)
Books of the English Bible, especially the King James Version, as a part of English
and American literature.
264 Literature and Myth (3)
Traditional, anthropological, and psychoanalytic interpretations of myth in literature.
265 Literature and Psychology (3)
An examination of the connections between literature and psychology with readings
from Kafka, Faulkner, James, Sophocles, Shakespeare, Joyce, Woolf, Albee, Mann,
Ibsen, O'Neill, Miller, Browning, etc.
266 God in Literature [3]
The literary representation of the traditional Judaeo-Christian image of God. Ortho-
dox and non-orthodox responses of man to God. Chaucer, Donne, Locke, Dostoev-
sky, Kafka, Sartre included.
267 The Supernatural in Literature (3)
A study of the representation in literature of supernatural influences displayed in
the writings of Homer, Aeschylus, Vergil, Spenser, Shakespeare, Poe, Blake, Keats,
Synge, James, Wilde, Middleton, Ford, Greene, etc.
268 Love in Literature (3)
The changing roles of the sexes as revealed in literature. Examination of Platonic,
Courtly, and Romantic love. Outside speakers on allied topics.
132/english
269 The Literature of Roguery (3)
A historical study of the rogue as hero/antihero in fiction with emphasis on the
satiric view of society. Among writers studied: Defoe, Thackeray, Donleavy, Wolfe.
270 Literature of the Cities (3)
Covers a variety of responses of contemporary writers, artists, and planners to the
rise of the modern city.
271 Uterature of the Left (3)
A study of prominent leftist writers and their works including Neruda, Aragon, Lorca,
Ritsos, Brecht, Mayakovsky, Malraux, Orwell, Sartre.
272 New Fiction (3)
Fiction published in the last ten years.
273 Current Drama (3)
Plays published in the last ten years.
274 Feminist Poetry (3)
A study of poetry espousing the feminist cause and exploring the feminist response.
Techniques and attitudes of such poets as Plath, Sexton, Rich, Morgan, Wakoski
and Kumin.
290 The Rim as a Literary Genre (3)
The film as a composite form, treated developmentally through scripts and com-
pleted films with consideration of its relationship to literature.
291 Comparative Cinema (3)
A comparative study of a selected number of contemporary films and their relation
to the literary and visual arts. Emphasis is on analysis and criticism of the works
viewed.
295 Children s Literature (3)
A critical study of literature for children, setting standards for evaluation and ap-
preciation.
296 Adolescent Literature (3)
A survey of literature wirtten for readers of junior high and high school age. The
primary aim; to find standards of literary evaluation for adolescent works.
297 Reading Interests of Secondary School Students (3)
A service course. Interests and reading growth of junior and senior high school
students.
300 Colonial and Revolutionary American Literature (3)
Writers of Colonial and Revolutionary America. (Group C)
301 Folklore in America (3)
A study of folklore themes in American life and literature, designed for students
especially interested in folklore. Occupational, regional, and ethnic backgrounds
studied.
302 Development of the American Novel (3)
Beginnings of the American novel to Frank Norris. (Group C)
303 Introduction to Multi-Ethnic American Literature (3)
American ethnic, racial, and national groups in American literature and the con-
tributions of creative literary artists representing these cultures. (Group C)
304 American- Jewish Novel (3)
Designed for those interested in studying the American-Jewish experience. No
knowledge of Yiddish or Hebrew necessary. Cahan, Singer, Roth, Potok, Bellow,
Malamud, Wallant, Wiesel included.
english/133
305 Modern American Drama (3)
American drama from the early 1900's to the present, with emphasis on the develop-
ment of the American theater as seen in such major dramatists as O'Neill, Odets,
Wilder, Miller, Williams, and Albee. (Group C)
306 Modern American Novel (3)
The novel in America from Dreiser to the present. (Group C)
307 Modern American Poetry (3)
Major 20th century American poets. (Group C).
308 American Women Writers (3)
A portrait of the American woman and her problems, her social position, her atti-
tudes toward sexuality; a re-evaluation of women writers in view of these observa-
tions: Olsen, Gather, Chopin, Gates, and others.
330 Old English Language and Literature (3]
An introductory study of the language (450-1 150 A.D.) through a reading of religious
and secular poetry and prose. PREREO: Eng 335.
331 Middle English Language and Literature (3)
An introductory study of the language (1 150-1450 A.D.) through a reading of select-
ed literary texts. PREREQ: Eng 335.
332 English Drama to 1642 (3)
English drama from the early liturgical tropes to 1642, exclusive of Shakespeare.
(Group A).
333 Tudor Literature (3)
Prose and poetry of the Tudor period. More to Spenser. (Groi'o A)
334 Stuart Literature (3)
Prose and poetry of the Stuart period. Jonson and Donne to Dryden. (Group A)
335 Shakespeare I (3)
Selected comedies, histories, and tragedies. Literary and historical background and
Shakespeare's development as a dramatist. (Group A)
336 Shakespeare II (3)
Similar to 335 with different choice of plays; either course may be taken first.
(Group A).
337 Literature of the Enlightenment (3)
A critical consideration of 18th century writers, exclusive of the dramatists. The
struggle between tradition and revolt. (Group B).
338 Restoration and 18th Century Drama (3)
The drama from the reopening of the theaters in 1660 to 1800. (Group B).
339 18th Century British Novel (3)
The British novel from Defoe to Austen. (Group B).
340 The Romantic Movement (3)
Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, and their contemporaries in the light
of social background and critical doctrine. (Group B).
341 19th Century British Novel (3)
The British novel from Austen to Hardy. (Group B).
342 Victorian Literature (3)
Victorian thought and culture in selections of poetry and non-fiction prose. (Group B).
134/english
343 Modern British Drama (3)
British drama from Wilde to the present, with emphasis on the rebirth of the British
drama and its major writers. (Group B).
344 Modern British Novel (3)
The novel in England from Conrad to the present. (Group B).
345 Modern British Poetry (3)
Major 20th century British poets. (Group B).
360 Oriental Literature (3)
A survey of non-Western literature, spanning both the Near and Far East from classi-
cal times to the present
361 Modern Continental Drama (3)
A consideration of the chief writers who influenced the modern drama: Ibsen, Strind-
berg, Chekhov, Hauptmann, Pirandello, Sartre, Brecht, and lonesco. (Group D).
362 Modern Continental Rction (3)
Important modern European writers in translation: Flaubert, Dostoevsky, Unamuno,
Gide, Mann, Kafka, Camus, Sartre, Moravia. Their aesthetic and philosophical con-
tributions to modern fiction. (Group D).
363 Modern Literature of Russia and Eastern Europe (3)
A study of a selected number of modern works (including Dostoevsky, Gogol, Bunin,
Brecht, Kafka, Lukacs, Benjamin) which demonstrate the interrelationship of the
national literatures of Eastern Europe and explore common themes and styles.
(Group D)
364 Modern Irish Literature (3)
Major literary works of Ireland from 1840 to the present George Moore, Synge,
Yeats, Joyce, Shaw, O Casey, Beckett, Behan, and Brian Moore. (Group B).
365 Short Story (3)
An aesthetics approach to the short story. In-depth analysis of the short story in
terms of the relation between form and content. The short story in its total philo-
sophical-historical context.
366 Criticism (3)
A study of the theories of Classical Antiquity, England, and the United States with
the emphasis on the relevance of these theories to English and American litera-
ture of the moment.
400 Literature Seminar (3)
Topics announced annually. Required of English majors in the junior or senior year.
Topics offered:
Doris Lessing Mark Twain
Emerson Science Fiction
Children's Novel The Devil
Fantasy Shelley-Bryon
Amer. -Jewish Novel Colonial Literature
Creative Writing Jane Austen
Hawthorne Odysseus as a Modern Hero
Spenser-Milton Whitman and Melville
Joyce-Beckett F. Scott Fitzgerald
ibsen-Chekov Satire and Irony
Hamlet Archetypes and Ethnic Stereotypes
Shaw in American Literature
Longer Prose Fiction
ethnic studies/135
435 Chaucer (3)
Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde; literary interpretation (Group A)
437 Spenser (3)
A study of The Faerie Queene and shorter poems.
440 Milton (3)
A survey of the major poetry and prose works.
For Humanities courses see Interdisciplinary Programs.
Ethnic Studies
Katharine D. Newman,
Director
The Ethnic Studies program gives greater insight into America's his-
tory, the ways in which peoples from all over the world have inter-
acted to form our present-day society and the advantages and dis-
advantages of our cultural diversity.
The Institute for Ethnic Studies offers transcript recognition and
a letter of vertification to any student, regardless of area of special-
ization, who satisfactorily completes 18 semester hours of work
in ethnic studies. At least one ethnic-oriented course is required in
each of the following areas:
1. Art, music, speech and theatre, literature, philosophy, or an
interdisciplinary workshop.
2. History, geography, economics, political science.
3. Sociology, anthropology, biology, education, health and phy-
sical education, nursing, social welfare.
Students wishing to participate in the program should, in addition
to following the regular procedures of advisement and registration,
register with the Director of the Institute for Ethnic Studies. They
will then be advised of an appropriate schedule of requirements
and electives to help them prepare for careers in many areas in-
cluding teaching, business, and social work.
Foreign
Languages
Walter E. Frieman, Jr.
Chairperson
Marianne H. Kulaski
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS
FRIEMAN
GUTWIRTH
LOMBARDI
NUNEZ
ROBERTS
SMITH
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
ESCORCIA
GLUMAC
GOUGHER
KUHLMANN
KULASKI
LIPSCOMB
SCHNEIDER
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
EISENSTADT
GREENE
KULHANEK
PETERS
REISS (Part-time)
INSTRUCTORS
BROWN
ROSSO (Part-time)
BACHELOR OF ARTS-FOREIGN LANGUAGES
French Russian
German Spanish
Latin
The program in foreign languages is intended to provide an ad-
vanced educational program for the student interested in the most
human aspect of the humanities; language. The program provides
a flexible basis for a wide variety of vocations involving bilingual
skills and cross-cultural understanding. These include government,
commerce, and industry as well as publishing and social services.
It also serves as a preparation for graduate studies leading to ad-
vanced degrees. The major should be planned with the help of the
faculty adviser.
Requirements for B.A. in Foreign Languages:
1. General Requirements
2. Arts and Letters Core
3. Foreign Language Concentration
4. Two Cognate Courses:
A. Linguistics 201
B. History of Language Area
44 semester hours
15 semester hours
33 semester hours
3 semester hours
3 semester hours
foreign languages/137
5. Demonstration of proficiehcy in a second language through the
Intermediate II level.
Depending on his second language proficiency, the student has
from 27 to 39 elective hours. He may choose to apply some of
these to additional advanced courses in his major area or to con-
tinue second or third language study.
All foreign language majors are strongly urged to spend some
part of their college career in study abroad. Students can receive
assistance in selecting programs in areas where their language is
spoken.
FRENCH-CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS (33 s.h.)
Fre 101-102*, 201-202, 203-204, 205-206, 207-208, 365.
Additional courses to complete the 33 s.h. under advisement.
GERMAN-CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS (33 s.h.)
Ger 101-102*, 201-202, 203, 205-206, 207-208, 365.
Additional courses to complete the 33 s.h. under advisemnt.
LATIN-CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS (33 s.h.)
Lat 101-102*, 201, 202, 303, 406.
Additional courses to complete the 33 s h. under advisement.
RUSSIAN-CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS (33 s.h.)
Rus 101-102*, 201-202, 203, 205-206, 207-208, 305-306. 365. 401
Additional courses to complete the 33 s.h. under advisement.
SPANISH-CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENT (33 s.h.)
Spa 101-102*, 201-202, 203 or 204, 207-208, 320-321, 365; Two of the following:
Spa 305, 206, 307, 308, 309.
Additional courses to complete the 33 s.h. under advisement.
* Foreign language majors receive no credit towards graduation for 101 and/or 102 in their
majors If 101 and/or 102 in another language are taken as free electives, they will be credited
towards graduation
B.S. IN EDUCATION-FOREIGN LANGUAGES
French Russian
German Spanish
Latin
The Instructional I Certificate in a foreign language qualifies the
holder to teach his major language in the public schools (kinder-
garten through 12th grade) of Pennsylvania.
Requirements for B.S. in Education-Foreign Languages
1. General Requirements 44 semester hours
2. Arts and Letters Core 1 5 semester hours
3. Foreign Language Concentration 33 semester hours
4. Two cognate courses:
A. Linguistics 201 3 semester hours
B. History of Language Area 3 semester hours
5. Student must complete Professional
Education Sequence of 29 semester hours
138/foreign languages
The student is allowed from 1 2 to 14 hours of electives, provided
by No. 5 of General Requirements and by the Arts and Letters
Core, and is advised to use them in areas which will contribute to
his profession.
FRENCH-SPECIALIZED PREPARATION (33 s.h.)
Fre 101-102*, 201-202, 203-204, 205-206, 207-208, 365.
Additional French courses to complete the 33 s.h.
Students must also compoete Lan 301, credited to Professional Education.
GERMAN-SPECIALIZED PREPARATION (33 s.h.)
Ger 101-102*, 201-202, 203. 205-206, 207-208, 365.
Additional German courses to complete the 33 s.h.
Students must also complete Lan 301, credited to Professional Education.
LATIN-SPECIALIZED PREPARATION (33 s.h.)
Lat 101-102*, 201, 202, 303, 406.
Additional Latin courses to complete the 33 s.h.
Students must also complete Lat 301, credited to Professional Education.
RUSSIAN-SPECIALIZED PREPARATION (33 s.h.)
Rus 101-102*, 201-202, 203, 205-206, 207-208. 365, 401.
Additional Russian courses to complete the 33 s.h.
Students must also complete Lan 301, credited to Professional Education.
SPANISH-SPECIALIZED PREPARATION (33 s.h.)
Spa 101-102*, 201-202, 203, 204, 207-208, 320-321, 365; Two of the following:
Spa 305, 306, 307, 308, 309.
Additional Spanish courses to complete the 33 s.h.
Students must also complete Lan 301, credited to Professional Education.
* Foreign language majors receive no credit toward graduation or certification for 101 and/or
102 in their majors If 101 and/or 102 in another language are taken as free electives, they will
be credited towards graduation
GREEK, ITALIAN, PORTUGUESE
The following courses in Greek, Italian and Portuguese are offered, but no major
field is available.
GREEK-CLASSICAL AND NEW TESTAMENT
Elementary Greek l-ll (Gre 101-102) and Intermediate Greek l-ll (Gre 201-202).
ITALIAN
Elementary Italian l-ll (ita 101-102), Intermediate Italian l-ll (Ita 201-202), Intro-
duction to Dante (Ita 301), and High Points in Italian Literature (Ita 302).
PORTUGUESE
Elementary Portuguese l-ll (Por 101-102) and Intermediate Portuguese l-ll (Por
201-202)
ADDITIONAL LANGUAGES
Selected critical or uncommonly taught languages such as Chinese, Japanese,
Polish, Serbo-Croatian, Modern Greek, Biblical Hebrew, and Modern Hebrew (Lan
191-192-193-194).
THE JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD PROGRAM
The following courses in French are offered at the University of Montpellier, France,
under the Junior Year Abroad Program sponsored by West Chester State College.
The program is designed for persons interested in France in order to give them a
foreign languages/139
firsthand acquaintance with French life and enable them to achieve an active com-
mand of the language
The program is open to any student enrolled in a college or university who has
completed the equivalent of two years of college French and is able to take lectures
in French. During the time the student is enrolled in the program, he is a student
of West Chester State College and will receive a minimum of 30 credits for a full
two semesters of college work after successful completion of the year-abroad pro-
gram of studies. Each course runs for two semesters and is conducted entirely in
French by French professors. Other types of programs can be arranged for non-
language majors
COURSE OFFERINGS
Advanced Grammar and Composition (Fre 361-62)
Advanced French Conversation (Fre 363-64)
Phonetics and Translation (Fre 365-66)
Contemporary French Civilization (Fre 367-68)
Literary Studies (Fre 369-70)
COURSE OFFERINGS IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES
FRENCH
Symbol: Fre
101-102 Elementary French l-ll (3) (3)
Fundamentals of French grammar, syntax, and pronunciation, introduction to French
culture through easy reading texts. The audio-lingual method is employed at all
times. Work in the language laboratory required.
201-202 Intermediate French l-ll (3) (3)
Intensive review of grammar and syntax. Readings in French literature as a basis
for class discussion in French and practice in composition. Language laboratory
drill for remedial work only. PREREQ; Fre 102 or equivalent.
Note: All advanced literature and civilization courses include lectures and discussion
in the foreign language, and all student papers and examinations must be written
in the foreign language.
203-204 Advanced French Grammar and Composition l-ll (3) (3)
The more complex grammatical and syntactical structures of the language, with
particular attention to stylistics. Practice in writing compositions on a more advanced
level, with emphasis on correct usage. PREREQ: Fre 202 or equivalent. Work in the
language laboratory required
205-206 French Civilization l-ll (3) (3)
Frances political and educational systems, her economic and religious institutions,
and her folkways. The arts in France today. PREREQ: Fre 201 or equivalent.
207-208 Advanced Oral French l-ll (3) (3)
Intensive drill in the oral use of the language to develop proficiency in listening com-
prehension and speaking. PREREQ: Fre 203 or equivalent.
365 French Phonetics (3)
Description and practice in the sounds of the French language and its major dia-
lectical differences. Contrastive analysis with English. PREREQ: Lin 201.
401 French Literature of the 18th Century (3)
The "philosophes" of the 18th century, emphasizing the works of Voltaire, Rousseau,
Montesquieu, and Diderot. PREREQ: Fre 206.
140/foreign languages
402 French Lyric Poetry (3)
Development of French lyric forms; French versification, study of selected poets,
using "explication de textes. "
403 French Literature of the 17th Century (3)
17th century prose; lyric and narrative poetry; the concept of classicism.
404 French Classical Drama (3)
Corneilie, Racine, and Moliere. PREREQ: Fre 205.
405 French Literature of the IVIiddle Ages and Renaissance (3)
A survey of selected readings in Modern French translation from Old French liter-
ature and from such major figures as Villon, Rabelais, the Pleiade poets, and Mon-
taigne.
406 Modern French Theater (3)
A study of 20th century theatrical forms, extending from the end of World War I
to the present.
407 19th Century French Novel (3)
Development of the French novel from the pre-Romantic period through the Natural-
istic writers.
408 20th Century Novel (3)
The French novel of this century, from Proust and Gide to the "roman nouveau."
410 Independent Studies in French Language and Literature (3)
Special topics for advanced students only. Admission by permission of instructor.
411 Seminar in French (3)
Independent study and research for Upper Division students. Topics announced
annually by the French faculty. PREREQ; permission of instructor.
412 Seminar in French (3)
Independent study and research for Upper Division students. Topics announced
annually by the French faculty. PREREQ; permission of instructor.
FRENCH JUNIOR YEAR ABROAD PROGRAM
361-62 Advanced Grammar and Composition (6)
363-64 Advanced French Conversation (6)
365-66 Phonetics and Translation (6)
367-68 Contemporary French Civilization (6)
369-70 Literary Studies (6)
GERMAN
Symbol: Ger
101-102 Elementary German l-ll (3) (3)
Fundamentals of German grammar, syntax, and pronunciation. Introduction to Ger-
man culture through easy reading texts. The audio-lingual method is employed, and
language laboratory drill is required.
201-202 Intermediate German l-ll (3) (3)
Review of grammar and syntax. Readings in German literature as a basis for class
discussion in German and practice in composition. Language laboratory drill re-
quired for remedial work only. PREREQ; Ger 102 or equivalent.
foreign languages/141
Note: All advanced literature and civilization courses include lectures and discussion
in the foreign language, and all student papers and examinations must be written
in the foreign language.
203 Advanced German Grammar and Composition (3)
The more complex grammatical and syntactical structures of the language, with
particular attention to stylistics. Practice in writing compositions on a more advanced
level, with emphasis on correct usage. PREREQ: Ger 202 or equivalent.
205 Survey of German Literature I (3)
German literature from its earliest beginnings to 1800. PREREQ: Ger 202 or equiv-
alent.
206 Survey of German Literature II (3)
German literature from 1800 to the present. PREREQ: Ger 202 or equivalent.
207-208 Advanced Oral German l-ll (3) (3)
Intensive drill in the oral use of the language to develop proficiency in listening
comprehension and speaking. PREREQ: Ger 203 or equivalent.
305 German Civilization (3)
The evolution of Germany's social, political, and economic institutions. An analysis
of the major contributions of German civilization to Western culture. PREREQ: Ger
202 or equivalent.
365 German Phonetics (3)
Description and practice in the sounds of the German language and its major dia-
lectical differences. Contrastive analysis with English. PREREQ: Lin 201.
401 The Age of Goethe (3)
German literary doctrines and masterpieces of the periods of Enlightenment, Storm
and Stress, and Classicism. PREREQ: Ger 202 or equivalent.
402 Contemporary German Literature (3)
Works of the principal German writers of the 20th century. PREREQ: Ger 202 or
equivalent.
403 The German Short Story (3)
The German short story from Romanticism to the present. PREREQ: Ger 202 or
equivalent.
404 Goethe (3)
Important works of Goethe; his background and literary development. PREREQ:
Ger 205.
405 Scientific German (3)
Review of syntax, readings, and translation in general science and basic technical
fields. PREREQ: Ger 102 or equivalent.
406 German Literature of the 19th Century (3)
German Realism of the 19th Century. PREREQ: Ger 206 or equivalent.
407 German Lyric Poetry (3)
Modern German poetry of pre and post World War II. PREREQ: Ger 206 or equivalent.
408 Modern German Drama (3)
Major dramatists of the 20th Century. PREREQ: Ger 206 or equivalent.
409 German Literature of the Romantic Period (3)
PREREQ: Ger 206 or equivalent.
410 Independent Studies in German Language and Literature (3)
Special topics for advanced students only; admission by permission of instructor.
142/foreign languages
411 Seminar in German (3)
Independent study and research for Upper Division students. Topics announced
annually by the Gernnan faculty. PREREQ: permission of instructor.
412 Seminar in German (3)
Independent study and research for Upper Division students. Topic announced
annually by the Gernnan faculty. PREREQ: permission of instructor.
GREEK
Symbol: Gre
101 Elementary Greek I (3)
For students who have had no previous Greek, Forms, syntax, and idioms of Hom-
eric or "koine" Greek.
102 Elementary Greek II (3)
A continuation of Gre 101. Reading of Homer's "Iliad," Book I, followed by an in-
troduction to Attic Greek. Records and tapes in Greek to supplement class work.
201 Intermediate Greek I (3)
Review of Attic grammar and readings in Attic authors. Introduction to the "koine"
and readings in New Testament Greek. PREREQ: Gre 102.
202 Intermediate Greek II (3)
Introduction to Greek Tragedy. Sophocles' Antigone " and Euripides' "Medea " are
read and analyzed. PREREQ: Gre 201.
ITALIAN
Symbol: Ita
101-102 Elementary Italian l-ll (3) (3)
Intensive drill, both in class and the language laboratory, with pronunciation, into-
nation, and basic linguistic patterns. Introduction to Italian culture through basic
dialogues and easy reading texts.
201-202 Intermediate Italian l-ll (3) (3]
Review of Italian grammar and syntax. Introduction to Italian literature through short
readings of intermediate difficulty. Composition and conversation in Italian based
on reading assignments. Language laboratory for remedial drill PREREQ: Ita 102
or equivalent.
301 Introduction to Dante (3)
This course is taught in English and designed for those desirous of further study
in Italian literature, as well as students in related fields: other Romance languages,
English literature, and other areas.
302 High Points in Italian Literature (3)
The most important Italian writers from the Renaissance to the present day, with
emphasis on the modern period.
LATIN
Symbol: Lat
101-102 Elementary Latin l-ll (3) (3)
Forms, syntax, and idioms of classical Latin. Selected readings.
201 Cicero (3)
Selections from the orations, letters, and essays. PREREQ: Lat 101, 102, or two
years of secondary school Latin.
202 Vergil (3)
Reading and analysis of celebrated portions of the "Aeneid." The nature of Latin
epic poetry. PREREQ: Lat 201 or three years of secondary school Latin.
foreign languages/143
Note: Lat 202 or four years of secondary school Latin is prerequisite to all following
courses in Latin.
301 Teaching of Latin (3)
Introduction to the problems, methods, and materials in the teaching of Latin.
302 The Latin Lyric Poets (3)
Latin lyric poetry through readings in Catullus and the Odes and Epodes of Horace.
Practice in the composition of lyric poetry.
303 Advanced Latin Prose Composition (3)
Required of Latin majors; open to other students accepted by the instructor. The
complex syntactical structures of Latin and of classical style. Translations of English
prose into classical Latin.
304 The Latin Elegiac Poets (3)
Latin elegiac poetry through readings, in Ovid. Tibullus, Lygdamas, Sulpicia, and
Propertius. Practice in the composition of the elegiac poetry.
305 Reading Course in Latin (3)
Open to Latin majors only. Area and content to be determined by student's needs.
306 Roman Historians (3)
Introduction to Roman historiography. Reading in Livy, Sallust, and Tacitus.
401 Roman Drama (3)
Origins and development of Roman drama. Selected plays of Plautus, Terence, and
Seneca.
402 Roman Philosophy (3)
Introduction to Greek and Roman philosophy. Readings in Cicero, "Tusculan Dis-
putations," and Lucretius, "De Rerum Natura. "
403 Roman Satire (3)
Origins and development of Roman satire. Readings in Horace, Persius, and Juvenal.
404 The Latin Novel (3)
Readings in Petronius, "Satyricon, " and Apuleius, "The Golden Ass." Lectures and
discussions of the emergence of the novel as a literary form.
405 Medieval Latin (3)
Prose and poetry from the 4th to the 17th centuries.
406 Latin Tutorial Course (3)
Required of majors in Latin or Classics; open to other students accepted by the in-
structor. Introduction to the history of the alphabet; principles of historical and com-
parative linguistics, especially as applied to Greek and Latin; and history of the Latin
language as seen in ancient authors and inscriptions.
410 Independent Studies in Latin Language and Literature (3)
Special topics for advanced students only; admission by permission of instructor.
411 Seminar in Latin (3)
Independent study and research for Upper Division students. Topics announced
annually by the Latin faculty. PREREQ: permission of instructor.
412 Seminar in Latin (3)
Independent study and research for Upper Division students. Topics announced
annually by the Latin faculty. PREREQ: permission of instructor.
144/foreign languages
PORTUGUESE
Symbol: Por
101-102 Elementary Portuguese l-ll (3) (3)
Fundamentals of Portuguese grammar, syntax, and pronunciation. Introduction to
Brazilian heritage and culture through graded reading selections. A modern cog-
nitive approach is emphasized.
201-202 Intermediate Portuguese l-ll (3) (3)
Review and continuation of basic Portuguese with emphasis on vocabulary expansion
and cultural insights through increased reading materials. Introduction to selected
Portuguese and Brazilian authors. PREREQ: Por 102.
RUSSIAN
Symbol: Rus
101-102 Elementary Russian l-ll (3)(3)
Fundamentals of Russian grammar, syntax, and pronunciation. Extensive drill in
the language laboratory required.
201-202 Intermediate Russian l-ll (3) (3)
Grammar review with readings in Russian literature as a basis for class discussion
in Russian and practice in composition. Language laboratory drill recommended
for those needing further work in pronunciation and intonation. PREREQ: Rus 102.
Note: All advanced literature and civilization courses include lectures and discussion
in the foreign language, and all student papers and examinations must be written
in the foreign language.
203 Advanced Russian Grammar and Composition (3)
The more complex grammatical and syntactical structures of the language, with
particular attention to stylistics. Practice in writing compositions on a more advanced
level, with emphasis on correct usage. PREREQ: Rus 202 or equivalent.
205-206 Advanced Readings in Russian Literature l-ll (3) (3)
Works of Pushkin, Lermontov, Turgenev, and Gorki are read and analyzed. PREREQ:
Rus 202 or equivalent.
207-208 Advanced Oral Russian l-ll (3) (3)
Intensive drill in the oral use of the language to develop proficiency in listening
comprehension and speaking. PREREQ: Rus 203 or equivalent.
303-304 Scientific Russian l-ll (3) (3)
Review of syntax; reading and translation in general science and basic technical
fields. PREREQ: Rus 202 or equivalent.
305-306 Russian Civilization l-ll (3) (3)
A study of the cultural, philosophical, religious, and artistic contributions of Russia.
PREREQ: Rus 202 or equivalent.
365 Russian Phonetics (3)
Description and practice in the sounds of the Russian language and its major dia-
lectical differences. Contrastive analysis with English. PREREQ: Lin 201.
401 The Russian Novel (3)
The Russian novel and literary trends of the 19th and 20th centuries. PREREQ:
Rus 205 or equivalent.
402 The Russian Drama (3)
Works of the major dramatists of the 19th and 20th centuries. PREREQ: Rus 205
or equivalent.
foreign languages/145
403 Russian Poetry of the 20th Century (3)
A study of the principal Russian poets of the 20th century. PREREQ: Rus 205 or
equivalent.
410 Independent Studies in Russian Language and Literature (3)
Special topics for advanced students only; admission by permission of instructor.
411 Seminar in Russian (3)
Independent study and research for Upper Division students. Topics announced
annually by the Russian faculty PREREQ: permission of instructor.
412 Seminar in Russian (3)
Independent study and research for Upper Division students. Topics announced
annually by the Russian faculty. PREREQ: permission of instructor.
SPANISH
Symbol: Spa
101-102 Elementary Spanish l-ll (3) (3)
Fundamentals of Spanish grammar, syntax, and pronunciation from the oral-aural
point of view. Introduction to Spanish culture through easy reading texts.
201-202 Intermediate Spanish l-ll (3) (3)
Review of Spanish grammar and syntax. Readings in Spanish literature as a basis
for class discussion in Spanish and practice in composition. Language laboratory
drill recommended for remedial work where needed. PREREQ: Spa 102 or
equivalent.
Note: All advanced literature and civilization courses include lectures and discussion
in the foreign language, and all student papers and examinations must be written
in the foreign language.
203 Advanced Spanish Grammar (3)
Review and mastery of Spanish grammar with emphasis on common grammatical
problems, syntactic structures, and idiomatic expression. PREREQ: Spa 202 or
equivalent.
204 Advanced Spanish Composition (3)
Written expression in Spanish on a more advanced level. Special attention to styl-
istics. An application of Spa 203. PREREQ: Spa 203.
207-208 Advanced Oral Spanish l-ll (3) (3)
Intensive drill in oral usage of the Spanish language to develop proficiency in listen-
ing comprehension and speaking. PREREQ: Spa 203 or equivalent.
305 Spanish Medieval Literature (3)
Spanish literature from its earliest beginning to the end of the 14th century. PRE-
REQ: Spa 203 or equivalent.
306 Spanish Literature of the Renaissance (3)
Spanish literature from the Celestina through the 17th century. Emphasis on the
Golden Age. PREREQ: Spa 203 or equivalent.
307 Spanish Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries (3)
Spanish literature from the beginning of the 18th century to the end of the 19th
excluding the Generation of 1898. PREREQ: Spa 203 or equivalent.
308 Spanish Literature of the 20th Century (3)
The literature and thought of this century in Spanish letters. PREREQ: Spa 203
or equivalent.
309 Spanish American Literature (3)
Spanish American literature through major authors and works. Perspective on the
different literatures. PREREQ: Spa 203 or equivalent.
146/foreign languages
320 Civilization of Spain (3)
Major contributions of Spain. Cultural, geographic, literary, philosophical, and artistic
manifestations of the Hispanic world. PREREQ: Spa 202 or equivalent.
321 Civilization of Spanish America (3)
Cultural, geographic, literary, philosophical, and artistic manifestations of the His-
panic American World. PREREQ: Spa 202 or equivalent.
365 Spanisfi Phonetics (3)
Description and practice in the sounds of the Spanish language and its major dia-
lectical differences. Contrastive analysis with English. PREREQ; Lin 201.
401 Spanish "Comedia" of the Golden Age (3)
Spanish National Theater. Themes and traditions in the "Comedia." PREREQ; Spa
306 or equivalent.
402 Cervantes (3)
Study of "Don Quijote. " Cervantes' contribution to literature. An insight into his
works. PREREQ; Spa 306 or equivalent.
403 Spanish Lyric Poetry (3)
Analysis of Spanish poetic expression and poetic form. Reading of the main lyric
poets of Spanish literature. PREREQ; Spa 305 or 306 or 307 or 308 or equivalent.
404 The Picaresque Novel (3)
The picaresque tradition m Spain. The literary "picaro." The contributions of Spain
to other literatures. PREREQ: Spa 306 or equivalent.
405 Modern Spanish Theater (3)
Contemporary Spanish theater from the late 19th century to the present. PREREQ:
Spa 307 or 308 or equivalent.
406 The Generation of 1898 (3)
An evaluation of the Generation of 1898; its role in the literature, history, and phil-
osophy of Spain. PREREQ: Spa 307 or 308 or equivalent.
410 Independent Studies in Spanish Language and Literature (3)
Special topics for advanced students only; admission by permission of instructor.
411 Seminar in Spanish (3)
Independent study and research for Upper Division students. Topics announced
annually by the Spanish faculty. PREREQ: permission of instructor.
412 Seminar in Spanish (3)
Independent study and research for Upper Division students. Topics announced
annually by the Spanish faculty. PREREQ: permission of instructor.
ADDITIONAL LANGUAGES
Lan 191-192 Critical Language l-ll (3) (3)
Self-instructional program in one of the seldom taught languages: Chinese, Japanese,
Polish, Serbo-Croatian, Modern Greek, etc. The student works with an integrated
text and tape program and a tutor. By permission of Foreign Languages Department.
Lan 193-194 Critical Language lll-IV (3) (3)
Continuation of Lan 191-192.
COURSES COMMON TO ALL LANGUAGES
Lan 301 Teaching of Modern Languages: K-12 (5)
Problems, methods, and materials of teaching second languages at all levels. Ob-
servation and participation in second-language classrooms. PREREQ: completion
of language courses through the advanced level and Lin 201.
geography and planning/147
Lan 303 Second Languages in the Elementary School (3)
Techniques and materials used in teaching second languages in the elementary
school. Practice in the application of these techniques and observation of foreign-
language classes in the Laboratory School. PREREQ; completion of intermediate
level in the chosen foreign language.
Lin 230 (also Eng 230] Introduction to Linguistics (3)
See Eng 201.
Lin 330 (also Phi 330) Introduction to Meaning (3)
See Phi 330.
Lin 360 (also Phi 360) Philosophy of Language (3)
See Phi 360.
Lin 380 Language and Culture (3)
Language as an aspect of culture; linguistic-perceptual-cognitive categories; social
and psychological aspects of language. PREREQ: Lin 201 or permission of instructor.
Un 415 (also Sph 405)
See Sph 405.
General Semantics (3)
Geography
and
Planning
Charles W. Grassel,
Chairperson
PROFESSOR
LANGDON
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
BIELSKI
GRASSEL
HAWTHORNE
RAMPON
TACHOVSKY
The basic objectives of study in geography at West Chester are
threefold: (1) to serve the general education of all students, (2)
to provide the specialized training needed for teaching geography,
and (3) to supply the particular needs of students in the arts and
sciences. The Department aims at helping students gain a full com-
148/geography and planning
prehension of the broad scope of man's physical environment and
its relationships to cultural situations and problems. As a discipline,
geography provides a way of organizing knowledge from various
disciplines, and enables students to examine the integrated whole
of a people in reference to their habitat and interspatial relationships.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-GEOGRAPHY
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
2. Foreign Language Requirement 6 s.h.
3. Social Science Core See page 64 21 s.h.
4. Geography Core Requirements 33 s.h.
Required: Geo. 102, 103, 212, 225, 400 (16 s.h.)
Geography electives (under advisement) (17 s.h.)
5. Cognate Courses 12 s.h.
Courses specifically related to identified career aspirations; must be chosen
outside General Requirements or Social Science Core or Geography Core, and
under advisement.
6. Free Electives 12 s.h
B.S. IN EDUCATION
SOCIAL STUDIES-GEOGRAPHY
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
2. Professional Education Requirements 29 s.h.
See page 117
3. Social Science Core See page 64 21 s.h.
4. Geography Core Requirements 30 s.h.
Required: Geo. 102 or 236; 200; 103; 212; 225 (16 s.h.)
Geography Electives (Under advisement) (14 s.h.)
5. Free Electives 4 s.h.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN GEOGRAPHY
AND PLANNING
Symbol: Geo
101 World Geography (3)
The scope of geography and its special place in the cultural spectrum. Human society
is examined in its terrestrial frame of spatial, environmental, and resource factors
in analyzing the affairs of man. The use of geographic tools is emphasized.
102 Physical Geography (3)
Basic principles of physical geography in relation to the total geographic concept.
The total earth physical environment.
103 Human Geography (3)
An inquiry into the theoretical and applied approaches to the study of human spatial
behavior and the distribution of social problems.
geography and planning/149
200 Patterns of World Cultures (3)
An examination of selected geographic areas, representing different stages of de-
velopment, in the contemporaneous world. Emphasis on environmental adaptation
and the resultant problems and prospects confronting the human occupants of these
areas.
205 Geographic Influences in American History (3)
Geographic characteristics which bore prominently on the discovery and coloni-
zation of America and the progressive development of the U.S. up to the 20th cen-
tury.
210 Population Problems (3)
Regional variations in the distribution of man. Numbers, past and present, in relation
to demographic characteristics of the population and migrations of populations.
212 Urban Growth Dynamics (3)
Analysis of the patterns, processes, and consequences of urban growth and de-
velopment. Theory of systems, size, spacing, and functions of cities.
214 Regional Planning (3)
The regional method of analysis of the problems of urban and regional planning.
Systems, housing, recreation, industry, and commerce.
216 Planning for Public Services (3)
A study of the quality of individual life. Analyzes geographic variation in social well-
being, problems of social-system monitoring, and social indicators used in planning.
220 Location of Economic Activity (3)
Introduction to basic theoretical models of agricultural, industrial, and settlement
geography and fundamental methods of geographic analysis.
225 Map and Aerial Photo Interpretation (4)
A laboratory course designed to develop skills and promote an understanding of
maps and aerial photos.
230 Conservation of Natural Resources (3)
The wise use of our natural resources and the problems of resource management.
232 Environment Crises (3)
The nature and dimensions of environmental problems with emphasis on our en-
dangered life support systems. Aspects of the natural and social environmental sys-
tems and their mutual interrelationships.
234 Environmental Perception (3)
A corss-cultural inquiry into the environmental occupance practices of selected,
contemporaneous human groups.
236 Qimatology (3)
Climatic variations of the earth and their classification into regional types. Biological
soil and cultural relationships of the climatic types.
238 Geomorphology (3)
Dynamic constructive and gradational forces which have shaped the present land-
forms and are constantly reshaping and modifying them. Interpretation of geologic
and topographic maps; field studies. Field trips required.
300 Pennsylvania (3)
A regional study of Pennsylvania; mans cultural and economic response to environ-
mental factors. Urbanization, people, agriculture, landforms, resources, and industries.
150/geography and planning
301 Anglo America (3)
A regional study of the U.S. and Canada; man's adjustment to his physical environ-
ment. Political adjustments to the geographic environments and relations between
the two countries.
302 Latin America (3)
A regional study of Middle and South America; mans responses to environmental
factors such as climate, landforms, and resources.
303 Europe (3)
A regional study of Europe. Geographic relationships underlying land uses, inter-
national problems, and boundary disputes. Soviet Union not included.
304 The Soviet Union (3)
European and Asiatic U.S.S.R. Positive and negative factors in the geography of
Russia in relation to its strength and weaknesses as a world power.
311-315 Geography Area Reld Study (3 cr. for each study)
Field courses for travel and study in the U.S. and foreign countries. Analysis of field
study findings compiled into term reports. Costs vary with each offering. Admission
by approval of department chairman.
320 Land Use Planning (3)
An intensive inquiry into the development of comprehensive plans by governmen-
tal and private agencies, emphasizing the development of skills in problem-identifi-
cation and resolution.
320 Land Development Controls (3)
In order to provide insights into the why and how of land development, emphasis
is placed on the role of local government in zoning and sub-division regulation.
324 Data Systems for Planning (3)
Designed to inform students of primary data sources needed in the planning process,
the course emphasizes the appropriate applications and actual limitations of data.
326 Quantitative Methods (3)
The application of basic statistical techniques to problems of spatial significance;
emphasis is placed upon the adaptation of technique to problem, and of technique
to graphic form.
328 Computer Graphics (3)
Designed to develop skills in the design and use of analytical and computer-mapping
systems, the course emphasizes techniques of spatial problem-resolution.
400 Senior Seminar in Geography (3)
Research in geography. Methodology, bibliography, and presentation, both written
and oral. The research paper for the seminar must be acceptable as a required de-
partmental Senior Research Paper.
,J^ Cartography (4)
A laboratory course created to enable students to develop proficiency in the design,
construction, and appropriate application of maps and map-related graphics.
402 Teaching Geography in Secondary Schools (3)
Modern techniques of teaching geography; current curricula; and the tools of
geography. Experience in teaching geography lessons. (Open only to upper-division
B.S. majors in geography).
410 Independent Studies in Geography (1 to 3)
Special research projects, reports, reading in geography. Open only to upper-division
students. Permission of department chairman required.
government and politics/151
415 Internship in Geography (15)
Practical job experience in applying geographic theory, executing substantive re-
search, and engaging in community service. (Open only to upper division B.A. majors
in geography.)
GEOLOGY-See Earth Sciences
Government
and
Politics
James S. Milne,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS
BRADY
HARDING
MAYO
MILNE
SHEA
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
BURNS
BURTON
ELDREDGE
lACONO
ASSISTANT
PROFESSOR
MARBACH
Political science systematically investigates the theory and practice
of politics and levels of government— domestic, foreign, and inter-
national. Depending on the area, emphasis may be on the phil-
osophical study of the nature of government and politics, on the
political behavior of individuals or groups, or on the role of political
and governmental institutions. Careers are open to majors in re-
search, teaching, administration, personnel work, public relations,
journalism, and government at home and abroad.
The Bachelor of Arts program in political science is especially rele-
vant for the pre-law student. The department maintains a separate
advisory program for pre-law students, both majors and non-majors,
and is responsible for the Law Club.
152/government and politics
The B.S. in Education program prepares students to teach secon-
dary school courses related to political science as well as to one
or more of the other social sciences.
Majors in the department must consult the department hand-
book and their adviser annually for current requirements.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-POLITICAL SCIENCE
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
2. Foreign Language Requirement 6 s.h.
3. Social Science Core 21 s.h.
See page 64
4. Political Science Concentration Requirements 30 s.h.
A. American Government and Politics (PSc 100)
(credited to Social Science Core)
B. One course in each of the following six fields:
Political Theory; PSc 335, 338, 369
Political Behavior: PSc 342, 359
American Government: PSc 240, 331, 334, 340, 345, 352
Comparative Government: PSc 332, 349, 350, 351
Governmental Service: PSc 215, 339, 343, 449
International Relations: PSc 237, 333, 384
C. Political Science Symposium (PSc 399)
D. Senior Seminar in Political Science (PSc 400) or
Senior Project in Political Science (PSc 401)
(departmental option)
E. Two additional political science courses
5. Cognate Requirements 15 s.h.
Courses outside the major but considered relevant for majors, based on indi-
vidual advisement.
6. Free Electives 12 s.h.
B.S. IN EDUCATION
SOCIAL STUDIES-POLITICAL SCIENCE
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
2. Professional Education Requirements 29 s.h.
See page 1 1 7
3. Specialized Preparation 56 s.h.
A. Social Science Core (21 s.h.)
See page 206.
B. Political Science Requirements (3 s.h.)
PSc 100 American Government and Politics
(credited to Social Science Core)
PSc 330 Teaching Behavioral Science in Secondary Schools
(credited to Professional Education)
PSc 399 Political Science Symposium
C. Political Science Electives (18 s.h.)
Group I American Government and Politics— 6 hours
government and politics/153
Group II International and Comparative Politics— 6 hours
Group III Specialization— 6 hours
Academic Electives (13 s.h.)
Primarily from social and behavioral sciences to broaden and strengthen
preparation for teaching.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE
Symbol: PSc
100 American Government and Politics (3)
Devoted to understanding how the system works: political action, elections, interest
groups, civil rights, civil liberties, Congress, the Presidency and the Courts are among
the topics considered. Seeks to provide a framework in terms of which process and
current issues become meaningful.
101 Perspectives on American Politics (3)
A simulation alternative to the generalized study of American Politics. Students role
play as decision makes or interest group representatives with respect to three or four
policy areas. (Not for major credit.)
105 Introduction to Government and Politics (3)
Generalized survey of fundamental concepts in political science. Nature of the state,
freedom, sovereignty, equality, theories of representation, other areas. (Not for
majors credit.)
110 Contemporary Political Problems (3)
A "theme ' oriented course for non-majors, with topic announced in advance. In-
depth study of some particular area of interest. (Not for majors credit.)
111 Grass-Roots Politics and the American Voter (3)
Understanding the American electorate and the political party system. Culture,
ideology, and socio-psychological factors are stressed. Campaign strategy and im-
plementation at the grass-roots level are the central theme. (Not for major credit.)
215 Politics of the Law in Society (3)
Nature, functions, limits, and sources of the law as an instrument of social and
political control and direction. The political and social sources and consequences
of developments in such areas as law of the poor, law of the ecology, property, con-
tracts, torts, criminal law
237 American Foreign Policy (3)
Cultural, political, economic, and psychological influences on policy; processes of
decision making. Special attention to a few policy areas such as relations with allied,
underdeveloped, revolutionary, or Communist countries. Possible responses to
the unprecedented threats of war. population growth, resource shortages, and pol-
lution are examined.
240 American Public Policy (3)
Actual policy; its formation and execution, and pressures for change. Sample policy
areas, varying from semester to semester, might include: energy, labor relations,
gun control, education, poverty policy. PREREQ: PSc 100 or 101.
330 Teaching Behavioral Sciences in Secondary Schools (3)
Preparation for teaching secondary school social studies, especially behavioral
sciences and most particularly political science. Focus is on achievement of be-
havioral objectives based on a knowledge of learning theory applied to curriculum,
methods, materials, and evaluation. PREREQ: EdP 250.
154/government and politics
331 State and Local Government (3)
Organization, theory, functions, and politics of state and local government. The role
of state government in a changing federal system; finances, services, civil liberties,
economic development.
332 Governments and Politics of Western Europe (3)
Primary attention focuses on France, West Germany, and Great Britain; secondary
attention on other European systems. Political cultures, popular participation, politi-
cal parties, and formal institutions of government.
333 International Politics (3)
Politics among nations (including politics carried on through international organ-
izations). Power politics, techniques of diplomacy, methods of current international
organizations. Special attention to U.S. interests and policies.
334 American Political Parties (3)
Patterns, functions, and history of the American political party system at national,
state, and local levels. Theoretical and empirical studies of political interest groups,
public opinion, voting behavior.
335 American Political Ideas (3]
Ideological treatment of major elements of American politics; constitutionalism,
federalism, checks and balances, rights under law, equality and liberty, laissez faire,
and the welfare state.
338 Introduction to Political Thought (3)
A survey of great political thinkers of Western Civilization from Plato to the present:
Aristotle, Polybius, Cicero, St. Thomas Aquinas, Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Mon-
tesquieu, Rousseau, Burke, Mill, and others. Historical background of Western
thought; its relevancy to the present.
339 Elements of Public Administration (3)
United States public administration, using texts and case studies illustrating organ-
izational theory, administrative law, budgeting, personnel functions, human behavior
and motivation, and techniques of organizational rationality.
340 American Constitutional Law (3)
The development of the American Constitutional System as reflected in leading
decisions of the United States Supreme Court. Emphasis on national powers, fed-
eralism, and the bill of rights. PREREQ: PSc 100 or consent of instructor.
342 Public Opinion, Propaganda, and Political Behavior (3)
The dynamics of opinion formation and change; the role of public opinion in policy
formation; survey research and propaganda analysis are examined.
343 Municipal Government (3)
Municipal politics, problems, and government. Theory and functions of cities, sub-
urbs, and regional areas Anthropological, sociological, and psychological study
of urban man in politics
345 Congressional Politics (3)
Deals with the internal and external factors which influence Congressional behavior.
Includes the role of constituents, pressure groups, parties, the committee system,
rules and the committee system. Relationships to President and court structure and
impact of electoral politics also considered. Makes some comparisons with state
legislatures.
government and politics/155
349 Comparative Communism (3)
Comparative analysis of the ideological, political, social, and economic systems of
Communist nations. Concentration is on comparisons between the Soviet Union and
Communist China, but other Communist systems are examined to suit student in-
terests.
350 Latin-American Culture and Politics (3)
Comparative analysis of contemporary Latin-American systems. Political cultures,
decision-making, ideologies, political processes. Latin-American social systems are
examined comprehensively, but Mexico, Brazil, Argentina, and Chile are analyzed
comparatively.
351 The Politics of the Non-Western Areas (3)
Emphasis upon the problems of nation-building, political participation, and elite-
mass relationships in the less developed nations. Latin-American, Asian, or African
nations may be stressed as a case study.
352 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights (3)
A survey of the sources of civil liberties and civil rights in the United States with
an inquiry into contemporary problems and their solutions through statutory and
constitutional developments. PREREQ: PSc 100 or consent of instructor.
359 Judicial Behavior (3)
A behavioral, perspective approach to law, with specific reference to conceptual,
methodological, and ideological considerations. Depending on availability of infor-
mation, role-playing simulations, with students becoming judges and attorneys,
are used. PREREQ: PSc 100.
369 Contemporary Political Thought (3)
Consideration of major political thinkers since Marx. Includes writings and political
significance of Marcuse. Fromm, Lenin, Trotsky, and the Democratic Socialists.
384 Futuristic World Politics (3)
Possible ways to deal politically with problems arising from population growth and
the new technology: shrinking resources, pollution, the menaced oceans and space,
nuclear war. Theories are tested with social science knowledge and some simu-
lation.
399 Political Science Symposium (3)
Nature of research in political science. Construction of a research design. Extensive
reading in an area of political science.
400 Senior Seminar in Political Science (3)
Research in political science. Methodology, bibliography, and presentation, both
oral and written. The research paper for the seminar must be acceptable as a required
departmental Senior Research Paper.
401 Senior Project in Political Science (3)
Execution of the research design constructed in PSc 399. Involves completion of
major Senior Paper under supervision of a staff member. An independent study
course. PREREQ: PSc 399
410 Independent Studies in Political Science (1 to 3)
Research projects, reports, readings in political science. Open to seniors only. PRE-
REQ: permission of department chairman.
412 Internship in Political Science (3 to 15)
For upper-level students. Practical exposure to governmental or political institutions.
449 Politics of Bureaucracy and Administrative Behavior (3)
In-depth examination of the fourth branch of the Government. Impact of the admin-
istrative apparatus (bureaucracy) on public policy formulation and implementation
in the U.S.
School of Health
and
Physical
Education
Walter E. Funk,
Chairperson, Department of Health Education
Melvin M. Lorback,
Chairperson, Department of Physical Education
Robert W. Reese,
Director of Athletics
Edward C. Bitner,
Coordinator of Recreational Services
Barbara J. Coates,
Coordinator of Women's Activities
Norman A. Cochran,
Course Coordinator of Men's Intramurals and Elementary Physical
Education
Alvin B. Davis,
Coordinator of Student Teaching
Mildred L Greenwood,
Director of Women's Intercollegiate Athletic Program
John R. Steinmetz,
Budget and Facility Coordinator
John N. Trezise,
Course Coordinator of Non-Majors
Richard B. Yoder,
Coordinator of Safety Education
health and physical education/157
PROFESSORS
COCHRAN
COTTRELL
KAPILIAN
LANK
LEMCKE
LOWE
NORRIS
OWENS
SERPICO
STURZEBECKER
YOUMANS
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
BUTLER
CHARTERS
COATES
COLLIER
DAVIS
DeMILLION
DONLEY
FISHER
FUNK
FURLOW
GOODWIN
GREENWOOD
HELLER
HUFFMAN
KARAS
LORBACK
MARGERUM
MARTIN
NYE
PARKINSON
REED
REESE
STEINMETZ
TAYLOR, E.
TREZISE
VOSS
WILKINSON
WINTERMUTE
WOODS
YODER
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
BITNER
BONSALL
BOVE
BOYLE
CALDWELL
GIUNTA
GOETZ
GODEK
GROS
HABAKUS
JONES
LAULETTA
PAGANO
REMLEY
SMITH
TRNKA
INSTRUCTORS
CASH
CELAIN
LAPPANO
LEAP
TAYLOR, B.
THIELZ
HEAD COACHES FOR MEN
BASEBALL-SERPICO
BASKETBALL-VOSS
CROSS-COUNTRY-BUTLER
FOOTBALL-FURLOW
GOLF-COTTRELL
GYMNASTICS-TRNKA
SOCCER-LORBACK
SWIMMING-PAGANO
TENNIS-WOODS
TRACK-BUTLER
WRESTLING-COLLIER
HEAD COACHES FOR WOMEN
ARCHERY-PARKINSON
BADMINTON-BOYLE
BASKETBALL-CALDWELL
BOWLING-HELLER
FIELD HOCKEY-GROS
GYMNASTICS-THIELZ
LACROSSE-GROS
SOFTBALL-BOYLE
SWIMMING-PARKINSON
TENNIS-KARAS
The School of Health and Physical Education at West Chester has
a record of excellence and a long history; West Chester's program
of coeducational physical education is one of the oldest in the
United States. The first Director of Physical Training, Dr. Clyde
Ehinger, was appointed in 1890.
158/health and physical education
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
B.S. in Health and Physical Education
B.S. in Health Education
B.S. in Public Health
The School of Health and Physical Education offers a dual major
leading to the Bachelor of Science in Health and Physical Edu-
cation and a second program leading to the Bachelor of Science
in Health Education. Both programs, upon satisfactory completion,
permit the student to attain the Pennsylvania Instructional I Cer-
tificate, valid for teaching the specified subject in the elementary
and secondary schools of Pennsylvania for three years. In addition,
the school offers a Bachelor of Science degree in Public Health.
NON-DEGREE PROGRAMS
Certification in Driver Education and Safe Living. Details of this
program, which includes highway as well as general safety edu-
cation, are given following the degree curricula.
Athletic Training Education Program. In 1972 the School intro-
duced a program, approved by the National Athletic Trainer's
Association, which prepares students to become certified athletic
trainers. As of 1974 West Chester is the only college offering this
new opportunity toward certification in a summer program. Inter-
estingly, the West Chester program has had an outstandingly high
percentage of women participants. The training-education program
is designed for both undergraduates and in-service teachers and
coaches.
Coaching Certification Program (Athletic Coaching, K - 12). Open
to undergraduates and graduates from all study fields. The Pennsyl-
vania Department of Education now requires that coaches be certi-
fied. Those who successfully complete the program at West Chester
earn a transcript and written endorsement from the School of Health
and Physical Education and official certification from the P.D.E.
attesting to school administrators that recipients have attained
basic preparation for coaching. The program is a model for a need-
ed broadening of coaching standards. West Chester physical educa-
tion majors may take any of these courses toward their graduation
requirements.
Recreation Leadership Program. Students who wish to prepare
as recreation leaders may elect courses in recreation and take
part in a special program in camp leadership during the summer.
Details of these three special programs are given following the
degree curricula.
The School also services the total college enrollment by pro-
viding courses in health and physical education for all undergrad-
uates.
health and physical education/159
FACILITIES
Facilities to support the programs of the School have kept pace with a rapid in-
crease in students and faculty. The new Health and Physical Education Center and
field complex, located on South Campus, provide the College with one of the nation's
outstanding facilities for education and research in health and physical education.
Among its notable components are its research facilities, its multi-purpose teaching
stations, and a one-acre gymnasium divisible into six separate pneumatically sealed
gymnasiums. A vast complex of tennis courts and baseball, lacrosse, field hockey,
soccer, and football fields is also located on the South Campus.
ADMISSION
Students seeking admission to the School of Health and Physical Education must
meet the basic requirements of the College (see Admission to West Chester).
Admission to the Degree Program in Health and Physical Education. Applicants
must have participated in both physical education classes and extracurricular ath-
letic programs in secondary school. A pre-admission interview conducted by School
faculty, as well as a testing program, evaluate the candidate's promise of perform-
ance in the program.
Admission to the Degree Programs in Health Education and Public Health. A pre-
admission interview conducted by Department of Health Education faculty members
evaluates the applicant's personal qualifications for admission.
Transfer Students— see three items pertaining to transfer students under Ad-
mission to West Chester.
Professional Requirements for Health and Physical Education Majors
Students in the dual major must purchase uniforms. (See "Additional Costs " in Fees/
Expenses.) As a prerequisite for Senior Standing, students in the dual major must
have completed the extracurricular and- sports credit requirement of the Depart-
ment of Physical Education.
MEN S INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETIC PROGRAM
West Chester regards athletic activities as an important part of the
college experience— indeed, as a facet of education. The under-
lying purpose of West Chester's athletic program is the develop-
ment of enduring educational values. Important also is the training
given to those who will later become coaches.
The athletic program is administered by the School of Health
and Physical Education. To permit as many men students as pos-
sible to participate, the School offers a wide variety of activities,
including football, baseball, basketball, soccer, track, wrestling,
swimming, tennis, gymnastics, golf, and cross-country. Schedules
are sought which, while in the College's class, measure up to the
high athletic traditions and standing of West Chester.
West Chester is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic
Association, the I.C.4A., the Pennsylvania State College Athletic
Conference, the East Coast Conference and a charter member of
the Eastern College Athletic Conference.
West Chester's new Health and Physical Education Center and
field complex afford excellent facilities and equipment for the Col-
lege's broad and varied athletic program. All coaches are faculty
members.
160/health and physical education
WOIVIEN'S ATHLETICS
West Chester provides a broad variety of team, individual, and dual
sports activities for its women students. Through participation in
the planning, organizing, and performance of these sports, lead-
ership capabilities are developed. All women students are eligible
to take part in women's intramural and intercollegiate sports pro-
grams.
WOMEN'S INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETIC PROGRAM
The intercollegiate program includes team and individual sports
such as hockey, swimming, lacrosse, bowling, badminton, softball,
gymnastics, basketball, tennis, and synchronized swimming, all of
which provide competition with women of comparable abilities
at other colleges. Participating students develop interest and skills
in worthwhile leisure-time activities; promote cultural understand-
ing through contacts with students from other colleges; and gain
coaching experience. WIAP activities are conducted by the adviser
of the program, the women coaches and a student advisory council
consisting of the varsity sports managers. The program is guided
by the standards and policies of the Division of Girls' and Women's
Sports, a wing of the American Association of Health, Physical
Education, and Recreation.
RECREATIONAL SERVICES
Diminishing work hours and technological advances have given
new dimensions to leisure in modern society. This change led to
the College, in 1972, to establish Recreational Services, giving
the entire college community an opportunity to discover interest-
ing and rewarding uses of leisure time. Conducted under the super-
vision of the School of Health and Physical Education, Recreation-
al Services has developed a great variety of informal activities
which extend beyond the School's organized athletic programs.
Recreational Services utilizes college facilities and are partially
financed through Intracollegiate Governmental Association funds.
GENERAL SERVICES
General Services activities are of a non-competitive nature, both
organized and informal. Informal programs include providing recrea-
tion equipment to individuals and groups for leisure time use and
scheduling swimming pool facilities and gymnasium for free play.
Formal programs provide instruction classes in Arts and Crafts,
skiing trips, slimnastics, golf, square and folk dances, bowling, roller
and ice skating parties, bicycle trips, and a Run-For-Fun jogging
program. A new picnic area for use by the college community was
added in 1975.
General Services publishes the Recreational Services Handbook
describing available activities.
health and physical education/161
Intramural
The Intramural Program is designed to afford every student the op-
portunity to participate in individual and/or group competition.
Emphasis is placed on providing this experience for those students
who do not have time, desire, ability, or physical attributes to par-
ticipate in intercollegiate athletics. Included in the program are
mens flag football, volleyball, and cross country; for women, soft-
ball and basketball; coed activities are volleyball, badminton, arm
wrestling, foul shooting, and paddleball.
Sports Club
Sports clubs have been growing in popularity as a means of meeting
the recreational needs of college students. Students, faculty, and
staff members with similar sports interests have the opportunity to
enjoy these interests together. West Chester has nine sports clubs
recognized by the College and the Intracollegiate Governmental
Association and coordinated through Recreational Services. Each
club selects its own faculty advisor, develops a constitution based
on the club's philosophy, elects its own ofificers, and sets up the
training schedule and program. All full or part time undergraduate
or graduate students are eligible to join any club. Persons interest-
ed in joining a club may contact the president of the club for details
on becoming a member.
B.S. IN HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
Refer to page 63 for a full explanation of the distribution of these requirements.
The School of Health and Physical Education recommends that students apply
those courses marked with an asterisk (under 4— Related Requirements) to
General Requirements.
Note that General Requirements afford the major 12 s.h. of free electives.
2. Professional Education Requirements
School and Society (EdF 100) 3
Psychology of Learning and Development (EdP 250) 3
Evaluation in Health and Physical Education (PEd 351) 3
Preparation for Teaching Activities (PEd 243) 1
Physical Education for Elementary Grades (PEd 350) 3
Preparation for Classroom Teaching (HEd 373) 3
Student Teaching (PEd 490 for Men or PEd 491 for Women) 12
3. Health and Physical Education Core Requirements
Physical Education
Soccer/Wrestling (Men) (PEd 110) 1
Soccer/Basketball (Women) (PEd 111)
Gymnastics I (Men) (PEd 112) 1
162/health and physical education
Gymnastics I (Women) (PEd 113)
Aquatics Fundamentals (PEd 140)* 1
Social, Folk, Square Dance (PEd 141)* 1
Tennis/Badminton (PEd 142) 1
Golf/Archery/Recreational Games (PEd 143) 1
Basketball/Baseball (Men) (PEd 210) 1
Hockey/Volleyball (Women) (PEd 211)
Football and Track/Field (Men) (PEd 212) 1
Lacrosse and Track/Field (Women) (PEd 213)
Physical Conditioning/Volleyball (Men) (PEd 214) 1
Modern Dance I (Women) (PEd 215)
Fundamental Movement and Elementary Rhythms (PEd 242) 1
Principles of Recreation (PEd 250) 2
Physical Activity for Special Children (PEd 251) 3
Applied Physiology (PEd 352) 3
Organization and Administration of Physical Education and
Athletics (PEd 353) 3
Kinesiology (PEd 361) 2
History and Philosophy of Health and Physical Education (PEd 451) 2
Health Education
Foundations of Health l-ll (HEd 171-172) 6
Safety Concepts, Emergency Procedures, Injury Management (HEd 271) 2
School Health Program (HEd 371) 3
Human Development (HEd 372) 3
Other Fields
Human Anatomy (Bio 209) 4
Human Physiology (Bio 309) 4
Effective Writing II (Eng 121) 3
4. Related Requirements
Effective Writing I (Eng 120)* 3
Introduction to Anthropology (Ant 102)* 3
Chemistry and Man (Che 100)* 3
Basic Experimental Chemistry (ChL 100)* 1
Introduction to Mathematics (Mat 103)* 3
Introduction to Philosophy (Phi 101)* 3
Introduction to Psychology (Psy 100)* 3
Speech Fundamentals: Interpersonal Communication (Sph 101)* 3
Area of Emphasis Requirements
During the sophomore year, the student selects an Area of Emphasis. The re-
quirements which the student must meet for his Area are shown below.
May be credited to General Requirements.
health and physical education/163
AREAS OF EMPHASIS (SELECT ONE)
SECONDARY PHYSICAL EDUCATION EMPHASIS FOR MEN-8 S.H.
Required: Prep for Tchg (PEd 310), Principles of Coaching (PEd 452). Select six of
the following activities courses: PEd 312-314-316-318-320-322-324-326-328-330.
Select one course ( 2 credits) from the following theory courses: PEd 453-454. Un-
der advisement, two credits in Health Education may be chosen in place of one
theory course.
SECONDARY PHYSICAL EDUCATION EMPHASIS FOR WOMEN-8 S.H.
Required: Prep for Tchg (PEd 311), Principles of Coaching (PEd 452). Select six of
the following activities courses: PEd 313-315-317-319-321-323-325-327-329. Select
one course (2 credits) from the following theory courses: PEd 453-454-455. Under
advisement, two credits in Health Education may be chosen in place of one theory
course.
ELEMENTARY PHYSICAL EDUCATION EMPHASIS-7 S.H.
Required: Self-Testing Activities in Elementary School Physical Education (PEd
340); Elementary Physical Education Curriculum (PEd 354). Select either PEd 440
or PEd 453.
DANCE EMPHASIS-7 S.H.
Required: Modern Dance l-ll (PEd 215-343); History of the Dance (PEd 344); Dance
Production I (PEd 345); Dance Production II (PEd 346); Principles of Choreography
(PEd 441). Select one dance course from PEd 341 or 342. Select one course from:
PEd 442-443. Select one course from PEd 101-Jazz or Ballet.
SAFETY EMPHASIS-9 S.H.
Required: Education for Safe Living (PEd 355); Principles and Practices of Driver
and Traffic Safety Education (PEd 356); Preparation for Teaching Driver Education
(PEd 456).
ATHLETIC TRAINING EMPHASIS-9 S.H.
Required: Therapeutics (PEd 357); Advanced Athletic Training l-ll (PEd 358-359);
Athletic Injury Management l-ll (PEd 459-460).
164/health and physical education
SPECIAL PHYSICAL EDUCATION EMPHASIS-8 S.H.
Required: Therapeutics (PEd 357); Pathology for Special Physical Education (PEd
360). Select either PEd 457 or Psychology of Exceptional Children (EdA 241).
SECONDARY HEALTH EDUCATION EMPHASIS-Minimum of 9 s.h.
Select from the following courses for a mininnum of 9 semester hours: At least two
courses from HEd 174-274-375-376-480. Any of these: Mental Hygiene (Psy 370);
Contemporary Social Problems (Soc 332); Basic Ecology (Bio 201).
RECREATION AND/OR OUTDOOR EDUCATION EMPHASIS-7-9 S.H.
This is a two-track program. The student may, under advisement, select courses in
recreational services and/or outdoor education.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HEALTH EDUCATION
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
Refer to page 63 for a full explanation of the distribution of these requirements.
The Department of Health Education recommends that students apply those
courses marked with an asterisk (under 4— Related Requirements) to General
Requirements.
Note that General Requirements afford the major 12 s.h. of free electives.
2. Specialized Preparation
Foundations of Health I (HEd 171)
Community Health (HEd 272)
Addictive Diseases (HEd 274)
School Health Program (HEd 371)
Nutrition (HEd 375)
Family Life and Sex Education (HEd 376)
First Aid for Teachers (HEd 377)
Human Anatomy (Bio 209)
Human Physiology (Bio 309)
Mental Hygiene (Psy 370)
Seminar in Health Education (HEd 480)
3. Professional Education Requirements
School and Society (EdF 100)
Psychology of Learning and Development (EdP 250)
Introduction to Instructional Communications (EdM 300)
Evaluation in Health and Physical Education (PEd 351)
Human Development (HEd 372)
Preparation for Classroom Teaching (HEd 373)
Field Experience in Health Education (HEd 374)
Student Teaching (HEd 490)
4. Related Requirements
Speech Fundamentals: Interpersonal Communication (Sph 101)*
Introduction to Philosophy (Phi 101)*
health and physical education/165
Effective Writing II (Eng 121)
American Governmant and Politics (PSc 100)*
Introduction to Sociology (Soc 100)*
Introduction to Psychology (Psy 100)*
Social Psychology (Psy 354)
Basic Biological Science (Bio 100)*
Chemistry and Man (Che 100) and Basic
Experimental Chemistry (ChL 100)*
5. Electives, under advisement 4 s.h.
* May be credited to General Requirements
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PUBLIC HEALTH
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
Refer to page 63 for a full explanation of the distribution of these requirements.
The Department of Health Education recommends that students apply those
courses marked with an asterisk (under 4 — Related Requirements) to General
Requirements.
Note that General Requirements afford the major 12 s.h. of free electives.
2. Specialized Preparation
Foundations of Health I (HEd 171)
Community Health (HEd 272)
Addictive Diseases (HEd 274)
School Health Program (HEd 371)
Nutrition (HEd 375)
Family Life and Sex Education (HEd 376)
First Aid for Teachers (HEd 377)
Basic Biological Science (Bio 100)
Micro-biology for Nurses (Bio 104)
Human Anatomy (Bio 209)
Human Physiology (Bio 309)
3. Professional Education Requirements
Organization and Administration of Public Health (HEd 275)
Preparation for Field Work (HEd 369)
Human Development (HEd 372)
Chronic and Communicable Diseases (HEd 379)
Seminar in Health Education (HEd 480)
Public Health Field Training (HEd 491)
Mass Media in Society (Eng 211)
Introduction to Instructional Communications (EdM 300)
Introduction to Social Work (Swe 200)
Introduction to Social Work (Swe 202)
4. Related Requirements
Speech Fundamentals; Interpersonal Communication (Sph 101)
Effective Writing I (Eng 120)
Introduction to Psychology (Psy 100)
Social Psychology (Psy 354)
Mental Hygiene (Psy 370)
Psychology of Learning and Development (EdP 250)
Introduction to Sociology (Soc 100)
Statistics (Mat 121)
Introduction to Philosophy (Phi 101)
166/health and physical education
American Government and Politic (PSc 100)
Ecology (Bio 370)
Chemistry and Man (Che 100)
5. Electives, under advisement
Students may elect any of the following chemistry courses in place of Chemis-
try 100.
Chemistry for Nurses (Che 101)
General Chemistry l-ll (Che 103-104)
Chemistry: An Interdisciplinary Approach l-ll (Che 106-107)
CERTIFICATION PROGRAM IN DRIVER EDUCATION AND
SAFE LIVING
(Highway Safety and General Safety Education)
Completion of the following program will enable the teacher to endorse his teach-
ing certificate with this area. Students must apply for the endorsement through the
office of the Dean of the School of Education.
PEd 357,358,359 9 S.h.
The program may be taken in whole or in part during summer sessions. Some of
the courses are also offered in fall or spring semesters.
ATHLETIC TRAINING EDUCATION PROGRAM (SUMMERS)
The following courses can be taken during a nine-week summer period as partial
fulfillment of the National Athletic Trainer's approved program for preparation toward
national certification. The total program consists of a 15-hour block, with prere-
quisites. Nine of these hours are offered, as follows:
PEd 355, 356, 450, 456 12 s.h.
Consult the Undergraduate Summer Catalogue for schedules. Or write to the School
of Health and Physical Education before May 1.
COACHING CERTIFICATION PROGRAM (SUMMER)
The Pennsylvania Department of Education now requires that coaches be certified.
Those who successfully complete the sequence of courses offered at West Chester
(which has the only officially approved program in the Commonwealth as of this
writing) earn a transcript and written endorsement from the School of Health and
Physical Education and official certification from the P.D.E. attesting to school ad-
ministrators that recipients have attained basic preparation for coaching. The pro-
gram, open to undergraduates and graduates from all fields, is a model for a needed
broadening of coaching standards. Although it was designed for coaches and pro-
spective coaches not from health or physical education. West Chester physical edu-
cation majors may take any of these courses toward their graduation requirements.
PRE SESSION (EVENING)
PEd 353, 454 5 s.h.
REGULAR SESSION (DAY)
PEd361,452, 453; HEd271 8 s.h.
POST SESSION (DAY)
PEd 352 3 s.h.
A PROGRAM IN RECREATION LEADERSHIP
For students who desire to prepare as recreation leaders, the Department of Physical
Education provides appropriate elective courses, in addition to related courses
health and physical education/167
included in the requirements for the health and physical education nnajor. The De-
partnnent also offers a special program in camp leadership for staff members at child-
ren's summer camps. This supervised field experience is designed to aid the stu-
dent's professional growth through work with children in the informal atmosphere
of the camp.
Any West Chester student is eligible to participate in the field program. If credit
is to be applied toward a degree, permission of his adviser should be obtained.
Students from other colleges may register, with the permission of the course in-
structor. They are advised to obtain approval from their own college in order to assure
that credits from the course may be applied toward degree requirements. The avail-
able electives, as well as the summer field experience, are:
Semester Hours
PEd 250 Principles of Recreation 2
PEd 367 Arts and Crafts in Recreation 3
PEd 368 Leadership in Recreation 2
PEd 370 Camping and Outing
Summer Field Experience:
PEd 467 Supervised Camping Leadership 3
(6 to 8 weeks' attendance at camp July through August)
COURSE OFFERINGS IN HEALTH AND
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
HEALTH EDUCATION
Symbol: HEd
The first number in parentheses shows number of class meetings
per week; the second one shows semester hours of credit.
170 Health (2) (2)
Contemporary health problems of the college student.
171 Foundations of Health I (3) (3)
Fundamental knowledge of the major health problems.
172 Foundations of Health II (3) (3)
PREREQ: HEd 171.
173 Human Sexuality (3) (3)
Study of sexuality as it relates to self, the interrelationships with persons.
174 Consumer Issues (3) (3)
Study of consumer issues today that relate to the field of health.
175 Health Issues
Current controversial issues including death and dying. How involved persons cope
with death. Special section for criminal justice only.
271 Safety Concepts, Emergency Procedures, Injury Management (3) (2)
272 Community Health (3) (3)
Community health problems and services considered on the local, national, and
international levels. Includes practical experience.
274 Addictive Diseases (3) [3]
Thorough study of alcohol, drugs, and tobacco in relation to the individual and society.
275 Organization and Administrafion of Public Health (3) (3)
A study of the components, functions, and interrelationships that are parts of any
program and/or organization in public health.
168/health and physical education
369 Preparation Field Work (3) (3)
A comprehensive study of those areas leading to a successful field experience.
370 Health for the Elementary Grades (3) (3)
Principles and procedures for meeting the health needs of the child.
371 School Health Program (3) (3)
School health services, environment, health instruction, and organization and ad-
ministration of a school health program.
372 Human Development (3) (3)
Study of growth from conception through adolescence from the mental, emotional,
and physical viewpoints.
373 Preparation for Classroom Teaching (3) (3)
A comprehensive study of the materials available in health education and the tech-
niques for their proper implementation. PREREQ for health and physical educa-
tion majors: HEd 172, 371. PREREQ for health education majors: HEd 171, 274,
371.
374 Field Experience in Health Education (2) (1 )
Observations and aid experience of classroom teaching in health education.
375 Nutrition (2) (2)
Practical approach to the role foods play in growth and development. Food fads and
fallacies.
376 Family Life and Sex Education (3) (3)
Basic concepts and objectives of such a program for students at different age levels.
Organizing, launching, and evaluating the program.
377 First Aid for Teachers (2) (2)
Prepares teachers to meet emergencies requiring first-aid procedures.
379 Chronic and Communicable Disease (3) (3)
The study of diseases, causes, effects, and control.
470 School/Community Health Workshop (3) (3)
A study of common problems relating to health for the home, school, and community.
471 Mental Health (3) (3)
A course designed to help educators improve their understanding of themselves
and their students. Emphasis on ways to recognize mental health problems.
472 Workshop in Family Life and Sex Education (3) (3)
Basic concepts and objectives of such a program for students at different age levels.
Organizing, launching, and evaluating the program. Summer only.
480 Seminar in Health Education (3) (3)
Concepts in health education, with emphasis on classroom problems, readings, and
discussion. Mandated for health education majors with Senior Status.
490 Student Teaching (12)
Practical classroom experience in teaching health education.
491 Field Experience Public Health (12)
Practical field experience, working in some facet of the public health field.
health and physical educatJon/169
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Symbol: PEd
The first number in parentheses shows number of class meetings
per week; the second one shows semester hours of credit.
101-102 Physical Activities l-ll (2) (1) (2) (1)
A program of selected activities from the categories of: aquatics; individual sports;
physical conditioning; team sports.
103-106-108-109 Elective Physical Activities lll-IV-V-VI (2) (1) for each course
Free-elective activities selected from categories listed under 101-102.
107 Music and Movement (2) (1)
A course which examines and develops the perception of rhythm through move-
ment.
110 Soccer I/Wrestling (Men) (3) (1)
111 Soccer/Basketball (Women) (3) (1)
Emphasis is placed upon fundamental skills and tactics of each sport, accomplished
through drills and game situations.
112 Gymnastics I (Men) (3) (1)
Apparatus skills, stunts, tumbling, and pyramids for teaching all age levels.
113 Gymnastics I (Women) (3) (1)
Apparatus skills, stunts, tumbling, and pyramids for teaching all age levels.
140 Aquatics Fundamentals (3) (1)
Basic principles of swimming are studied with an emphasis on the mechanical analy-
sis and practice of all strokes; introduction to diving and competitive swimming;
safety and survival techniques; water games.
141 Social, Folk, Square Dance (3) (1)
Experience in the basic (50) square dance calls, international folk dance and tradi-
tional ballroom dances.
142 Tennis/Badminton (3) (1)
An explanation of the mechanics and specific skills of both tennis and badminton.
Emphasis is placed on conceptual understanding and personal skill development
through a variety of teaching progressions and methods.
143 Golf/Archery/Recreational Games (3) (1)
200 Elementary School Physical Education (3) (2)
Theoretical and practical approach for the teaching of physical activities to elemen-
tary school children by the classroom teacher.
210 Basketball/Baseball (Men) (3) (1)
211 Hockey and Volleyball (Women) (3) (1)
Basic fundamentals, tactics, and rules. Modified active games. Geared to teaching
physical education classes.
212 Football and Track/Reld (Men) (3) (1)
213 Lacrosse and Track/Reld (Women) (3) (1)
Lacrosse: Basic fundamentals, tactics, and rules. Modified active games. Geared to
teaching physical education classes. Track and field: Principles of running, throwing,
jumping. Modifications needed for physical education classes. Self-testing.
170/health and physical education
214 Physical Conditioning/Volleyball (Men) (3) (1)
215 Modern Dance I (3) (1)
Basic course offering the fundamentals of technique and improvisation.
242 Fundamental Movement and Elementary Rhythms (3) (1)
Fundamental locomotor and axial movement; music and rhythm in relationship.
Rhythmical activities for the elementary program, with suggested teaching methods.
243 Preparation for Teaching Activities (3) (1)
Practice in teaching in all areas of physical education and development of appro-
priate lesson plans.
250 Principles of Recreation (2) (2)
Historical background of the play movement: theoretical explanations of play; the
need for it and its place in education. Methods of recreation leadership.
251 Physical Activity for Special Children (3) (3)
A course of adapted physical education. Common childhood disabilities are studied,
with emphasis on problems of a chronic nature. Also screening and practical train-
ing, working with physically and mentally handicapped children.
308 Officiating (Men) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
Ethics and techniques of officiating. Students may select from baseball, basketball,
football or soccer.
310 Preparation for Teaching Secondary Physical Education (Men) (3) (1)
Each student develops a physical education activity unit and teaches one lesson
from that unit. Further opportunities for familiarization with various teaching methods
and styles through observation, demonstration lessons, and actual practice.
311 Preparation for Teaching Secondary Physical Education (Women) (3) (1)
See description for PEd 310.
312 Tennis II (Men) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
PREREQ: PEd 142.
313 Tennis ll'(Women) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
PREREQ: PEd 142.
314 Track and Field II (Men) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
PREREQ: PEd 212.
315 Track and Field II (Women) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
PREREQ: PEd 213.
316 Basketball II (Men) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
PREREQ: PEd 210.
317 Basketball II (Women) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
PREREQ: PEd 111.
318 Lacrosse I (Men) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
319 Lacrosse II (Women) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
PREREQ: PEd 213.
320 Baseball (Men) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
321 Volleyball II (Women) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
PREREQ: PEd 211.
322 Soccer II (Men) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
PREREQ: PEd 110.
health and physical education/171
323 Hockey II (Women) (9 weeks) (1/2)
Individual and team tactics, and special situations. Basic knowledge needed for
coaching hockey. PREREQ: PEd 211.
324 Football (Men) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
325 Officiating I (Women) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
Ethics and techniques of officiating hockey or basketball.
326 Wrestling II (Men) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
PREREQ: PEd 110.
327 Gymnastics II (Women) (3) (1)
Teaching and coaching techniques for apparatus stunts, tumbling, pyramids. PRE-
REQ: PEd 113.
328 Gymnastics II (Men) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
Advanced work on gymnastics apparatus including trampoline, with emphasis on
teachinn orogression, spotting techniques, and class safety. PREREQ: PEd 112.
330 Ufe Saving (Coed) (9 weeks) (3) (1/2)
Review of basic aquatic skills. Emphasis on lifesaving practices, safety and survival
techniques. Successful completion of this course may lead to senior lifesaving cer-
tification by the American Red Cross.
331 Water Safety Instruction (3) (2)
Leadership procedure in aquatics activities for schools and school camps. Swimming
strokes and life saving techniques are analyzed. Opportunity to qualify as a water-
front safety instructor.
340 Self Testing Activities in Elementary School Physical Education (2) (2)
Theory and methods to present activities to children on an individualized self-testing
basis. The opportunity is provided for direct contact with children to try out the self-
testing activities.
341 Advanced Social and Square Dance (3) (1)
Experience with square dancing beyond the 50 basic calls, opportunity for calling
squares, and more intricate social dance styles.
342 Advanced Folk Dance (3) (1)
International folk dances requiring an advanced degree of difficulty with step pat-
terns, formations and styling. Opportunities for teaching, resource material and per-
formance.
343 Modern Dance II (3) (1)
Continuation and development of the training offered in PEd 215. Emphasis is placed
on longer combinations and more complex problem-solving themes. PREREQ:
PEd 215.
344 History of Dance (3) (2)
Evaluation of dance as an art form in relation to man and his society. Physiological,
sociological, and psychological implications; dance forms and types. Film and other
materials focus on parallel developments in related arts.
345 Dance Production Workshop I (3) (1)
Survey of six styles of dance performance: ballet, modern, jazz, Afro-American, tap,
folk. Each area is studied independently of the other areas. All are integrated into
a final performance, created and directed by the students and available for school,
college, and community presentation.
346 Dance Production Workshop II (3) (1)
An extension of PEd 345. Emphasis is on production elements and a final, student-
created and directed performance, available for school, college, and community
presentations.
172/health and physical education
347 Summer Dance Workshop (Technique Emphasis or Composition) (2) (1)
Provides new experiences and reinforces known experiences in areas of modern
dance techniques, ballet techniques, dance composition, and analysis of teaching
materials.
350 Physical Education for Elementary Grades (3) (3)
Students are assigned to elementary schools in the service area for teaching and
observation. Course contains weekly seminar on theory and problems. PREREQ:
PEd 243.
351 Evaluation in Health and Physical Education (3) (3)
Selecting, administering, scoring, and evaluating tests of physical fitness, general
motor ability, motor educability, and skill and knowledge.
352 Applied Physiology (3) (3)
The application of physiological principles to physical education.
353 Organization and Administration of Physical Education and Athletics (3) (3)
Principles of program building in curricular and extracurricular physical education;
organizing, administering, and supervising intramural and interscholastic athletic
programs.
354 Elementary Physical Education Curriculum (3) (3)
Constructing and evaluating the curriculum in elementary physical education. Pro-
gression and continuity, along with developmental needs and interests of children,
are considered.
355 Education for Safe Living (3) (3)
Survey of safety education. History, philosophy, and psychology of accident pre-
vention.
356 Principles and Practices of Driver Education and Traffic Safety (3) (3)
357 Therapeutics (6) (3)
A course for those interested in becoming specialized in adapted physical education
and athletic training. Experience in the use of exercise techniques and physical
modalities. The psychological basis, indications, and contra-indications are pre-
sented. PREREQ: HEd 271.
358 Advanced Athletic Training I (3) (3)
A course designed to proviae practice experiences in the application of various
methods in management of athletic injuries and a review of preventive measures
and medical management of athletic injuries. PREREQ: PEd 357.
359 Advanced Athletic Training II (3) (3)
A review of special problems. PREREQ: PEd 358.
360 Pathology of Special Education (2) (2)
Considerations of the commonly seen disabling conditions in special physical edu-
cation with regard to anatomical and physiological changes and differences in their
prognosis.
361 Kinesiology (2) (2)
Basic fundamentals of movement, articulation, muscular actions; analysis of the
related principles of mechanics.
367 Arts and Crafts in Recreation (3) (3)
Theoretical and practical applications of arts and crafts as recreative outlets for
all age groups. Arts and crafts materials customarily found in school, camp, and com-
munity recreation programs are used.
PEd 368 Leadership in Recreation (3) (2)
Basic concepts and leadership techniques, studied in various recreation settings.
Opportunities for students to practice and develop their own techniques through
work in community recreation agencies.
health and physical education/173
369 Principles of ROPE (3) (3)
History, philosophical background, objectives, educational strategies, curriculum,
safety considerations, and administration of an adventure-based outdoor pursuits
program.
370 Camping and Outing (3) (3)
Theory and practice in camping and outing programs, approached from viewpoints
of the camper, counselor, supervisor, specialists, and director.
371 IVIini Outward Bound (2) (1)
An Outward Bound experience. Exposes the student to the Outward Bound phi-
losophy, curriculum, and methodology.
378 Facilities and Equipment in Health and Physical Education (2) (2}
Principles and procedures of planning. Practical and functional design of indoor
and outdoor areas and facilities.
440 Movement Education in Elementary Physical Education (2) (2)
Teaching techniques and subject matter for a program of movement education suit-
able for children. Designed to help children develop awareness of the body and
space in order to develop effective movement patterns.
441 Principles of Choreography (3) (1)
The art of dance composition. Basic elements of space, rhythms, and motion dy-
namics. Students design original movement, progressing from simple to complex
solo and group forms. PREREQ: PEd 215.
442 Dance Notation Improvisation (3) (1)
Designed to give the student exposure to improvisational themes and elementary
skills of recording movement through written symbols.
443 Dance and Theatre Arts (3) (1)
Advanced level modern dance techniques, with emphasis on all aspects of produc-
tion: accompaniment, costume, sets and lighting.
449 Learning on the Move (3) (3)
A combination of movement education and perceptual-motor theory and activities
to help teachers and parents to guide the children to maximum developmental poten-
tial. Pre-school, nursery, and kindergarten ages.
450 Methods and Materials of Safety Education (3} (3)
A study of the total safety program, with emphasis on the teaching of safety. Each
student prepares a practice lesson.
451 History and Philosophy of Health and Physical Education (2) (2)
A study of past and present concepts of physical education; philosophy and principles
of modern physical education programs.
452 Principles of Coaching (2) (2)
Principles and methods of coaching sports in the school program.
453 Motor Learning (2) (2)
A study of the theories of learning in relation to the acquisition of motor skills.
454 Theories and Practices of Conditioning and Training (2) (2)
The application of modern principles to the training and conditioning of athletes.
The students will design a year-round conditioning program that considers age and
level of competition as well as individual development differences.
455 Officiating II (Women) (2) (2)
Ethics and techniques of officiating sports other than hockey and basketball. PRE-
REQ: PEd 325.
174/health and physical education
456 Preparation for Teaching Driver Education (3) (3)
457 Psychology of Physical Disability (3) (3)
A course designed for students in special education. Psychology applied to physical
disability; personal and cultural innplications of handicaps; the psychodynamics of
disability.
458 Physical Disabilities of Childhood (2) (2)
A course designed for students in special education. Connnnon orthopedic and neur-
ological disabilities of childhood, especially chronic deviations. Emphasis is on un-
derstanding the medical aspects and problems of rehabilitation.
459 Athletic Injury Management I (3) (3)
A practical course designed to provide the student with guided exposure to ex-
periences normally found in an athletic training program supporting fall and winter
sports. PREREQ: PEd 359.
460 Athletic Injury Management II (3) (3)
A practical course designed to provide the student with guided exposures to ex-
periences normally found in the athletic training program supporting winter and
spring sports. PREREQ: PEd 459.
467 Supervised Campinp Leadership (Arranged) (3)
A program in camp leadership at children's summer camps. PREREQ: consent of
instructor.
490 Student Teaching (Men) (12)
Observation and participation in teaching situations in the junior and senior high
schools under qualified cooperating teachers and College supervisors.
491 Student Teaching (Women) (12)
See PEd 490.
1%
History
Robert E. Carlson.
Chairperson
W. Bennett Peters,
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS
ASSOCIATE
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
PROFESSORS
CARLSON
BURGWYN
HESTON
CROWLEY
DOYLE
INGERSOLL
FOSTER
OGRADY
PETERS
FOX
SHAFFER
HARDING
SHUR
INSTRUCTOR
HOUPT
WEBSTER
DAMIANI
JOHNSON
RILEY
SCHALCK
SESSA
SOLDON
STUART
SWAN
TURNER
YOUNG
The student of history seeks to recreate the past (or, more precisely,
as much of it as possible) not only rationally to explain and under-
stand the past for its own sake, but also to identify himself and his
age with earlier times. He is concerned with the origins and de-
velopment of and relationships between past men and events and,
from the multiplicity of credible and sometimes conflicting evidence,
renders judgments on causation and consequences. He seeks to
achieve a sense of the past. Among the careers open to history
majors are the law, government service, teaching, research, journal-
ism, and business. Indeed, a strong preparation in history can lead
to possibilities in virtually every field of endeavor.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-HISTORY
1. General Requirements
See page 63
2. Foreign Language Requirement
44s.h.
6s.h.
176/history
3. Social and Behavioral Sciences Core Requirements 21 s.h.
See page 64
4. History Ckjncentration Requirements 24 s.h.
History 212
Senior Seminar (His 400)
Group 1 American History (6 hrs.)
Group 2 European History (3 hrs.)
Group 3 World and Regional History (3 hrs.)
History Electives (6 hrs.)
5. Cognate Courses 6-15 s.h.
Five cognate courses selected from literature, art, philosophy. Three of these
may be credited to General Requirements. In that event, the student will extend
his free elective area to 27 s.h.
6. Free Electives 18-27 s.h.
B.S. IN EDUCATION DEGREES
A. SOCIAL STUDIES
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
2. Professional Education Requirements 29 s.h.
See page 1 1 7
3. Social and Behavioral Sciences Core Requirements 21 s.h.
See page 64
4. Specialized Preparation 24 s.h.
His 212 or substitute from His 201, 205, 206. 208, 209
Senior Seminar (His 400)
Additional 18 s.h. by advisement.
5. Cognate Courses 3-6 s.h.
Two literature courses. One of these may be credited to General Requirements.
In that event the student will extend his free electives to 7 s.h.
6. Free Electives 4-7 s.h.
B. SOCIAL STUDIES-HISTORY (AMERICAN HISTORY OR WORLD CULTURES)
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
2. Professional Education Requirements 29 s.h.
See page 117
3. Social and Behavioral Sciences Core Requirements 21 s.h.
See page 64
4. History Concentration Requirements 24 s.h.
His 212
Senior Seminar (His 400)
Group 1 American History (6 hrs.)
Group 2 European History (6 hrs.)
Group 3 World and Regional History (6 hrs.)
history/177
5. Cognate Courses 3-6 s.h.
Two literature courses. One of these may be credited to General Requirements.
In that event the student will extend his free electives to 7 s.h.
6. Free Electives 4-7 s.h.
C. SOCIAL STUDIES-ETHNIC STUDIES CONCENTRATION
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
2. Professional Education Requirements 29 s.h.
See page 1 17
3. Social and Behavioral Sciences Core Requirements 21 s.h.
See page 64
4. Specialized Preparation 24 s.h.
His 212
Senior Seminar (His 400)
Group A. History (9 s.h.)
Choose from His 201, 205, 210, 310, 319, 320, 321, 324, 326, 328, 336, 337, 339,
410
Group B. Social Sciences (9 s.h.)
Teaching in Urban Schools (EdU 361)
Choose two courses from Ant 355; Eco 349, 350; Geo 306, 319; PSc 352; Psy
354; Soc 335, 336, SSc 201, 380
5. Electives 1 1 s.h.
Suggested electives: Art 404, Hum 380, Lit, 340, 341, 342
GROUPS 1,2, AND 3
GROUP 1 AMERICAN HISTORY
His 211, 212, 305, 307, 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 316. 317, 318,
319, 320, 321, 336, 337, 338, 339, SSc 201
GROUP 2 EUROPEAN HISTORY
His 219, 220, 305, 306, 331, 332, 340, 344, 350, 351, 360, 361, 363, 365, 366,
367, 370, 371
GROUP 3 WORLD AND REGIONAL HISTORY
His 101, 102, 210, 218, 322, 323, 324, 326, 328, 329, 330, 333, 334, 337, 357
STUDENTS IN ALL PROGRAMS GIVEN IN THE HISTORY DEPARTMENT NOTE:
Under General and/or Social and Behavioral Sciences Core Requirements, all stu-
dents must complete His 101, 102 and 21 1 or substitute two courses from His 120,
122, 124, 140. Also His 211 or substitute from His 201, 205.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN HISTORY
Symbol: His unless otherwise shown
GENERAL
SSc 331 Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Schools (3)
Methods and materials of teaching social studies for prospective secondary school
teachers. Emphasis is on the "New Social Studies" and instructional materials drawn
from the social sciences. Taken by social-science education majors in their junior
year.
178/history
SSc 380 Ethnic Cultures Workshop (3)
A summer workshop sponsored jointly by the Schools of Arts and Letters and Social
and Behavioral Sciences. Contributions of ethnic groups to the United States cul-
ture are considered. Open only to juniors and seniors. PREREQ: permission of the
Dean of the School of Social and Behavioral Sciences.
INTERDISCIPLINARY
SSc 201 The American Indian and the Frontier (3)
An interdisciplinary approach, geographic as well as historical, to the interaction
between white and American Indian cultures as the two peoples met and struggled
for control of the land mass of North America.
HISTORY
101 History of Civilization I (3)
Man's cultural elements and social institutions in the West and the East from earliest
times through the Renaissance.
102 History of Civilization II (3)
Developments in civilizations from 1500 to the present, with emphasis on Western
Civilization and its interrelationships with the non-Western world.
120 Impact of War on European Society (3)
An examination of the interrelationship of warfare and society in Europe from the
feudal period to the present.
122 Major Figures in European History (3)
A study of the major figures in European history (1450-1970) and their interaction
with the dynamic forces of their times.
124 Currents in Modern European Thought (3)
An examination of the ideas and ideologies which provided the rationale for govern-
ments, movements, and institutions of modern Europe.
130 Studies in the History and Culture of the Non-Western World
(Asia and Africa) (3)
Team-taught interdisciplinary approach. India, Subsaharan Africa emphasized.
131 Studies in the History and Culture of the Non-Western World
(Middle East and Latin America) (3)
Developments which have shaped Latin American and Middle Eastern cultures.
140 Emerging Nations (3)
A survey of non-Western societies and the impact of Westernization on the tradition-
al cultures of Africa, or Asia, or Latin America. Area focus varies with instructor.
201 Violence in America (3)
A study of violence in American society both as an instrument of change and a
method of social control.
205 American Minorities (3)
A survey of racial, religious, and ethnic minorities and their struggles and successes
in the United States.
206 Depression Decade: The Thirties (3)
Selected problems of the Depression Decade, with emphasis on the political, social
and personal reactions to the period.
208 The Turbulent Sixties (3)
Examination of the stress and conflict in American politics, arts, literature, and society
of the 1960s.
history/179
209 20th Century America (3)
A survey of the United States since 1898. Emergence of the nation as a world power
is stressed.
210 The Jew in History (3)
Review of the four thousand years and five civilizations which have welcomed the
Jewish people; emphasis on the Jews in contemporary society.
211 History of United States I (3)
The social, economic, political, and intellectual development of the United States
from the beginning of the Colonial period through the Civil War.
212 History of United States II (3)
The social, economic, political, and intellectual development of the United States
from 1865 to the present, with emphasis on the new industrialism and on foreign
affairs.
218 The Ancient World (3)
Classical Greece and Rome with consideration of economic, social, intellectual,
and political history. Selected writings of the ancients.
219 Medieval Europe (3)
Western Europe from the fall of Rome to approximately 1300. Economic, social,
political, and intellectual developments in the major kingdoms of the West; the his-
tory of the Universal Church.
220 Renaissance and Reformation (3)
Political, economic, social, and cultural forces which emerged in Europe, 1300 to
1650. The evolution of modern states and the rise of the middle class.
305 The Status of Women in Two Worlds (3)
Comparison of the history and present status of women under the 20th century's
two major political systems: Communism and Capitalism.
306 Women in Modern Europe (3}
Lives and careers of women in the 19th and early 20th centuries through autobio-
graphies. The problem of women's self-image and sense of identity.
307 Women in America (3)
American women's daily routines, social roles, and search for rights and identity
since Colonial days. Recent goals, values, and conflicts.
308 Modern American Military History (3)
The role of the American military in shaping the course of the nation in the twentieth
century.
309 (also Ant 309) Artifacts and Culture (3)
Patterns of American civilization, explored through study of the material culture.
310 U.S. Labor History (3)
History and analysis of labor organizations: labor and government; labor and political
parties; women and children and minority groups in labor organizations; the strike;
technology and labor; Big Labor.
31 1 American Intellectual History (3)
Political and economic thought, theology, science, philosophy, literature.
312 U.S. Environmental History (3)
Three centuries of change in American attitudes and actions toward the environ-
ment, with emphasis upon the roots and development of today's ecology crisis.
180/history
313 History of Pennsylvania (3)
The founding and development of Pennsylvania from its Colonial beginnings to the
present, with emphasis on the relation of the past to the present.
314 Diplomatic History of the United States (3)
The theory and practice of American diplomacy from Colonial times to the present
with emphasis on the 20th century.
315 Economic History of the United States (3)
The economic development of the American nation as it evolved from a frontier,
agricultural country into an urban industrial power.
316 History of the American Frontier (3)
The westward movement and expansion from Colonial times to the end of the 19th
century. The frontier forces which shaped American democratic institutions and
ideals.
317 Technology and American Life (3)
Promises and practices of American life in response to the interaction of American
forms, values and scientific-technological change from the Colonial period to the
present.
318 Constitutional History of the United States (3)
The development of the Constitution of the United States from the Philadelphia
Convention to the present with emphasis on major Supreme Court decisions.
319 Social and Cultural History of the United States (3)
The evolution of American society with emphasis on the impact of improving material
conditions upon labor, the arts, education, religion, social mores, and family life.
The changing status of women, blacks and immigrants.
320 History of the South (3)
The social, economic, political, and intellectual forces that have made the Ameri-
can South.
321 U.S. Urban History (3)
A survey of the rise of the American city from early Philadelphia to the modern metro-
polis. The recurring themes of growth, immigration, social mobility, city politics,
city planning, urbanism, and suburbanism.
322 History of South Asia (3)
A historical study of developments on the Indian subcontinent (India and Pakistan),
the course also considers those areas of Southeast Asia (Burma and Thailand) which
have been traditionally influenced by the course of Indian events.
323 History of the Middle East (3)
Recent history of the major Middle Eastern countries. Geographical, cultural, eco-
nomic, and religious factors which have influenced the history of the area. Special
attention to Middle East problems which affect international relations.
324 The Arab and the Jew (3)
Cultural and historical background and events which have shaped the present Arabic
and Jewish views; emphasis will be placed on their current relations with each other.
326 History of Africa to 1800 (3)
A survey of the traditional culture and of the historical development of the African
continent prior to the 19th century. Emphasis is upon the length and diversity of
Africa's history prior to European colonization.
328 History of Subsaharan Africa Since 1800 (3)
A survey of Black Africa's development in the 19th and 20th centuries. Emphasis
is upon Africa's colonial experience as the background for the emergence of inde-
pendent Africa.
history/181
329 History of East Asia (3)
Survey of the historical and cultural background of China, Japan, and Korea. Em-
phasis is given to th|e significance of the modern period of East Asia and its impact
on world affairs.
330 20th Century Japan (3)
Role of Japan in Asian and World Affairs from the Meiji Restoration of 1865 through
World War 1 1 and until the present time, ending with an attempt to look into the future
progress of Japan as an Asian power.
331 History of England to 1688 (3)
The British people and their institutions from Roman times to the Glorious Rev-
olution, with primary emphasis on the Tudor and Stuart periods.
332 History of England Since 1688 (3)
England as a world leader during the Commercial and Industrial Revolutions, the
evolution of the democratic process, and the emergence of liberalism followed by
the democratic welfare state.
333 History of Latin America to 1825 (3)
Pre-Columbian period, colonial Latin America and movements for independence:
Indian, European, and African backgrounds; government, economy, society, religion,
culture, and Enlightenment. Interaction of diverse cultures in New World.
334 History of Latin America Since 1825 (3)
Latin America in 19th and 20th centuries; liberalism, conservatism, dictatorship,
revolution, socialism, industrialization, agrarian reform, cultural-intellectual achieve-
ments, and international relations. Topical approach, using individual countries as
case-history illustrations.
336 American Indians (3)
A survey of Indian civilization on the continent of North America and the confron-
tation of this civilization with white culture.
337 Africans in the New World (3)
A comparative study of the slavery systems of the New World and their part in shaping
contemporary relations in the United States and Latin America.
338 Topics in Afro-American History (3)
Topics vary each semester. Emphasis on student research and participation In
discussions. PREREQ: His 339 or consent of instructor.
339 Afro-American History (3)
The Afro-American; origins, period of slavery, industrialization of the South, migration
to northern urban centers, civil rights movement, and the evolution of "Black Power."
340 Modern Germany (3)
Germany in the 19th and 20th centuries: Napoleonic era, rise of Prussia, national-
ism and unification, imperialism and World War I, National Socialism, World War
II, and Divided Germany.
344 History of Modern Italy (3)
A study of Italian unification, the Era of Liberalism, Fascism, and post World War
II developments.
350 Russian History to 1917 (3)
Russian history from 9th century Kiev to the end of the Imperial period. Major em-
phasis on the continuing religious economic, social, and political tradition peculiar
to the Russian State.
351 Soviet Russia (3)
Political, economic, social, and cultural aspects of Soviet society in the light of tra-
ditional Russian patterns and the goals of Communism.
182/history
357 (also Ant 357) Cultures & Peoples of India (3)
Hindu and Muslim social structures; village-based societies; religious, cultural social
structures; urbanization; Indian minority social patterns (Parsi, Jewish, Christian).
360 Conflicts in Modern Europe (3)
Power politics in Europe; alliances and counter-alliances; imperialism; first World
War and Versailles peace settlements; emergence of totalitarian ideologies.
361 20th Century Europe (3)
European Fascism and Communism; totalitarianism confronts liberalism; interaction
between domestic politics and foreign policy; polarization of European politics;
disintegration of the political institutions of the traditional state.
363 European Economic History (3)
European demographic and technological change; trade unions; agriculture; trade;
the entrepreneur; distribution of income and welfare from 10th century to now.
365 European Intellectual History (1250-1800) (3)
The development of Western thought and culture from the High Middle Ages to the
origins of Romanticism arid Democracy.
366 Ideas and the Arts (3)
Intellectual and aesthetic side of modern European history. Common styles in philo-
sophy, the arts, and social thought.
367 The European City (3)
Urban life in Europe from Periclean Athens to now. Interaction of people with their
material environment.
370 Jesus and the 20th Century (3)
Jesus' significance seen through "The Historical Jesus School, " scientific socialism,
nationalism, Colonialism, existentialism, liberalism, neo-orthodoxy, ecumenicity,
charisma, "the Jesus People, " Marxist-Christian dialogue.
371 Jesus and Marx (3)
The relationship between Christianity and Marxism from the confrontation and con-
tradiction of the nineteenth century to the coexistence and cooperation of the twen-
tieth century.
400 Senior Seminar in History (3)
Research in history. Methodology, bibliography, and presentation, both written and
oral. The research paper for the seminar must be acceptable as a required depart-
mental Senior Research Paper. Required of all history majors.
410 Independent Studies in History (1 to 3)
Research projects, reports, readings in history. Open to seniors only. PREREQ:
permission of department chairman.
450 Internship in History (1 to 3)
460 Field Studies in History (3)
Latin -American
and
Russian
Studies
'■■:,?*"'■■■'
"Tij
K^
mB,v»
^^
R^
Offered jointly by the Schools of Arts and Letters
and Social and Behavioral Sciences
Any student in the College, regardless of his area of specialization,
may earn a transcript recognition and a letter of verification in
Latin-American Studies or Russian Studies after satisfactory com-
pletion of 21 semester hours of work, distributed as follows:
I. Latin-American Studies 21 s.h.
Required
1. Spanish Language (intermediate level or above) 6
2. Latin-American Civilization and History 6
Electives 9
(From Latin-American-oriented courses in geography, economics, political
science, sociology, literature, education, or fine arts.)
II. Russian Studies 21 s.h.
Required
1. Russian Language (intermediate level or above) 6
2, Russian History 6
Electives 9
(From Russian-oriented courses in geography, economics, political sci-
ence, sociology, literature, education, or fine arts.)
A student should maintain a 3.0 average in area-studies courses to be recommended
for graduate work in the area-studies concentration he chooses.
Detailed information about the Latin-American and Russian Studies areas of em-
phasis may be obtained from the Department of Foreign Languages.
MARINE SCIENCE-See Earth Sciences
Mathematical
Sciences
Richard G. Branton,
Chairperson
Frank E. Milliman,
Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS
BRANTON
FILANO
KOH
L'HEUREUX
MANDELBAUM
MONTEMURO
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
AHLBORN
EGAN
FASNACHT
KERRIGAN
MILLIMAN
MOSER
SEYBOLD
VERNO
WEAVER
WEISS
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
FABREY
HODGSON
MORGAN
STANLEY
WIENER
The major in mathematics begins with a basic core program in-
cluding computer science, foundations, and calculus. This is follow-
ed by a required sequence of courses covering the major areas
of mathematics. Additional specialization in specific branches of
mathematics is possible through available electives.
BACHELOR OF ARTS- MATHEMATICS
The B.A. program in mathematics enables each student to receive
the basic preparation required for the career of his choice. Among
these are college and university teaching, research and other
service in government and industry, and computer programming.
In all cases each student receives a sound preparation for grad-
uate study in the field of mathematics.
Beyond meeting the General Requirements of 44 s.h., the major
in this program pursues the following curriculum:
Foreign Language Requirement 6 s.h
Through the Intermediate II level in French, German, or Russian.
Related Requirements
CSc 141
Phy 101-102:
Electives (12 s.h.)
This 12-hour elective program in Mathematics or related areas must be approved
by the department at the time of Junior Standing.
mathematical sciences/185
Mathematics Concentration Requirements
Mat 110, 141, 142, 241, 242, 411, 412, 441, 442; electives in Mathematics (12 s.h.)
Electives to complete 128 s.h.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-IVIATHEMATICS
COMPUTER SCIENCE CONCENTRATION
The major who selects the computer science concentration also
meets the General Requirements of 44 s.h. and the foreign language
requirement given above. Specifically, the requirements are:
Requirements in Mathematics and Science
Mathematics
Mat 110, 141, 142, 241, 242, 343. 421, 425; electives in Mathematics (6 s.h.)
Science
Phy 101-102
Computer Science Requirements
CSc 141, 142, 241, 242, 490 (3 s.h.); electives in Computer Science (6 s.h.)
Electives to complete 128 s.h.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE-COMPUTER AND
INFORMATION SCIENCES
Prepares the student for a career in the field of computer and information sciences.
Course work is taken in computer science, mathematics, and either business or
another area of the student's choice. In addition, the student gains valuable on-the-job
experience through an internship program with local industry or business. Beyond
meeting the General Requirements of 44 s.h., the student pursues a core curriculum
and one of the following 3 tracks:
Information Systems— prepares the student to use the computer as a tool for manage-
ment in business and industry. (Systems Analyst)
Computer Systems— prepares the student to engage in the design, development
and effective use of computer systems through emphasis on software and computer
system structure. (Systems Programmer)
Computer— Arts and Sciences— prepares the student to be an effective computer
user in an area of his choice.
CORE CURRICULUM
COMPUTER SCIENCE REQUIREMENTS
CSc 141, 142, 241, 242, 361
MATHEMATICS REQUIREMENTS
Mat 161, 162, 261, 221
COOPERATIVE EXPERIENCES
CSc 200, 300, 400
INFORMATION SYSTEMS TRACK REQUIREMENTS
CSc 321, BAc 201-202. BAd 201, BMK 221, Eco 231, Eng 230, 6 s.h. of electives
in Business, Computer Science, or Mathematics, and electives to complete 128
s.h.
COMPUTER SYSTEMS TRACK REQUIREMENTS
CSc 331, 341, BAc 201, Eng 230, 9 s.h. of electives in Computer Science and Math-
ematics, and electives to complete 128 s.h.
1 86/mathematical sciences
COMPUTER-ARTS AND SCIENCES TRACK REQUIREMENTS: Sequence of
courses approved by Department of Mathematical Sciences and the appropriate
academic department (21 s.h), and electives to complete 128 sh.
B.S. IN EDUCATION-MATHEMATICS
The major in this program meets the General Requirements of 44 s.h., the Pro-
fessional Education Requirements of 29 s.h. (see page 117), and the following
specialized requirements.
Requirements in Mathematics and Science
Mathematics
Mat 110, 141, 142, 241, 242, 231, 350 (credited to Professional Education), 411,
421, 441, 412, or 442; electives in Mathematics 9 s.h.
Related Requirements
Phy 101-102
Electives to complete 128 s.h.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN MATHEMATICS
AND COMPUTER SCIENCE
MATHEMATICS
Symbol: Mat
101-102 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers l-ll (3) (3)
Formal development of the natural numbers, integers, rationals, reals, and com-
plex numbers; probability; intuitive geometry. 101 must precede 102.
103 Introduction to Mathematics (3)
An introduction to the nature and spirit of mathematics and its cultural significance.
105 College Algebra and Trigonometry (3)
A unified course in algebra and trigonometry. PREREQ: High School algebra.
107-108 Calculus for Business l-ll (3) (3)
Sets, relations, and model building. Vectors, matrices, solution of linear equations,
and introduction to linear programming. Conic sections, exponential and logarith-
mic functions, geometric series. Limits, continuity, and elements of differential and
integral calculus. 107 must precede 108.
110 Foundations of Mathematics (3)
Topics such as set theory, relations, induction, and the real number system are form-
ally treated. Special topics such as number theory, intuitive geometry, probability,
and congruences are examined in an informal setting.
121 Statistics (3)
Basic concepts of statistics. Frequency distributions, measures of central tendency
and variability, correlation, probability and theoretical distributions, significance of
differences, and hypothesis testing. For non-mathematics majors.
131-132 Introduction to Calculus hll (4) (4)
An intuitive approach to the elements of differential and integral calculus with an
emphasis on applications. 131 must precede 132.
141-142 Calculus i-ll (3) (5)
The calculus of real valued functions of a single real variable, including series. 141
must precede 142.
161-162-261 Calculus with Rnite Mathematics l-lhlll (4) (4) (4)
Techniques of abstracting the important mathematical principles in a realistic prob-
lem-solving context. The requisite mathematical notions are developed concurrent-
mathematical sciences/187
ly as a tool to help students solve problems illustrating concepts being developed.
This establishes a foundation for the techniques of modeling and simulation. 161
must precede 161. 162 must precede 261.
221 Applied Statistics (3)
Statistical analysis of data, hypothesis testing, regression analysis, and analysis of
variance. PREREQ: CSc 100 or CSc 101 or CSc 102 or CSc 141 and Mat 142 (or
Mat 261).
231 Foundations of Geometry (3)
Geometric foundations from an advanced viewpoint. Topics are chosen from eu-
clidean and non-euclidean geometries.
241-242 Calculus lll-IV (4) (4)
The calculus of several variables. Topics include the algebra and geometry of n-
dimensional euclidean space, linear transformations, directional derivatives, integra-
tion and Stokes' Theorem. PREREQ: Mat 142. 241 must precede 242.
261 See 161-162
311 Algebra for Elementary Teachers (3)
Formal structure of groups, rings, and fields with examples from the elementary
curriculum. Topics from linear algebra including matrices, determinants, and linear
programming. PREREQ: Mat 102.
321 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3)
Introduction to set theory, graph theory, and combinatorial analysis. Includes re-
lations, cardinality, elementary combinatorics, principles of inclusion and exclusion,
recurrence relations, zero-one matrices, partitions, and Polya's Theorem. PREREQ:
CSc 101 or CSc 141 and Mat 261 or Mat 242.
331 Geometry for Elementary Teachers (3)
Modern informal approach to two and three-dimensional geometric figures, measure-
ment, similarity, congruence, coordinate geometry, and the postulational method.
PREREQ: Mat 102.
340 Analysis for Elementary Teachers (3)
An intuitive introduction to theory of calculus: limits, continuity, the derivative and
the integral. PREREQ: Mat 102 or consent of professor.
343 Differential Equations (3)
The general theory of nth order, linear differential equations including existence
and uniqueness criteria and linearity of the solution space. General solution tech-
niques for variable coefficient equations, series solutions for variable coefficient
equations, and study of systems of linear equations. PREREQ: Mat 241.
350 Teaching Mathematics in Secondary Schools (3)
Modern techniques; aims of mathematics instruction, motivation, methods of in-
struction, and evaluation in mathematics. The new mathematics and modern courses
of study. Students plan and present lessons in mathematics and observe mathematics
classes in secondary schools. PREREQ: Mat 241.
351 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary Schools (3)
Concepts, learning aids, syllabi, texts, and methods in elementary school mathe-
matics. PREREQ: Mat 101-102.
356 Development of the Mathematics Curriculum in the Elementary Grades (2)
A course to develop the key teacher or coordinator for the modern elementary school
mathematics program. Curriculum development through utilization of current re-
sources and modern developments such as data banks, retrieval systems, CAI, CM),
etc. Articulation K-12 and analysis of testing programs. PREREQ: Mat 351.
390 Seminar in Mathematics Education (3)
Typical topics are: remedial programs, low achiever programs, materials for math-,
ematics education, methodology in mathematics education, mathematics and the
computer, theories of mathematics education, and analysis of research in mathe-
Tiatics education. PREREQ: Mat 351.
188/mathematical sciences
391 Seminar in Mathematics for Elementary Teachers (3)
Topics selected for their relevance and value for the prospective elementary teach-
er. PREREQ: permission of department chairman.
400 History of IVIathematics for Elementary Teachers (3)
History and development of elementary mathematics from primitive times to the dis-
covery of the calculus. Problems of the period are considered. PREREQ: Mat 311,
331.
401 History of Mathematics (3)
Development of mathematics from the Babylonian era to the 18th century. Some
modern topics included. PREREQ; Mat 241.
405 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)
Topics announced at the time of offering.
411-412 Algebra l-ll (3) (3)
Abstract algebra. Algebraic systems; groups; rings, integral domains, and fields, PRE-
REQ: Mat 241. 411 must precede 412.
414 Theory of Numbers (3)
Properties of the integers; primes, factorization, congruences, and quadratic recip-
rocity. PREREQ: Mat 242.
416 Linear Algebra (3)
Basic concepts and results of vector spaces including characteristic polynomials,
Jordan forms, and inner product spaces. Applications to the geometry of affine and
euclidean spaces. PREREQ: Mat 411 or consent of instructor.
421-422 Mathematical Statistics l-ll (3) (3)
Probability theory, discrete and continuous random variables, distributions, moment
generating functions. Statistical sampling theory, joint and interval estimation, test
of hypothesis, regression, and correlation. PREREQ: Mat 242. 421 must precede
422.
425 Numerical Analysis (3)
Numerical methods for the approximate solution of applied problems. Interpolation
theory, curve fitting, approximate integration and numerical solution of differential
equations. PREREQ: CSc 100 or CSc 101 or CSc 102 or CSc 141 and Mat 261 (or
Mat 242).
427 Introduction to Optimization Techniques (3)
Nature of optimization problems: deterministic and stochastic, discrete and con-
tinuous. Computer methods of solution: systematic and random search; linear, quad-
ratic, dynamic programming, and others. PREREQ: CSc 101 (or CSc 141) and Mat
261 (or Mat 242).
431 Topics in Geometry (3)
Announced at time of offering. PREREQ: Mat 231.
432 Topology (3)
Elements of point set topology. Separation axioms. Connectedness, compactness,
and metrizability. PREREQ: Mat 242.
433 Differential Geometry (3)
Classical differential geometry from a modern viewpoint. Curves and surfaces; shape
operators; introduction to Riemann geometry. PREREQ: Mat 242.
441-442 Advanced Calculus l-ll (3) (3)
A rigorous treatment of the calculus of a single real variable. Topics in several real
variables and an introduction to Lebesque integration. PREREQ: Mat 242. 441 must
precede 442.
443-444 Applied Analysis l-ll (3) (3)
The techniques of analysis applied to problems in the physical sciences. Topics
include: partial differential equations, orthogonal functions, complex integration,
and conformal mapping. PREREQ: Mat 242. 443 must precede 444.
445 Complex Variables (3)
Introduction to functions of a complex variable. Analytic functions, mappings, dif-
mathematical sciences/1 89
ferentiation and integration, power series, and conformal mappings. PREREQ: Mat
242.
490 Seminar in Mathematics (3)
Topics in mathematics selected for their significance and student-instructor interest.
Independent study and student reports, oral and written. PREREQ: Senior Stand-
ing and consent of department chairman.
493 Mathematical Modeling (3)
The idea of a mathematical model of a real situation. Techniques and rationales of
model building. Examples from the life, physical, and social sciences. PREREQ:
Mat 242, 343.
COMPUTER SCIENCE
Symbol: CSc
101 introduction to Computers (3)
Programming and use of the computer for the students various needs. The student
writes a number of programs to accomplish a variety of computing tasks. Several
computers and programming languages considered.
102 Introduction to Computers— Business (3)
The business major learns to program and use the computer, and writes ci number
of business-related programs.
121 Computer Uses and Abuses (3)
Introduction to the computer as a tool of society. Current and potential uses of the
computer, and areas where its use or misuse could be detrimental to society if not
properly controlled.
CSc 141-142-241-242 (3) (4) (4) (4)
The Art and Science of computing is introduced via an elementary language, usually
BASIC. Structured programming is studied via COBOL. The structure and opera-
tion of the computer is investigated in terms of its machine language. A compara-
tive study is made of several procedural languages, such as FORTRAN, APL, PL-I.
PREREQ: 2 years high shcool algebra.
200 Cooperative Operations (2)
The student works in an organization's computer ce iter as a junior computer oper-
ator to gain familiarity with day-to-day activities and the jargon of the computer in-
dustry. PREREQ: CSc 142, at least 40 clock hours in the College's computer cen-
ter's operations section, and approval of the Computer Science Committee.
221-222 Systems Design l-ll (3) (3)
Case studies acquaint the student with phases of design and implementation of an
information system. The student is then assigned a project involving the complete
system development cycle: analysis, design, programming, implementation. PRE-
REQ: CSc 101 or CSc 102 or CSc 141. 221 must precede 222.
300 Cooperative Applications Programming (4)
The student works in the applications programming section of an information sys-
tems group as a junior programmer to gain experience in programming and imple-
menting small projects of use to the company. PREREQ: CSc 242 and approval ot
the Computer Science Committee.
311 Firmware (3)
Hardware characteristics of general purpose digital computers and related equip-
ment with emphasis on microprogramming. PREREQ: CSc 242.
190/mathematical sciences
321 Data Base Management Systems (3)
Characteristics of generalized data management systems; survey of widely used
systems; techniques for improving the interface between a manager and information
he needs to make decisions through easy-to-use generalized reporting systems.
PREREQ: CSc 242.
331 Operating Systems (3)
Operating systems and their user characteristics. Maintenance of a complex op-
erating system with emphasis on important trade-offs made in tuning the system.
Core and file management, systems accounting, other user-related services. PRE-
REQ: CSc 242.
335 On-Line Computing (3)
Design, implementation, modification of information systems in an on-line environ-
ment. File management systems and data structures appropriate to real-time com-
puting with emphasis on back-up and recovery techniques. PREREQ: CSc 242.
336 Data Communications (3)
Hardware and software characteristics of equipment providing communication be-
tween computers and remote terminals. PREREQ: CSc 242.
341 Compiler Construction (3)
Translation, loading, execution of a higher level language. Syntax analysis of simple
expressions and statements. Organization of a compiler; design and implementation
of a simple compiler. PREREQ: CSc 242.
350 Computers in Education (3)
Technical knowledge and skills for successful use of the computer as a supportive
tool of education in elementary and secondary school classes.
361 Simulation (3)
Computer simulation utilizing logical, numerical, and Monte Carlo modeling to rep-
resent systems. Use of special languages to simulate actual systems. PREREQ:
CSc 101 (or CSc 102 or CSc 141), Mat 261 (or Mat 242).
371 Computer Graphics (3)
Construction and manipulation of prototypes for graphical display purposes. PRE-
REQ: CSc 141 (or CSc 101 or CSc 102), Mat 261 (or Mat 242).
400 Cooperative Specialty (9)
Working for an organization in his concentration area, the student applies his back-
ground to real problems. PREREQ: approval of Computer Science Committee.
490 Independent Project in Computer Science (1-5)
The student designs and implements a software system. Project problems are drawn
from local industry and College departments. A computer science faculty member
supervises each project. PREREQ: consent of instructor.
495 Topics in Computer Science (3)
Announced at time of offering. PREREQ: consent of instructor.
499 Independent Study in Computer Science (1-4)
In conjunction with the instructor, the student selects study topics via literature
search. PREREQ: consent of instructor.
School of Music
PROFESSORS
ANTONOWICH
BARROW
CAREY
COHEN
JOHNS
MERRELL
MUNGER
PENNINGTON
PFLIEGER
SCHICK
SCHMIDT
SINGLETON
SPRENKLE
STRINGER
VELETA
WELLS
WILKINSON
WRIGHT
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
ALT
BEDFORD
BELMAIN
BOERLIN
DORMINY
FRENZ
FRIDAY
GANGEMI
HABAN
HALES
KLEIN
LAUDERMILCH
McHUGH
MARKOW
MURRAY
NELSON
PANDEL
PETHES
SHEPPARD
SMITH
SULLIVAN
SWEET
VANDEVER
VOOIS
WAGNER
WEISS
WHITTEN
WILLIAMS
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
COLLINS
CON AWAY
GUIDETTI
HEGVIK
NORTHEIMER
ROPER
SOUTHALL
VI NQU I ST (Part-time)
INSTRUCTORS
BREUNINGER (Part-time]
GOEBEL (Part-time)
LOISELLE (Part-time)
LUCAS
SWARTLEY (Part-time)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
The School of Music offers three programs of study leading to un-
dergraduate degrees:
[1] Bachelor of Science in Music Education: a balanced program
of general, specialized, and professional courses leading to quali-
fication for a Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate to teach music
192/music
in the elementary and secondary schools of Pennsylvania for three
years. Three teaching concentration programs— general, instru-
mental, and vocal-choral— are provided.
[2] Bachelor of Arts in Music: a balanced program of courses
which are general and specialized, providing a concentration area
in either performance or a combination of music theory and music
literature; structured for students desiring a liberal-arts education
with a major in music.
[3] Bachelor of Music: a balanced program of courses which
are general, specialized, and professional for the performing
musician; structured for students desiring a college degree and
interested in such areas as professional performance, studio teach-
ing, and church music.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
Candidates for admission to the School of Music must meet the general require-
ments for admission as indicated under Admission to West Chester. In addition, all
candidates must appear for a personal interview and certain music tests, which vary
according to the degree program sought.
The College will provide large instruments such as the tuba, string bass, or timpani
for these tests. All smaller instruments must be brought to the College. All candi-
dates will take the Seashore Measures of Musical Talents, for which no preparation
is necessary.
The following are acceptable as "major" instruments: violin, viola, cello, bass, trumpet,
trombone, baritone, tuba, French horn, oboe, English horn, flute, Bb clarient, bas-
soon, and percussion (provided the candidate demonstrates an acceptable compet-
ence in playing various percussion instruments]. The saxophone, guitar, and accor-
dion are not considered acceptable major performance areas. However, the School
of Music will audition a candidate on these instruments if he believes the audition
will demonstrate evidence of his background.
TRANSFER STUDENTS— consult the paragraphs headed "Transfer Students" and
"College Policies for Students Transferring from a Non-Accredited Institution" under
Admission to West Chester.
MUSIC TESTS-B.S. IN MUSIC EDUCATION
(1) Each candidate must demonstrate skill in at least one performing medium in
which he excels; piano, organ, voice, or a band or orchestra instrument. It is pre-
ferable, although not required, for pianists and vocalists to perform at least part
of their audition from memory.
(2) All candidates are tested in voice, piano, and sight singing.
(3) A piano, organ, or voice major who has band or orchestra instrument experience
is urged to demonstrate his ability on his instrument.
Note: Each candidate must bring music for the vocal, piano, and instrumental com-
positions he intends to perform, and should come prepared with a song that will
demonstrate vocal range and quality.
MUSIC TESTS-B.A. IN MUSIC
Those planning to elect the concentration in performance must demonstrate an
advanced level of accomplishment in an audition. Memorization is preferred for
vocalists and pianists.
music/193
MUSIC TESTS-B.MUS.
Each candidate must demonstrate an advanced level of proficiency in the major area
of performance as evidenced by his ability to perform compositions representing
a variety of musical periods and must show potential as a professional performer.
Memorization is required for pianists and vocalists.
NOTE
It is strongly recommended that candidates for the B.A. and B.Mus. degrees take
all tests required for admission to the B.S. program. Doing so will be a great ad-
vantage in the event the candidate later chooses to enter the College in that program.
SCHOOL OF MUSIC DEGREE PROGRAMS
B.S. IN MUSIC EDUCATION
Candidates choose one of three teaching concentration programs— general, instru-
mental, or vocal-choral. They must satisfactorily complete 128 semester hours, dis-
tributed among the following areas:
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
The following Cognate Requirements are credited to General Requirements:
Mus 221, Theatre/Speech (General and Vocal-Choral Concentrations], Psy 100,
Mus 414
2. Professional Education Requirements 26-28 s.h.
EdF 100, Mus 331, Mus 332, Methods course or courses in the Teaching Con-
centration (2-4 hrs.), EdP 250, Mus 431
3. Specialized Preparation 56-58 s.h.
A. Theory and Music History (23 s.h.)
Theory I, II, III, IV
Aural Activities I, II, III, IV
Music in Western Civilization II
B. Applied Music (26y2 -35 s.h.)
Conducting (4 s.h.)
Major Performing Area (Individual Lessons) (8-9 s.h.)
Minor Performing Area (Individual Lessons) (4-6 s.h.)
Minor Performing Area (Class Lessons) (372-11 s.h.)
Musical Organizations (6-9 s.h.)
C. Electives (0-8y2 s.h.)
Chosen from courses listed by each department in the School.
BACHELOR OF ARTS
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
The following Cognate Requirements are credited to General Requ'i-ements:
Mus 221, Mus 414, Special Concentration Requirements (Consult the student
handbook)
194/music
2. Foreign Language Requirement 6 s.h.
(through Intermediate II level)
3. Music Core 30 s.h.
Theory I, II, III, IV
Aural Activities I, II, III, IV
Counterpoint I
Music in Western Civilization II
Secondary Performance Area (2 s.h.)
Conducting (Choral or Instrumental) (2)
4. Area of Concentration Requirements 48 s.h.
Elect Either A. or B.
A. Concentration in Performance
Major Performance Area (Individual lessons, recital) (12 s.h.)
Musical Organization (2 s.h.)
Music History elective (3 s.h.)
Special elective requirement of Concentration Area
(under advisement) (9 s.h.)
Electives (22 s.h.)
B. Concentration in Theory-Music History and Literature
Piano (8 s.h.)
Musical Organizations (4 s.h.)
Research Techniques (3 s.h.)
Music History electives (chosen from Mus 340-345) (12 s.h.)
Counterpoint II
Form and Analysis (3 s.h.)
Orchestration (3 s.h.)
20th Century Techniques (3 s.h.)
Free electives in History or Theory (9 s.h.)
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
1. General Requirements 44 s.h.
See page 63
The following Cognate Requirements are credited to General Requirements:
Mus 221, Mus 414
2. Foreign Language Requirement 6 s.h.
(need not be at intermediate level)
3. Area of Concentration Requirements 78 s.h.
A. Required Core (66 s.h.)
(1) Music History (9 s.h.)
Music in Western Civilization II
Aesthetics and Music Criticism
Music History-Literature elective
(2) Theory of Music (23 s.h.)
Theory I, II, III. IV
Aural Activities I, II, III, IV
Counterpoint I
(3) Applied Music (34 s.h.)
Major Performance Area (including recitals) (16 s.h.)
Secondary Performance Area (4 s.h.)
Musical Organization (2 s.h.)
Conducting (Choral or Instrumental) (2 s.h.)
music/195
Master Class and/or Ensemble (4 s.h.)
Literature (Applied Major) (6 s.h.)
B. Electives (under advisement) (12 s.h.)
Note: Voice majors are required to elect at least 9 s.h. of foreign language
study. (These studies may be at any level.)
COURSE OFFERINGS IN MUSIC
DEPARTMENT OF THEORY AND COMPOSITION
James J. Wright, Chairperson; Gangemi, Haban, Loiselle, Munger,
Nelson, Sullivan, Wilkinson, and Staff.
Mus 112 Theory of Music I (3)
Fundamentals of music theory, music writing, keyboard harmony. Elements of musical
form and the rounded binary form. The diatonic triads in root position. Analysis and
creative activity.
Music 113 Theory of Music II (3)
Inversions of diatonic triads and the chord of the seventh. The invention and sonata-
allegro forms. Analysis and creative activity. PREREQ: Mus 112.
Mus 114 Aural Activities I (2)
Development of basic hearing skills, chiefly through sight singing and dictation ac-
tivities based upon the subject matter of Mus 112.
Mus 115 Aural Activities II (2)
Continued development of basic hearing skills. PREREQ: Mus 114.
Mus 212 Theory of Music III (3)
Modulation, applied dominant, the ninth chord, and chromatic sonorities. Ternary
form, variation, and fugue. Analysis and creative activity. PREREQ: Mus 113.
Mus 213 Theory of Music IV (3)
Harmonic and contrapuntal techniques of the 20th century. The rondo and concerto
forms. Analysis and creative activity. PREREQ: Mus 212.
Mus 214 Aural Activities III (2)
Material of advanced difficulty involving chromatic alteration, foreign modulation,
and intricate rhythms. PREREQ: Mus 115.
Mus 215 Aural Activities IV (2)
Continuation of Mus 214 and activities involving nontonal music. PREREQ: Mus 214.
Mus 312 Counterpoint I (3)
The contrapuntal techniques of tonal music. Choral prelude and invention PREREQ:
Mus 212.
Mus 313 Counterpoint II (3)
Advanced contrapuntal forms including canon and fugue. PREREQ: Mus 312.
Mus 314 Musical Form (3)
The standard forms of tonal music based on the treatises of Goetschius and Salzer.
PREREQ: Mus 212.
Mus 315 Orchestration (3)
The orchestra; use of instruments individually and in combination. PREREQ: Mus
212.
Mus 318 Techniques of Twentieth Century Composition (3)
A study of the technical aspects of contemporary music. Writing "in the style of,"
etc. PREREQ: Mus 212.
196/music
Mus 412 Composition I (3)
Creative writing in the forms, styles, and media best suited to the capabilities and
needs of the student. PREREQ: Mus 212.
Mus 413 Composition II (3)
Further application of Mus 412, stressing contemporary techniques. PREREQ: Mus
412.
Mus 414 Acoustics of Music (3)
The study of sound: its production, transmission, and reception. Musical instruments,
the acoustics of rooms, and the physical basis of scales.
Mus 41 5 Serialism and Atonality (3)
Compositional procedures and theoretical concepts in atonal and serial works of
Schoenberg, Berg, Webern, Bartok, Stravinsky, and more recent composers.
PREREQ: Mus 213.
Mus 416 Jazz Practices (3)
Jazz history, writing, and performance. Survey of basic jazz literature; fundamental
techniques in arranging and improvising. PREREQ: Mus 213 or equivalent.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE
Liselotte M. Schmidt, Chairperson; Johns, Murray, Pflieger, Wells,
Vinquist and Staff.
Mus 121 Fine Arts (Music) (3)
Designed for the General Requirements. An introductory course in the history
and appreciation of music from the Middle Ages through the Contemporary Period.
Not open to music majors or elementary education students with a concentration
in music.
Note that other courses are available to the non-music major for General Require-
ments. Particularly suitable are Mus 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 421. Additional courses
may also be taken for the same purpose, with consent of department chairperson.
Mus 122 Music History I (3)
The history and appreciation of music from the earliest times through the Baroque
Period. Musical forms, aesthetic concepts, and practices. Analysis and listening
experience.
Mus 123 Music History II (3)
The history and appreciation of music from the Classical through the Contemporary
Period. Continuation of Mus 122.
Mus 1 24 Music in Concerts (3)
For non-music majors. Experiencing music in the concert situation. Students attend
a live performance once weekly. Two supplementary lectures prepare for these
live performances through guided listening, discussion of musical form and styles,
and background information.
Mus 1 25 Perspectives in Jazz (3)
For non-music majors. Guided listening to improve understanding and enjoyment
of jazz with emphasis upon jazz heritages, chronological development, and sociolog-
ical considerations, culminating in an analysis of the eclectic styles of the 1960's
and 70's.
Mus 126 Folk and Traditional Music of the Western World (3)
Introductory survey of music and musical styles of folk and traditional music in the
Western world. Analysis of styles, forms, aesthetic and cultural concepts, and
practices, surveyed as they relate to folk music and the mainstream of art music.
music/197
Mus 221 Music in Western Civilization I (3)
A history of music from earliest known times through the Baroque Period— to 1750.
Analysis of styles, forms, aesthetic concepts, and practices. PREREQ for music
majors: Mus 113. For non-music majors: consent of instructor.
Mus 222 Music in Western Civilization II (3)
A history of music from the Classical through Contemporary Period. Analysis of
styles, forms, aesthetic concepts, and practices. PREREQ for music majors: Mus
113. For non-music majors: consent of instructor.
Mus 224 Keyboard Literature I (3)
A survey of literature for keyboard instruments from the Baroque Period through
the late Classical Period. The various styles in solo and ensemble literature are illus-
trated by recordings and performance by keyboard majors.
Mus 225 Keyboard Literature II (3)
A continuation of Mus 224. Performance by keyboard majors and recordings. Lit-
erature from the Romantic through the Impressionist Period is studied.
Mus 226 Art Song (3)
Origins and development of the art song.
Mus 322 American Music (3)
Survey of the development of music and musical style from 1620 to the present.
Analysis of styles, forms, aesthetic concepts, and practices. For music majors, or
non-music majors with permission of instructor.
Mus 323 Aesthetics and Music Criticism (3)
The nature of aesthetic experience and various problems in the philosophy of art.
Principles of criticism related to music and its performance. For music majors, or
non-music majors with permission of instructor.
Mus 324 String Literature I (3)
A survey of literature for string instruments from the pre-Baroque through the
Classical Period. Study of style, form, and analysis; performance. Students, perform-
ing on their major instruments, and pertinent recordings provide illustrative literature.
For music majors, or non-music majors with permission of instructor.
Mus 325 String Literature II (3)
A continuation of Mus 324, pursuing the same format and considering literature of
the Romantic and Contemporary Periods. For music majors, or non-music majors
with permission of instructor.
Mus 326 Woodwind Literature I (3)
A survey of literature for flute, oboe, clarinet, and bassoon from the Baroque and
Classical Periods. Recordings and performance by woodwind majors. For music
majors, or non-music majors with permission of instructor.
Mus 327 Woodwind Literature II (3)
A continuation of Mus 326. The Romantic and Contemporary Periods are studied.
For music majors, or non-music majors with permission of instructor.
Mus 328 Brass Literature I (3)
The nature and development of brass instruments, observed in the solo, ensemble,
and orchestral literature of the 16th, 17th, and 18th centuries. For music majors,
or non-music majors with permission of instructor.
Mus 329 Brass Literature II (3)
A continuation of Mus 328, beginning with the introduction of pistons and valves
in the 19th century and proceeding through the 20th century to the present. For
music majors, or non-music majors with permission of instructor.
198/music
Mus 340 Medieval Music (3)
Development of plainsong and secular monody and beginnings of early history of
polyphony through the 14th century. Consideration of contemporary trends in the
visual arts, history, and literature. PREREQ: Mus 221 and 222, or permission of
instructor.
Mus 341 Renaissance Music (3)
Sacred and secular music in the Age of Dufay; changing forms and styles through
the music of the Franco-Flemish Groups; the frottoia and related forms; Palestrina
and his contemporaries, with a brief consideration of contemporary trends in the
visual arts, history, and literature. PREREQ: Mus 221 and 222, or permission of
instructor.
Mus 342 Baroque Music (3)
Styles and forms of Baroque repertoire; contributions of the major Baroque com-
posers; role of music and musicians in the society of the Period. PREREQ: Mus
221 and 222, or permission of instructor.
Mus 343 Late 18th Century Music (3)
Changing styles and forms in: the sons of J. S. Bach; the Viennese pre-classicists;
the Mannheim School; opera; Joseph and Michael Haydn, Mozart, and their con-
temporaries; the early works of Beethoven. PREREQ: Mus 221 and 222, or per-
mission of instructor
Mus 344 Music of 19th-century Romanticism (3)
Historical developments during the Romantic Period (circa 1800-1900). Analysis
of changes and trends; comparative aspects of new forms. PREREQ: Mus 221 and
222, or permission of instructor.
Mus 345 Contemporary Styles (3)
Trends in modern music from about 1900 to the present. Analysis and listening ex-
perience. PREREQ: Mus 221 and 222, or permission of instructor.
Mus 346 Bach and His Works (3)
The life of J.S. Bach; works for organ, keyboard, and other instruments; cantatas
and larger choral works. Introduced with a review of contemporary trends in music,
the visual arts, history, and religion as they affect his composition. PREREQ: Mus
221 and 222, or permission of instructor.
Mus 347 History of Musical Instruments (3)
A comprehensive study of instruments from antiquity to the present according to
chronology and category. PREREQ: Mus 221 and 222, or permission of instructc.
Mus 348 Problems in Performance Practice (3)
Historical and analytical consideration of special problems in the accurate realiza-
tion and performance of music from the Middle Ages to the present. PREREQ: Mus
221 and 222, or permission of instructor.
Mus 421 Literature of the Musical Theater (3)
The literature of the musical theater from Singspiel to Broadway Musical. Changes
in style are observed and analyzed.
Mus 424 Development of the Opera (3)
A basic course in the origin and development of the opera and its dissemination
throughout the Western World.
Mus 425 Literature of Orchestral Music (3)
A study of representative orchestral works; symphonies, concerti, suites, overtures,
and others, from the Baroque Period to the present. Appreciation and analysis. PRE-
REQ: Mus 221 and 222, or permission of instructor.
Mus 426 Choral Repertoire (3)
The development and performance style of the choral repertoire.
music/199
Mus 427 African and Afro-American IVIusic (3)
African music in its social context. African-influenced music of the Western hemis-
phere including spirituals, work songs, field hollers, ragtime, blues, jazz, gospel
songs, and soul music. Some "art" music by black composers. PREREQ: an intro-
ductory course in music or permission of instructor.
Mus 428 Chamber Music Literature (3)
Analysis of style and form of chamber music repertoire from the Baroque through
Modern Period. Emphasis on appreciation as well as structure. PREREQ: Mus 221
and 222, or permission of instructor.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC EDUCATION
MargarettaA. Carey, Chairman; yAnfonoiA//c/7, Belmain, Collins, Mer-
rell, Northeimer, Singleton, Stringer, and Staff.
Mus 030 Fundamentals of Music (no credit)
For elementary education students who do not meet minimum requirements on
a music fundamentals test. For these students the course is a prerequisite for Mus
231. Intervals, scales, key sigr.atures, and other fundamentals of musical notation
are stressed.
Mus 231 Music for the Classroom Teacher (3)
Designed to equip the elementary classroom teacher to participate in the music
program. Emphasis on teaching procedures and materials. PREREQ: passing grade
on a music fundamentals test.
Mus 331 The Music Curriculum, K-6; Methods and Materials (3)
The study of music and the learning process at the elementary level; the listening
program, pedagogy for the elementary music program, and materials.
Mus 332 The Music Curriculum 7-12; Methods and Materials (3)
The study of music and the learning process at the secondary level; the listening
program, the middle and junior high school general music programs, ethnomusic,
programs and performances, basics of administration, related arts, the music major
program, and evaluative techniques.
Mus 333 Instrumental Methods (2)
Fundamentals underlying the development of instrumental programs in the public
schools. Emphasis upon program organization and administration, teaching proced-
ures, and materials.
Note that Mus 331, Mus 332, and Mus 333 are scheduled concurrently, normally
in the junior year, in order to permit regular and ample opportunity for observation
in area public schools.
Mus 334 Teaching Music Listening at the Elementary Level (3)
The teaching of the elements of music, musical concepts, and the development of
aesthetic sensitivity through listening.
Mus 335 Choral Materials and Practices (2)
Designed to acquaint the student with the vast amount of choral music suitable for
school use. Program building and rehearsal techniques are demonstrated.
Mus 336 Piano Methods (Class) (3)
For piano teachers and supervisors in the organization and teaching of piano classes.
Suitable teaching materials are examined and discussed. Demonstrations and stu-
dent teaching.
200/music
Mus 337 Instrumental Techniques and Materials (2)
For juniors and seniors who desire to specialize in instrumental nnusic. Considers
rehearsal procedures, effective nnaterials, minor repairs of instruments, competitions
and festivals, and marching band procedures. PREREQ; Mus 333.
Mus 338 Piano Pedagogy (3)
Designed as preparation for studio teaching. Emphasis is on materials and varied
approaches for the early stages of instruction.
Mus 431 Student Teaching, Practicum, and Direction of Student Activities (12)
Observation and participation in teaching vocal and instrumental music in situations
ranging from the primary grades through senior high school. Undertaken in con-
junction with qualified cooperating teachers. Professional conferences and visitations
are an integral part of the experience.
DEPARTMENT OF KEYBOARD MUSIC
Richard K. Veleta, Chairperson; Bedford, Hales, Lucas, McHugh,
Pandel, Pennington, Pethes, Schick, Voois, Weiss, Whitten, Wilkin-
son and Staff.
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private and class lessons given by the Department of Keyboard Music are shown
by the following numbers, together with the appropriate prefix:
Pia— Piano Org— Organ
Course Number Semester Hours
001-002 Class instruction in minor performance area 1/2
101-402 Private instruction in minor performance area 1
105-106 Private instruction in minor performance area, Elementary Education
students with a concentration in music 1
107-109 Private instruction in major performance area, Elementary Education
students with a concentration in music 1
111-412 Private instruction in major performance area, Music Education pro-
gram 1
413 Elective credit for senior recital, accompanying, or other participation
in concerts or recitals, or extra study of literature. Available to Music
Education seniors only during the non-student-teaching semester by
permission of the department. 1
121-422 Private instructio.. for Music Education students with Advanced Stand-
ing 1
131-432 Private instruction in major performance area, B.A. program 1 or 2
141-442 Private instruction in major performance area, B.Mus. Program 2
Mas 311-314 Master Class (Keyboard) (1)
For keyboard majors. Experience in performing memorized literature. Class mem-
bers also play two-piano compositions and ensemble music for piano and other
instruments. Keyboard trios, quartets, and quintets are analyzed and performed.
Pia 310 Accompanying (2)
A laboratory course in the principles of playing accompaniments to art songs, con-
certos, and Baroque recitatives; and in ways to realize continuos and make orches-
tral reductions at the piano.
music/201
Pia 400 Piano Class (Elementary Teachers) (3)
Piano accompaniments for classroom music activities; teaching of practical class-
room materials.
DEPARTMENT OF VOCAL AND CHORAL MUSIC
Roy D. Sweet, Chairman; Alt, Conaway, Dorminy, Frenz, Friday,
Markow, Sheppard, Vandever, Wagner, Williams, and Staff.
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private and class lessons given by the Department of Vocal and Choral Music are
shown by the following numbers, together with this prefix:
Voi— Voice
Course Number Semester Hours
001-002 Class instruction in minor performance area 1/2
101-402 Private instruction in minor performance area 1
105-106 Private instruction in minor performance area, Elementary Education
students with a concentration in music 1
107-109 Private instruction in major performance area, Elementary Education
students with a concentration in music 1
111-412 Private instruction in major performance area, IVIusic Education
program 1
413 Elective credit for senior recital, accompanying, or other extra partici-
pation in concerts or recitals, or extra study of literature. Available
to Music Education seniors only during the non-student-teaching
semester by permission of the department. 1
121-422 Private instruction for Music Education students with Advanced Stand-
ing 1
131-432 Private instruction in major performance area, B.A. program 1 or 2
141-442 Private instruction in major performance area, B.Mus. program 2
Die 111 English-Italian Diction (3)
English, Italian, and Latin diction for singers. Use of phonetics with application to
singing of selected songs.
Die 112 French-German Diction (3)
French and German diction for singers. Use of phonetics with application to sing-
ing of selected songs.
MxC 111-412 Mixed Chorus (1/2-1)
Designed to acquaint the student with choral literature for Mixed Chorus, Women's
Chorus, and Men's Chorus. Program performance included.
ChC 111-112 Chamber Choir (1 /2)
Performance of music of the Renaissance and Baroque Periods. The performing
choir is selected by audition.
MCI 111-112 Madrigal Class (1/2)
Performance techniques in the music of the Renaissance. Requirement for students
in the Vocal-Choral concentration of the B.S. in Music Education program; may be
met by Chamber Choir.
OpC 111-112 Opera Chorus (1 /2)
An elective course devoted to the training of a choral group which participates in
opera or operetta productions. May not be used to satisfy choral credits. Member-
ship by audition.
202/music
Cho 311-412 Choir (1)
Designed to give the student a wide association with the choral literature for mixed
chorus. Music of high-school level as well as more difficult literature.
CCh 121-422 Concert Choir (1/2-1)
Devoted to acquiring a fine technique in choral singing through the preparation of
programs for performance. Membership by audition.
WGC 111-412 Women's Glee Club (1/2)
An opportunity for non-music students to learn the choral literature for women's
chorus. Membership by audition.
CCo 211 Choral Conducting I (2)
A practical application of conducting and vocal techniques in choral direction through
practice in conducting a choral group.
CCo 212 Choral Conducting II (2)
Continued development of conducting techniques with stress on conducting of
polyphonic choral music and on the musical styles of the various choral periods.
PREREQ: CCo 211.
Mas 321-324 Master Class (Voice) (1)
Standard repertoire for various types of voices is performed and discussed.
OpW 421 Opera Workshop I (2)
A study of the arts and crafts required in a musical production; coaching, set de-
signing and construction, stage movement, and costuming.
OpW 422 Opera Workshop II (2)
Major roles in short productions and minor roles in extended productions. By audition.
OpW 423 Opera Workshop III (2)
Continuation of OpW 422. By audition.
OpW 424 Musico-Dramatic Production I (3)
Major roles and/or major responsibilities in extended productions. By audition.
OpW 425 Musico-Dramatic Production II (3)
Continuation of OpW 424. By audition.
DEPARTMENT OF INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC
H. Lee Southall, Chairperson; Barrow, Boerlin, Breuninger, Cohen,
Goebel, Guidetti, Hegvik, Klein, Laudermilch, Roper, Smith, Swart-
ley, and Staff.
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private and class lessons given by the Department of Instrumental Music are shown
by the following numbers, together with the appropriate prefix:
VIn — Violin EnH — English Horn Trb — Trombone
Via — Viola CIt — Clarinet Bar — Baritone
Vcl — Cello Bsn — Bassoon Tba — Tuba
Bas — Bass Hrp — Harp Per — Percussion
Flu — Flute FrH — French Horn
Obo — Oboe Tpt — Trumpet
Course Number Semester Hours
001-002 Class instruction in minor performance area (Except VIn 001-002:
1 credit each) 1/2
101-402 Private instruction in minor performance area 1
music/203
105-106 Private instruction in minor performance area, Elementary Education
students with a concentration in music 1
107-109 Private instruction in major performance area, Elementary Education
students with a concentration in music 1
111-412 Private instruction in major performance area. Music Education pro-
gram 1
413 Elective credit for senior recital, accompanying, or other extra partici-
pation in concerts or recitals, or extra study of literature. Available to
Music Education seniors only during the non-student-teaching sem-
ester by permission of the department. 1
121-422 Private instruction for Music Education students with Advanced Stand-
ing 1
131-432 Private instruction in major performance area, B.A. program 1 or 2
141-442 Private instruction in major performance area, B.Mus. Program 2
BrC 001 Brass Class (1/2)
Class instruction in French iiorn, trombone, and tuba for non-brass majors only.
BrC 002 Brass Class (1/2)
Class instruction in brass instruments for brass majors.
WwC 001 Woodwind Class (1/2)
Class instruction in flute, oboe, and bassoon for non-woodwind majors only.
WwC 002 Woodwind Class (1/2)
Class instruction in woodwind instruments for woodwind majors.
SEn 111-412 String Ensemble (1/2)
Principles of ensemble playing through the performance of various types of chamber
music.
WEn 111-412 Woodwind Ensemble (1/2)
Principles of ensemble playing through the performance of various types of cham-
ber music.
BEn 111-412 Brass Ensemble (1/2)
Principles of ensemble playing through the performance of various types of cham-
ber music.
PEn 111-412 Percussion Ensemble (1/2)
Principles of ensemble playing through the performance of compositions limited
to instruments of the percussion family.
ElO 111-412 Elementary Orchestra (1/2)
Music for the beginning orchestra through performance. Emphasis on beginners'
problems, organization, and techniques of string performance.
SyO 111-412 Symphony Orchestra (1/2-1)
Emphasis on performance of a wide variety of orchestral literature for concerts,
accompanying student soloists, opera, and oratorio.
OST 111-412 Orchestral String Techniques (1/2)
Additional exposure to string orchestra literature and study of idiomatic string prob-
lems within regular orchestra parts.
EIB 111-412 Elementary Band (1/2)
Music for the beginning band through performance. Emphasis on beginners' prob-
lems, organization, and techniques of wind and percussion playing.
204/music
CBA 111,411 Concert Band (1/2, 1)
Performance of the band literature suitable for junior liigh and senior high levels.
MAS 111, 411 Marching Band (1/2, 1)
Program building, balance, and rehearsal techniques are stressed. Members par-
ticipate in Marching Band activities.
SMB 111-412 Symphonic and Marching Band (1/2-1)
The Symphonic Band emphasizes performance of a variety of band literature: stand-
ard repertoire, recently published compositions, and selections from festival lists.
The Marching Band performs precision and theme drills at football games and plays
for community and college functions.
Win 111-412 Wind Ensemble (1/2-1)
A band of 50 or 60 members composed of outstanding campus wind instrumentalists
and percussionists. The ensemble performs difficult music selected mainly from
contemporary works.
ICo 311 Instrumental Conducting I (2)
Development of conducting skills and techniques, score reading, and terminology.
Works from the late 18th century are studied and conducted. PREREQ: CCo 211.
ICo 312 Instrumental Conducting II (2)
Continued development of conducting skills and score reading of more advanced
music literature. Works from the Romantic and Contemporary Periods are studied
and conducted PREREQ: ICo 311.
Mas 331-334 Master Class (Strings) (1)
Standard repertoire for combinations of string instruments, including trios, quartets,
quintets, and other groups involving piano, organ, and other instruments.
Mas 341-344 Master Class (Woodwinds) (1)
Repertoire from the Baroque Period to the present performed by ensembles of
woodwind instruments. Solos are performed and discussed.
Mas 351-354 Master Class (Brasses) (1)
Repertoire for brass solo, homogeneous ensemble, and mixed ensemble is per-
formed and discussed.
Mas 361 -364 Master Class (Percussion) (1 )
Repertoire for solo and ensemble music for percussion is performed and discussed.
Nursing
Doris R. Schoel,
Chairperson
ASSOCIATE
ASSISTANT
INSTRUCTORS
PROFESSOR
PROFESSORS
SCHOEL
FISCHER
HARRISON
GUERIN
REBER
KLINE
MATZ
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING
The Bachelor of Science degree program in nursing is offered by
the Department of Nursing, which in an integral part of the School
of Sciences and Mathematics. The family-centered program is
based upon the concept man in totality is a bio-psychosocial being
with basic health needs. The Department of Nursing believes that
quality health care is a basic right to all people and that man's health
care needs can more adequately be met through the preparation
of the professional nurse who completes courses in the social and
natural sciences, humanities, and the nursing major.
Characteristics of the graduate include: 1) an awareness and
sense of responsibility for contemporary social issues; 2) concern
for improvement of health care within society through professional
citizen activities; 3) competency in utilizing the nursing process
to assist clients at various adaptational levels and development
stages in a variety of settings; 4) collaboration, coordination and
consultation as a colleague within the interdisciplinary health team;
5) belief in learning as a life-long process; 6) utilization of the sci-
entific method to make decisions based upon predictable and un-
predictable results in providing health care; 7) participation in the
change process by collection of data applying to nursing theories
and practice.
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
Nursing candidates are admitted once a year, in September.
206/nursing
Nursing students are required to supply their own transportation
to clinical facilities.
HEALTH REQUIREMENTS
Nursing candidates must meet the general health requirements of
all students at West Chester State College for the freshmen and
sophomore years. Candidates must meet the following health re-
quirements the summer previous to the junior and senior years:
Inoculations against smallpox, diphtheria, typhoid, tetanus and
poliomyelitis (a series of four); a complete physical examination
which must include a complete blood count, blood serology, chest
x-ray, urinalysis, dental and eye examinations, and any other diag-
nostic tests deemed necessary.
Insurance Requirements. Students are required to carry liability
insurance the junior and senior year at a yearly cost of approxi-
mately $15.
Uniforms. Students must purchase uniforms costing approximately
$100 at the end of their sophomore year.
Beyond the 44 hours of General Requirements, the B.S. in nursing
Core Requirements*
Psy 100, Psy 210, Soc 100, Bio 100, Che 103-104, Chi 103-104, Bio 101-102, Bio
104, Che 230, Psy 375, Bio 307, Che 404, Soc 333, Psy 245 or Math 121.
* Some of these courses may be used to satisfy General Requirements
Nursing Concentration Requirements
Nsg 212, Nsg 311-312, Nsg 411-412
COURSE OFFERINGS IN NURSING
Symbol: Nsg
212 Nursing Theories and Concepts (3)
Nursing theories and concepts, conceptual frameworks, theories from other dis-
ciplines which may apply to nursing and the nursing process are studied.
311-312 Adaptation l-ll (10) (10)
Health is stressed as it relates to man's adaptation through normal physical, psycho-
social responses and the nursing process. Nsg 312 concentrates the use of the nur-
sing process to aid clients whose adaptive responses create an awareness of slight
helath imbalance. 311 must precede 312. PREREQ: Nsg 212.
411-412 Advanced Adaptation l-ll (10) (11)
The use of the nursing process with clients who are unable to reduce, control or
limit their generalized responses by direct adaptation is studied. Nsg 412 includes
the use of the nursing process with clients and groups having adaptive responses
which apply to promotion and restoration of health. 411 must precede 412. PRE-
REQ: Nsg 312.
415 Adaptation Middle and Old Age (3)
Middle and advanced aged persons are studied in relation to theories about aging,
physical, psycho-social promotion, maladaptation and restoration.
482 Nurse s Role in Care of Developmentally Disabled (2)
The nursing process is studied in the physical, psycho-social care and rehabilitation
of handicapped, retarded, cerbral-palsied, epileptic and others.
Philosophy
George S. Claghorn
Chairperson
PROFESSORS
CLAGHORN
PLATT
RIUKAS
STRUCKMEYER
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
BANYACSKI
CRODDY
STREVELER
WILLIAMS
BACHELOR OF ARTS-PHILOSOPHY
The aims of philosophy are to familiarize the student with our intel-
lectual heritage, to promote clear thinking, and to encourage an
understanding of other people. As philosophy analyzes and relates
many disciplines, it is general education in the broadest sense. The
philosophy major is standard preparation for opportunities in
business and industry, particularly in connection with computers.
It leads also to government posts dealing with personnel, problem-
solving, and work with other cultures. Philosophy is recommended
for pre-law and pre-seminary students. This program opens the
way to graduate work and to careers in college teaching.
The B.A. in philosophy may be pursued either through a concentration in phil-
osophy (24 semester hours) or in religious studies (27 semester hours). One course
in political science and one in history are to be taken, either under General Require-
ments or as cognate requirements. A proficiency in a foreign language through
the Intermediate II level must be demonstrated.
The General Requirements of 44 hours and the Arts and Letters Core Require-
ments of 15 hours are basic. This will allow the student in the philosophy concen-
tration 57 hours of free electives and the student in the religious concentration,
54 hours of free electives.
PHILOSOPHY CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS
Required courses for the philosophy concentration are: Phi 380, 470, 472, 490, and
499. Phi 374 is recommended.
RELIGIOUS STUDIES CONCENTRATION REQUIREMENTS
Required courses for the religious studies concentration are: Phi 102, 349, 461,
463, 465, 466, 471, 486, and Soc 345.
208/philosophy
COURSE OFFERINGS IN PHILOSOPHY
Symbol: Phi
101 Introduction to Philosophy (3)
The chief problems and methods of philosophic thought, with a survey of some typ-
ical solutions. The place and influence of philosophy in the life of man today.
102 Introduction to Religious Studies (3)
The role of religion in human life. Illustration drawn from various traditions, rituals,
and belief patterns, both ancient and modern.
150 Critical Thinking and Problem Solving (3)
Introduction to the principles of valid inference and effective thinking. Problem
solving; puzzles; games; decision-making; the syllogism; probability; logical fallacies;
creative thinking.
201 Contemporary Issues (3)
Discussion and analysis of contemporary philosophical issues of particular con-
cern to students, such as death, personal identity, environmental ethics, and human
labor. The topic varies from semester to semester.
330 (also Lin 330) Introduction to Meaning (3)
Relationship between linguistics and philosophy, with emphasis on meaning in lan-
guage. Some issues in the theory of meaning from both linguistics and philosophy;
materials from each field to help solve these issues.
349 Ideas of the Bible (3)
An introduction to Biblical concepts of revelation, God, Nature, man, and redemp-
tion, in the light of Hebrew and Greek thought.
360 (also Lin 360) Philosophy of Language (3)
Questions of meaning in communication. Emphasis on contemporary discussions
of theories of natural language.
374 Aesthetics (3)
Interpretation of beauty and art. Effects of motivation; problems in media and in
goals. A background of meaning for the evaluation of specific works of painting,
sculpture, music and architecture.
380 Ethics (3)
Great ethical systems of history and their application to personal and social life.
The right and the good, the nature of values, and critical ethical dilemmas.
410 Independent Studies (6) (1-3)
461 Indian Thought (3)
The religious and philosophical heritage of India, from Vedic times to the present.
Examination of major classics, such as Rig Veda, Upanishads, Bhagavad-Gita, and
Yoga-sutras, with some attention also to recent writers such as Tagore, Gandhi,
and Radhakrishnan.
462 Chinese and Japanese Thought (3)
A survey of Far Eastern philosophy, religion, and scientific thought. Confucianism,
Taoism, and the various schools of Mahayana Buddhism, including Zen, are given
primary emphasis.
463 History of Hebrew Thought (3)
Hebrew concepts of God, man, and the universe, Biblical origins; Philo; the Rabbinic
writings; medieval traditions and interpretations; Maimonides, Spinoza, Mendel-
ssohn, and Buber; contemporary problems.
philosophy/209
465 History of Christian Thought (3)
Christian views of God, man, society, culture, and their interrelations. Classic con-
troversies, such as faith and reason, culture and faith, determination and freedom.
466 Comparative Religion (3)
A study of selections from the primary sources of the world's living religions. Con-
cepts of God, man, society, and Nature. The relation of these writings to each other;
their impact on contemporary world culture.
470 History of Ancient Philosophy (3)
A survey of the major figures of ancient philosophy, from the pre-Socratics through
Plato, Aristotle, the Epicureans, and Stoics, to the Skeptics and Neo-Platonists.
471 History of Medieval Philosophy (3)
The history of philosophy from the early Church fathers to the late Middle Ages.
St. Augustine, St. Thomas, mysticism, Jewish and Mohammedan influences, human-
ism, and the rise of science.
472 History of Modern Philosophy (3)
From Descartes to Hegel. The social, political, and scientific impact of the philos-
ophers.
473 Contemporary Philosophy (3)
Philosophic trends since 1850, including the process philosophy. Pragmatism, Posit-
ivism, Existentialism, and the Analytic School.
475 19th Century Philosophy (3)
Hegel and German Idealism; decisive influences on European and American lit-
erature and thought. Survey of the chief themes of Schopenhauer, Comte, Mill,
Spencer, Marx, Kierkegaard, Darwin, and Nietzsche.
482 Social Philosophy (3)
The relation between man and the state, especially as seen by recent thinkers.
Justice, natural rights, political obligation, freedom, and equality.
483 Philosophy of History (3)
Classic philosophies of history, including those of Augustine, Vico, Hegel, Marx,
Spengler, Toynbee and Collingwood. Definitions of civilization, norms of progress
and decadence, determinism and indeterminism, causality, and pattern.
484 American Philosophy (3)
Leaders in science, literature, religion, and government who have shaped American
thought. Philosophers of Puritanism, the Revolution, Transcendentalism, and native
schools of Realism, Idealism, and Pragmatism.
486 Philosophy of Religion (3)
Religion and the religious experience as viewed by major Western thinkers. The
existence of God, immortality, religious knowledge, evil, miracles, and science and
religion.
487 Philosophy of Science (3)
The nature of scientific method and scientific theory, with reference to presuppo-
sitions, inference, explanation, prediction, applications, and verification.
488 Theory of Knowledge (3)
Theories of truth, perception, and understanding. Classic and contemporary dis-
cussions on the nature of the self, in relation to the known world.
490 Logic (3)
The art of critical thought and of sound reasoning. Formal and classical logic; prop-
aganda; introduction to the scientific method.
499 Senior Seminar in Philosophy (3)
An intensive study of some major theme of philosophy. Required of philosophy
majors. PREREQ: 6 hours of philosophy and Senior Standing, or permission of in-
structor.
Physics
Harold L Skelton,
Chairperson
PROFESSORS
RICKERT
SHOAF
SMITH
YAROSEWICK
ASSOSIATE
PROFESSORS
HAWKES
KAPLAN
SAUNDERS (Part-time]
SKELTON
The Department of Physics at West Chester State College offers
two degree programs. One leads to the Bachelor of Arts in physics
and the other, to the Bachelor of Science in Education.
The concentration in physics begins with a look at the broad dis-
cipline. This followed by a sequence including an introduction to
modern physics, classical mechanics, and electricity and magne-
tism. Advanced courses permit students to develop a thorough
understanding of the field. The calculus is a necessary mathematic-
al tool for the study of physics at all levels.
BACHELOR OF ARTS-PHYSICS
The B.A. program in physics enables the student to receive the
basic preparation required for a variety of careers. Among these
are college and university teaching and research and related serv-
ice in industry and government. Capable graduates of this program
are normally eligible for fellowships and assistantships when they
enter graduate school.
1. Physics Concentration Requirements 72 s.h.
A. PHYSICS: Phy 101-102, 212, 233, 251-252, 414, 421, 423, 440, 451; an
additional 12 s.h. in physics must be chosen from available electives
B. MATHEMATICS: Mat 141-142, 241-242, 343, CSc 101
C. CHEMISTRY: Che 103-104, ChL 103-104
2. Electives 6 s.h.
Candidates for the B.A. degree in physics must meet the foreign language require-
ment which applies to all candidates for the B.A. degree. See page 65. The General
physics/21 1
Requirements of the College, given on page 63, must also be met.
In physics the acceptable languages are French, German, or Russian.
B.S. IN EDUCATION-PHYSICS
The B.S. program in physics education prepares the student for a
career in teaching physics at the high school level and leads to cer-
tification to teach physics in the public schools of Pennsylvania.
The program provides a solid background in physics and the related
areas of science and mathematics, so that a graduate of the pro-
gram may pursue advanced study in either physics or science edu-
cation.
1. Professional Education Requirements 29 s.h.
See Page 1 1 7
2. Physics Concentration Requirements 56 s.h.
A. PHYSICS: Phy 101-102, 212, 233, 251-252, 421, 423, 451
B. MATHEMATICS: Mat 141-142, 241; Mat 343 or Phy 415
C. SCIENCE: Che 103-104; ChL 103-104; Astronomy Elective; Biology Elective
See page 63 for the General Requirements of the College.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN PHYSICS
Symbol: Phy unless otherwise shown (2-2) represents 2 hours
lecture and 2 hours lab.
101 Physics I (4)
An introductory course. Mechanics of solids and fluids, heat, temperature, thermo-
dynamics, the kinetic theory, and wave motion. (2-2, 2 hours recitation) CONCUR-
RENT: Mat 141.
102 Physics II (4)
An extension of Phy 101. Electricity and magnetism, geometrical and physical optics,
and modern physics. (2-2, 2 hours recitation) PREREQ: Phy 101. Concurrent Mat 142.
103 General Physics I (4)
An introductory non-calculus physics course. Mechanics of solids and fluids, wave
motion, heat and temperature, thermodynamics, and kinetic theory. (3-2) PREREQ:
algebra and trigonometry.
104 General Physics II (4)
An extension of Phy 103. Electricity and magnetism, geometrical and physical op-
tics, and modern physics. (3-2) PREREQ: Phy 103.
110 Acoustics for Speech and Hearing (3)
Interference and transmission of sound waves. Measurements of sound, standard
scales, acoustic pressure, intensity, use of oscilloscope.
111 Physics and Anti-Physics (3)
Matter and anti-matter, symmetry, relativity, wave-particle duality, blackholes, and
other controversial and thought-provoking ideas of 20th century physics. PREREQ:
high school physics or equivalent.
212 Mechanics (3)
Kinematics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, work and energy, harmonic
oscillations. PREREQ: Phy 102, Mat 142.
233 Introduction to Modern Physics (3)
Special relativity, quantum effects, atomic structure and spectra, nuclear structure
and reactions. PREREQ: Phy 102 or 104, Mat 142 or 132.
212/physics
251 Intermediate Ptiysics Laboratory I (1 ]
A course to familiarize students with laboratory equipment and methods.
252 Intermediate Physics Laboratory II (1)
A continuation of Phy 251.
413 Analytical Dynamics (3)
Wave propagation, Lagrange's equations and Hamilton's principle, rigid body motion,
and special relativity. PREREQ: Phy 212, Mat 343.
414 Heat and Thermodynamics (3)
Equations of state, first and second laws of thermodynamics, ideal and real gases,
entropy, and statistical mechanics. PREREQ: Phy 102 or 104.
415 Mathematical Physics I (3)
Selected topics in mathematics applied to problems in physics, ordinary differential
equations, complex variables, hyperbolic functions, vector calculus, and numeri-
cal analysis. PREREQ: Mat 241 and Phy 102 or 104.
421 Electricity and Magnetism I (3)
Electrostatics of point charges and extended charge distributions, fields in dielec-
trics, magnetic fields due to steady currents. Ampere's Law, and induced emfs. PRE-
REQ: Phy 102 or 104.
422 Optics (3)
Geometrical and physical optics. Reflection and refraction at surfaces, lenses, in-
terference and diffraction, polarization. PRERQ: Phy 102 or 104.
423 Electronics (4)
Laboratory study of standard electronic circuits— amplifiers, oscillators, power sup-
plies, test circuits. Some theory of solid state. (1-6) PREREQ: Phy 102 or 104.
432 Introduction to Nuclear Physics [4]
Basic nuclear properties, nuclear structure and reactions. (3-3) PREREQ: Phy 233.
440 Introduction to Research (1 to 3)
Specific problems in consultation with the faculty adviser. PREREQ: consent of
instructor.
444 Seminar in Physics (1)
Oral and written reports on approved topics. Variation in topics from year to year
depending on the interest and needs of students.
451 Advanced Physics Laboratory I (1)
A course to familiarize students with contemporary laboratory equipment and
methods.
452 Advanced Physics Laboratory II (1)
A continuation of Phy 451.
SCIENCE
Symbol: Sci
Sci 100 Elements of Physical Science (3)
A study of motion, energy, light, and some aspects of modern physics stressing a
conceptual and historical understanding, and the development of scientific process
skills.
Sci 151 Problems of Our Physical Environment (3)
Energy shortage, methods of energy conversion, possibilities and limitations, trans-
portation—alternatives to the automobile, pollution.
POLITICAL SCIENCE-See Government
and Politics
Psychology
Jay L Clark,
Chairperson
s^
PROFESSORS
BARTHOLOMEW
CLARK
FELDMAN
MORSE
PORTER, J.
SANDS
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
COHEN
JACKMAN
PORTER, L
POTTIEGER
SHINEHOUSE
ASSISTANT
PROFESSOR
GINGRICH
The psychologist endeavors to apply scientific processes in order
to explain, predict, and in some cases control human behavior.
A bachelor's degree in psychology should prepare the student
to understand those variables, such as heredity, learning, and the
environment, which shape and change behavior. Careers are pos-
sible in clinics, guidance centers, industry, hosptials, schools, and
government.
BACHELOR OF ARTS -PSYCHOLOGY
1. General Requirements
See page 63
2. Foreign Language Requirement
3. Social Science Core Requirements
See page 64
44s.h.
6s.h.
21 s.h.
214/psychology
4. Psychology Concentration Requirements 30 s.h.
a. Required Psychology Courses (18 s.h.)
Psy 245, 246, 254, 357, 364, 375
b. Psychology Electives (12 s.h.)
5. Cognate Requirements 15 s.h.
6. Free Electives 12 s.h.
COURSE OFFERINGS IN PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol. Psy
100 Introduction to Psychology (3)
Introduction to the scientific study of behavior. The multiple bases of human be-
havior with emphasis on the learning process. Basic concepts, principles, and meth-
odology.
210 Developmental Psychology I (3)
A survey of research findings and theoretical issues related to developmental pro-
cesses from the prenatal phase to senescence.
245 Research Methods and Statistics I (3)
Experiments on selected problems, with emphasis on techniques in the design and
execution of experiments and on the application of elementary statistical techni-
ques to the collection, analysis, and interpretation of data.
246 Research l\^thods and Statistics II (3)
Continuation of Psy 245 with emphasis on more advanced experimental designs
and statistical techniques. PREREQ: Psy 245.
254 Social Psychology (3)
The individual studied in his social setting; how his perceptions and attitudes affect
social interaction. Group roles, norms, and their influence on social behavior. Com-
parison and evaluation of research in social psychology. PREREQ: Psy 100.
350 Motivation (3)
A study of drives, motives, and emotions as determinants of behavior. Physiological
and social aspects of motivation will be explored with some attention given to path-
ological factors. Emphasis on relevance to human behavior.
357 Theories of Personality (3)
Major theories of personality with emphasis on psychoanalytic theorists: Freud,
Erikson, Jung, Adier, Sullivan, Allport, Maslow, Skinner, Rogers, the Existentialists,
others.
361 Applied Psychology (3)
Basic psychological principles as applied to industry, engineering, and other pro-
fessions. PREREQ: Psy 100.
362 History and Systems of Psychology (3)
An integrated overview of the history of psychology as well as the systems, theories
and fundamental issues with which psychologists have concerned themselves in the
past, recent, and the current stage of the science.
363 Psychology of Learning (3)
Existing theories of learning and the relevant research data. PREREQ: Psy 100.
psychology/215
364 Physiological Psychology (3)
Neurological, endocrinologic, and other physiological processes underlying human
behavior. Effects of drugs on behavior. Techniques for study of brain-behavior re-
lationships. Problems in the physiology of motivation, emotion, learning, memory,
and attention processes. PREREQ: Psy 100.
365 Industrial Psychology (3)
A basic course for business majors. Emphasis on theoretical developments in psy-
chology as these relate to study of people in organizations and industry.
370 Mental Hygiene (3)
Application of principles of psychology to problems of individual adjustment. Pro-
cesses of coping used by normal persons in everyday life. PREREQ: Psy 100.
375 Abnormal Psychology (3)
The nature and manifestations of normality and abnormality, mental mechanisms
and symptoms, psychoneuroses, psychoses, the psychopathic personality, and men-
tal deficiency. Typical cases; functions of professional and lay people in dealing with
abnormality. PREREQ: 6 hours in psychology and Junior or Senior Standing.
382 Developmental Psychology II— Infancy and Childhood (3)
An advanced study of the normal child from conception to puberty. Emphasis on
current theoretical issues involved in the effects of early experience and environ-
ment.
383 Developmental Psychology III— Adolescence (3)
An advanced study of the psychological development of the young person from
puberty to adulthood, emphasizing the developmental problems of reaching maturity.
384 Developmental Psychology IV— Adulthood and Aging (3)
An advanced study of psychological development during the mature years and
senescence.
390 Principles of Counseling and Psychotherapy (3)
Basic concepts and methods in counseling. Problems in these fields as presented
in the literature, anecdotal records, and case histories. Individual and group ap-
proaches. Juniors and Seniors only.
400 Senior Seminar in Psychology (3)
Research in psychology. Methodology, bibliography, and presentation, both written
and oral. The required research paper must be acceptable as a departmental Senior
Research Paper. Required of all psychology majors.
410 Independent Studies in Psychology (1 to 3)
Special research projects, reports, readings in psychology. Open to seniors only.
PREREQ: permission of department chairman.
415 Verbal Behavior (3)
Methods, materials and theoretical issues in the study of verbal behavior and verbal
learning. Serial, paired-associate, and free-recall learning; effects of language habits
and "higher-order" processes— such as coding behavior— on memory, transfer, and
the acquisition of verbal habits. PREREQ: Psy 100.
420 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences (3}
An advanced course covering statistical topics of special interest to the behavioral
scientist, such as nonparametric tests, chi square, analysis of variance.
425 Psychological Testing and Measurement (3)
Principles of psychological measurement including standardization, scale transfor-
mation, reliability, validity, and item-analysis. Use of tests for the solution of prob-
lems in industrial, business, and educational settings. PREREQ: Psy 100.
216/psychology
427 Behavior Modification (3)
Application of modern psychological theory to the problems of abnormal behavior
and adjustment, and an introduction to techniques employed in altering behavior.
(2 hrs. lecture, 2 hrs. lab.) PREREQ: Psy 100.
430 Human Sexual Behavior (3)
Variables under which human sexual behavior functions. Research from sociological
and medical studies is integrated with psychological knowledge. PREREQ: 6 hours
in psychology and Junior or Senior Standing.
435 Comparative Psychology (3)
Study of typical behavioral mechanisms at various levels of phylogeny. Major
theories; fundamental problems of research and interpretation; comparison of be-
havior systems between species. Laboratory projects with various species. PREREQ:
Psy 100.
441 Field Experience in Psychology I (3)
A work-study program in an educational or mental health facility under joint super-
vision of the instructor and the staff psychologists of the field institution.
442 Field Experience in Psychology II (3)
Continuation of Psy 441.
443 Psychology of Group Processes (3)
Origins of major orientations including: psychodynamic, psychoanalytic, existential-
ist, behavioral therapy, neo-religious. Current types of group formations (T-groups,
transactional analysis, encounter, communes, others). Techniques for group ex-
periences with both exceptional and normal persons. Laboratory, lecture, and field
presentations.
444 Community Psychology (3)
The current development of a new specialization in psychology— community con-
sultation and community practice.
470 Sensory and Perceptual Processes (3)
Theory, data, and methodology of sensory and perceptual processes.
475 Cognitive Psychology (3)
Study of higher order mental processes with emphasis on the relationships of these
functions to personality, motivation, emotions, and environmental influences.
490 Topical Seminar in Psychology (1-3)
Special topics in Psychology not covered under existing regularly offered courses.
SOCIAL WORK-See Anthropology,
Sociology and Social Welfare
SOCIOLOGY-See Anthropology,
Sociology and Social Welfare
Speech
Communication
and Theatre
William M. Morehouse,
Chairperson
PROFESSOR
MOREHOUSE
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
BERKOWITZ
CASAGRANDE
HASHIMOTO
MARTEL
MEISWINKEL
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
HALL
KEEFE
INSTRUCTOR
BYTNAR
The aims of the Department of Speech Communication and Theatre
are to develop the student into an independent, responsible, and
effective citizen by enabling him to grasp the nature and scope of
communication and performing arts. The Department's degree
programs are designed to train teachers of communications, theatre
craftsmen, and communications professionals.
DEPARTMENT RELATED STUDENT ACTIVITIES
Little Theatre, The Forensic Society, and the West Chester Col-
lege Musical Theatre Company are student organizations which
have formal or informal involvement of Department faculty and
resources. These activities are open to all students. For more in-
formation see: STUDENT LIFE.
BACHELOR OF ARTS PROGRAMS
The Department offers two bachelor of arts degree programs. Beyond the 44 hours
in General Requirements, 15 hours of Arts and Letters Core, and a demonstrated
proficiency in a foreign language through the Intermediate II level, both the degree
in speech communication and the degree in theatre arts require areas of concen-
trated study.
Department Internships
Intern experiences are provided for students by the Department in work related to
vocational and academic interests. Students have been placed in offices of Con-
gressmen, radio and television stations, and local industries. Both students and
their intern placements are screened to assure mutual satisfaction fc all parties
involved. For more details, students should check with the Department's internship
coordinator.
218/speech communication and theatre
1. Bachelor of Arts in Speech Communication
A. Requirements:
44 hours general education requirements
15 hours School of Arts & Letters Humanities Core
54 hours Speech Communication Concentration (includes completion of
foreign language on intermediate level)
30 hours cognate area
B. Electives:
12 hours under general electives
12 hours under cognate electives
12 hours under advisement
C For specific course requirements, request a Majors Student Handbook from
the Department.
2. Bachelor of Arts in Theatre Arts
A. Requirements:
44 hours general education requirements
15 hours School of Arts & Letters Humanities Core
54 hours Theatre Concentration (includes completion of foreign language
on intermediate level)
B. Electives:
12 hours under general education
15 hours under theatre concentration
15 hours under advisement
C. For specific course requirements, request a Majors Student Handbook
from the Department.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION-COMMUNICATIONS
This program is designed to meet Pennsylvania standards for certification of teachers
of communication. Recipients of this certificate are qualified to teach English,
speech, and theatre.
A. Requirements:
44 hours general education requirements
29 hours professional education requirements
45 hours communication core
15-18 hours in area of concentration
B. Areas of Concentration include Speech 18 hours, Theatre 18 hours, Writing
15 hours. Language and Linguistics 15 hours. Literature 15 hours, Non-
print Media 15 hours.
C. For specific course requirements, request a Majors Student Handbook
from the Department.
Note: The Communications Core is common to all of the areas of concentration and
is the basis for triple teacher certification in English, Speech and drama.
speech communication and theatre/219
COURSE OFFERINGS IN SPEECH
COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE
SPEECH COMMUNICATION
Symbol: Sph
100 (also SpP 100] Bases of Speech (3)
See SpP 100 for description.
101 Speech Fundamentals: Interpersonal Communication (3)
Development of connpetencies for purposeful speech communication. Awareness
of the effects of language on communications. Recognition of the types and pur-
poses of a selected number of communications. Grasp of the role of evidence
and organization in spoken messages.
102 (also ThA102) Oral Interpretation (3)
See ThA 102 for description.
105 Voice and Diction: Platform and Stage (3)
Theory and practice in techniques of vocal production. Of special interest to per-
formers, the course is open to all students.
106 (also SpP 106) Introduction to Phonetics (3)
See SpP 106 for description.
107 Competency Base Effective Speech for the Teacher (3)
Course designed to help education majors improve their own speech habits and to
provide oral experiences directly related to classroom teaching, administrative
duties, and professional service.
109 Communication and Social Action (3)
Communication as a problem-solving tool. Ability to discern kinds of communica-
tions; the special powers or limitations of each. Selected communication models;
an understanding of the flexibility of language in the communicative process; em-
phasis on the campaign nature of persuasive messages.
201 Public Address (3)
Study of speakers and speeches which focus on society's great debates. A single
theme will be examined each term (e.g. war, poverty, race relations, women's rights,
etc.).
203 Argumentation and Debate (3)
Functions and principles of argumentation and debate, including analysis, evidence,
reasoning, and refutation. Class debating on vital issues.
209 Communication Theory (3)
An introduction to modern interpersonal and mass communication theories.
230 Business and Professional Speech Communication (3)
Practice in effective speaking and listening; reports and sales presentations; policy
speeches, conference leadership techniques, group dynamics, speaking; interper-
sonal communication in the business and professional setting.
250 Listening: Verbal and Non- Verbal Perceptions (3)
A study of the verbal and sensory messages we are constantly receiving. Listening
as a theory and behavior; body language and the uses of space, time, touch, ob-
jects and color inherent in the sensory messages we receive.
220/speech communication and theatre
303 Modern Trends in Argument (3)
Study of the new thinking in argumentation theory. Deemphasizes classic validity
and centers on the building of arguments which are acceptable to the hearers. Work
on Stephen Toulmin and Chaim Perelman is focus.
305 History of Rhetorical Theory (3)
An introduction to the development of critical communication variables as they were
evaluated and evolved from early Sophistic Greece through modern Empiricism.
306 Group Communication Processes (3)
Current research in small-group communication. Emphasis is on major small-group
theorists and their inter-relationships.
315 Discussion: Structured Problem Solving (3)
Introduction to and practice in the structured small group. Emphasis on preparation
for, analysis of, and participation in problem-solution oriented groups.
317 Forensics (3)
Study in the philosophy and practice of forensics. Initiating, developing, and admin-
istrating a forensics program. Coaching and judging debate and individual events.
325 Speech and Communication for Teachers (3)
Communication problems commonly encountered by teachers. Linguistic theories,
language development, creating communication models and games to further de-
velop language skills of students.
399 Directed Studies in Speech Communication (1-3)
Research, creative projects, reports, reading in speech communication. Application
must be made to advisors by students one semester in advance of registration. PRE-
REQ: approval of department chairman. Open to juniors and seniors only.
401 Psychology of Speech Communication (3)
Communication as a psychological phenomenon. Emotional and mental process in
human communication. Function of the senses, motivation, and personality.
402 Teaching Communications (3)
Theory and practice in teaching junior and senior high school communication and
drama courses and in directing co-curricular programs in junior and senior high
school.
403 Persuasion (3)
Current theories of attitude and attitude change. Practice in speaking to modify
behavior through appeals to the drives and motives on the listener. PREREQ: Sph
101 or consent of instructor.
405 (also Lin 415) General Semantics (3)
Study of the relativistic view of language developed by Alfred Korzybski. Emphasis
on language manipulation, its effect on individual behavior, and its place in inter-
personal communication.
409 Intercultural Communication (3)
A study into the factors which contribute to communication breakdowns between
diverse cultures and between fragmented segments within the same society.
415 Discussion: Non- Structured Group (3)
A modified training group in which the group members are the focus of all inter-
action.
speech communication and theatre/221
THEATRE ARTS
Symbol: ThA
100 Theatre Practice (1)
Laboratory experience in technical aspects of play production. Open to all students.
101 Introduction to the Theatre (3)
Survey of theatre as a humanity by exploring development and use of forms, styles,
and elements of drama. The study includes historical periods, musicals, and Black
Theatre.
102 (also Sph 102) Oral Interpretation (3)
Theory and practice of oral presentation of various types of literature to an audience.
Attention to teachers' problems in selection and presentation of material.
103 Beginning Acting (3)
Theory and practice in creating the character through development of the actor's
physical and emotional responses. No previous experience is necessary and the
course is open to non-majors.
201 Stage Movement (3)
An introduction to movement for the undergraduate actor to include actor-body
emphasis concentration exercises, character development, non-verbal communi-
cation, and the integration of voice and body.
202 Advanced Oral Interpretation (3)
Advanced work in oral presentation of literature with emphasis on the theory and
technique of Readers Theatre. PREREQ: ThA 102.
203 Intermediate Acting (3)
Theory and practice in developing the actor's skills: bodily movement, character
interpretation, concentration, etc. This is a beginning course for students with pre-
vious experience.
204 Stagecraft (3)
Planning, construction, painting, rigging, and shifting of scenery. Management of
all operations backstage. Laboratory required.
205 History of Ck^stume and Design I (3)
The history of European costume from Greek to Elizabethan. Students are required
to design costumes for periods studied.
206 Theatre Production (3)
Selection of plays sutiable for elementary schools and junior and senior high schools.
Techniques for effective minimal staging.
207 Children s Theatre (3)
Production of Children's Theatre for stage and television. Course elements will in-
clude: script analysis and production values, publicity and tour preparation. Students
enrolled in the course will create a complete production.
208 History of the Theatre to 16th Century (3)
Development of the theatre from primitive times through pre-Shakespearean period.
Analysis of theatrical productions as indications of the life style of each historical
period.
209 Stage Makeup (3)
Theory and practice in design and application of makeup for the stage.
222/speech communication and theatre
301 Play Direction (3)
Theory and practice in play direction with emphasis on play selection, script prepa-
ration, casting, blocking, and rehearsing. PREREQ: THA 103 or 203 and THA 204
or 206.
302 The Art of Oral Reading for Teachers (3)
The teacher's analysis and preparation of written materials for oral presentation
in the classroom.
304 Scenic and Lighting Design (3)
Principles and practice in designing an appropriate and expressive milieu for the
play. Perspective sketches, working drawings, lighting plots, and models. Historical
development of stage scenery and lighting.
305 History of Costume and Design II (3)
The history of European and American costume from the 17th century to the pre-
sent day. Students are required to design costumes for each of the periods studied.
ThA 205 is not prerequisite.
306 Creative Dramatics (3)
Theory and practice ^n the use of impromptu dramatizations as a teaching device
and as a means of developing expressiveness in children. The class works with
children.
307 Directing and Producing the Documentary Television Programs (3)
Planning and producing the non-dramatic television production.
308 History of the Theatre, 16th Century to Present (3)
Development of theatre from Shakespeare to present. Analysis of theatrical pro-
ductions as indications of the life style of each historical period.
311 The Psyche of Woman in Modern Drama (3)
If theatre mirrors the times, there must be some reason for the preponderance of
neurotic and domineering women fround in dramatic literature. This course will ex-
plore the psychological and sociological reasons for this character in modern drama.
399 Directed Studies in Speech and Theatre (1-3)
Research, creative projects, reports, readings in theatre. Application must be made
to advisors by students one semester in advance of registration. PREREQ: approval
of department chairman. Open to juniors and seniors only.
401 Advanced Directing (3)
Directing as a creative aspect of play production. Problems in directing actors in
varied styles and forms of plays. PREREQ: ThA 301.
403 Advanced Acting (3)
Improvision, modern and period acting styles. Fully staged acting projects presented
and defended before an invited audience. One hour of lab. PREREQ: THA 203.
404 Advanced Scenic and Lighting Design (3)
Analysis of excellent scene designs of the past. Practice in maximizing the visual
impact of stage scenery and lighting. Design projects for selected visually challeng-
ing plays. Students design for both student-directed and major productions on cam-
pus. One hour of lab. PREREQ: ThA 304.
405 Advanced Costume Design and Construction (3)
This course emphasizes the unrealistic and stylized approaches for costume design
and construction. PREREQ: ThA 205 or 305 and/or permission of instructor.
407 Production Techniques for Television Drama (3)
Planning the program. Preparing the shooting script. Practice in rehearsing with
actors and cameras.
408 History and Aesthetics of the Oriental Theatre (3)
Impact of oriental theatrical traditions on Western thought and art. Oriental integra-
tion of form and content, especially in the theatres of India, China, and Japan.
409 Advanced IVIakeup (3)
Theory, development, and application of theatrical makeup according to: the play,
its period, the style of production, the actor, and the character. Students must have
previous knowledge of the basic two and three dimensional makeup devices. PRE-
REQ: ThA 209.
Speech
Pathology and
Audiology
Lester F. Aungst,
Chairperson
PROFESSOR
GRIFFITH
ASSOCIATE
PROFESSORS
AUNGST
MAXWELL
PETERSON
SUPPAN
ASSISTANT
PROFESSORS
ALSON
DUMAS
EBERHART
LIPSCOMB
STIGORA
The major in speech pathology and audiology is designed to pre-
pare students to provide therapy in the elementary and secondary
schools of the Commonwealth and to provide students with basic
knowledge of communication and communication disorders neces-
sary for graduate work.
Upon successful completion of the program, a student may qualify
for the Pennsylvania Instructional I Certificate in Speech Correction
(K-12). To serve as a speech pathologist or an audiologist in a re-
habilitation center, hospital, or in private practice, the student should
have both a master's degree and the appropriate Certificate of
Clinical Competence from the American Speech and Hearing
Association.
224/speech pathology and audiology
The department operates a Speech and Hearing Clinic which
serves as a teaching-training facility for the academic program.
The clinic provides diagnostic and therapeutic services for children
and adults with speech and hearing problems. These services are
available to individuals from the college as well as the surrounding
communities.
B.S. in EDUCATION — Speech Pathology and Audiology
Each student must complete the following requirements:
1. General Education, see page 63 44 s.h.
2. Arts and Letters Core 9 s.h.
In addition to the general education requirements for Humanities, the student
will select nine semester hours in Humanities under advisement.
3. Professional Education 30 s.h.
EdA241, EdF 100, EdP250, Psy 370 or Psy 375, Psy 425, SpP 402, SpP412
4. Specialized Preparation 43 s.h.
Phy 110, SpP 100, SpP 106, SpP 170, SpP 202, SpP 203, SpP 204, SpP 205,
SpP 290, SpP 301, SpP 304, SpP 305, SpP 350, SpP 351, SpP 404
COURSE OFFERINGS IN
SPEECH PATHOLOGY AND AUDIOLOGY
Symbol: SpP
000 Speech Improvement (2 clock hours— no credit)
Emphasis on problems of articulation, voice, and rhythm. Required of all students
whose speech falls below a mimimal standard.
100 (also Sph 100) Bases of Speech (3)
Social, physiological, neurological, physical, phonetic— linguistic, psychological,
and semantic bases of speech. An introduction to terms and concepts.
106 (also Sph 106) Introduction to Phonetics (3)
Study of the sounds of the English language. Development of skill in their recog-
nition, production, and transcription.
170 Speech and Language Development (3)
Theoretical origin of speech in mankind and the development of speech in the in-
dividual. Normal development of speech is stressed.
201 Introduction to Speech Problems (3)
Survey of speech problems in children. The teacher's role in therapy. Emphasis on
speech improvement in the classroom.
202 Speech Pathology I (3)
The symptomatology, etiology, diagnosis and treatment of communication disorders
associated with articulation and voice. PREREQ: SpP 100, 106 or consent of in-
structor.
203 Speech Pathology II (3)
The symptomatology, etiology, diagnosis and treatment of communication disorders
associated with stuttering and neuromuscular disorders. PREREQ: SpP 100, 106,
202 or consent of instructor.
204 Clinical Principles in Speech and Hearing (3)
A study of evaluative and therapeutic materials and methods applicable to the pro-
fessional setting. PREREQ: SpP 106, 202.
speech pathology and audiology/225
205 Language Disorders (3)
The symptomatology, etiology, diagnosis and treatment of language disorders in
children and adults including the mentally retarded, emotionally disturbed, neuro-
logically impaired, and hearing impaired. PREREQ: SpP 170, 202.
290 Anatomy of Speech and Hearing Mechanisms (3)
A study of embryology, normal development, neurology and physiology of anatom-
ical structures of the speech and hearing mechanisms.
301 Introduction to Audiology (3)
An introduction to audiology and its relationship to other medical and educational
fields concerned with hearing impairments. Developmental, medical, social, phys-
ical, and psychological properties of hearing and sound are explored. Evaluative
techniques are introduced with opportunity for limited practical experience.
304 Aural Rehabilitation (3)
Medical, prosthetic, and educational approaches to aural rehabilitation for children
and adults are considered. A comparative analysis of prevailing theories and tech-
niques is made. A combined approach is stressed. PREREQ: SpP 301.
305 Audiometry (3)
A lecture-laboratory course which explores the measurement of hearing. Oppor-
tunities to develop competencies in administering basic measures are provided
during lab periods. PREREQ: SpP 301.
350 Clinical Practicum (2]
Supervised practice in the Speech and Hearing Clinic. Designed to prepare the
student to evaluate and provide therapy for children and adults who have commun-
ication problems. Must be repeated if performance is not satisfactory. PREREQ:
permission of instructor.
351 Advanced Clinical Practicum (2)
PREREQ: SpP 350 and permission of instructor.
402 The School Speech and Hearing Program (3)
Orientation to and observation of the organization, administration, and operation
of school speech and/or hearing programs (K-12). For speech pathology majors
with consent of instructor.
404 Inter-Professional Seminar in Speech and Hearing (3)
Explores the interrelationship between the speech or hearing therapist and mem-
bers of allied professions. The course format will include having guest speakers
as well as observing specialists in their employment setting. PREREQ: permission
of instructor.
410 Independent Study (1-3)
Research, creative projects, reports, reading in speech pathology and audiology.
Application must be made to advisers by students one semester in advance of regis-
tration. Open to juniors and seniors only. PREREQ: approval of department chair-
man.
412 Therapy in the Public Schools (Student Teaching) (12)
Observation and participation in teaching and activities related to the perform^ce
of a therapist's work in the area of speech pathology and audiology. PREREQ: satis-
factory completion of all required speech, hearing, and psychology courses through
the sixth semester and Senior Standing. Students must have at least a 2.0 cum-
ulative average and 2.5 average in the major field.
THEATRE-See Speech Communication
and Tiieatre
Women's
Studies
Madelyn Gutwirth, Pamela Hemphill, Coordinators
The Women's Studies Program consists of an interrelated group of
courses offered across a wide spectrum of disciplines by individual
departments. The Program is under the supervision of the Steering
Committee for Women's Studies which decides what courses are
acceptable to the Program. This Program is envisaged primarily
as an enrichment to liberal education rather than as pre-professional
study, although the social transformation that is taking place both
in society and in intellectual life may ultimately make study in this
area a professional asset.
The aim of the Program is to integrate the distaff experience in-
to the curriculum and to encourage inquiry into previously neglected
areas such as women's history and prehistory, women writers, artists
and historical figures, female psychology, etc.
Women's Studies Courses
The Status of Women in Two Worlds Women in Contemporary Society
(His 305) (Hum 360)
Women in Modern European History Woman in Western Literature (Hum 361)
(His 306)
Women in American (His 307) Images of Women in Modern Fiction
(Hum 362)
Psychology of Women (Psy 490) American Women Writers (Lit 308)
Bio-Medical Issues of Women and Society The Psyche of Woman in Modern Drama
(Nsg414) (ThA311)
Women in Art (419) Feminist Poetry (Lit 274)
These courses are open to all students as free electives under General Require-
ments. With permission of their departments, they may also be taken as electives
within the student's program. A Women's Studies concentration consists of 18
credit hours, no more than 9 of which may be taken in a single department, plus a
final 2 credit individualized project. Transcript recognition will be awarded upon
its completion.
Descriptions of Humanities courses in Women's Studies appear below. See de-
partmental listings for all other courses.
women's studies/227
Hum 360 Women in Contemporary Society (3)
An interdisciplinary course designed to enable students to analyze various kinds
of statements on woman, to question the implications of changing cultural patterns,
and to sample, firsthand, efforts for change. P/F option.
Hum 361 Woman in Western Literature (3)
A literary tableau reaching back into Classical Antiquity for some prototypes of woman
in the literature of the West: seer, suppliant, rebel; victim sometimes reconciled,
sometimes not. Readings from Aeschylus, Sophocles, Aristophanes, Euripides,
Ovid, Dante, Petrarch, Shakespeare, Moliere, Austen, Flaubert, James, Tolstoy,
Shaw, Gather, Giraudoux, others.
Hum 362 Images of Women in IVIodern Fiction (3)
Literary images of women as reflected in the works of such modern writers as
Lawrence, Oates, Lessing, Mailer, de Beauvior, Drabble, O'Brien, Weldon, Didion,
Chopin, Moravia, Piercy. The role of women in a transitional cultural milieu.
Hum 380 The Arts of Africa (3)
The visual arts, music, dance, and literature (including drama and folklore) of African
countries. Emphasis on the arts of the traditional tribal society. Some contemporary
developments, particularly in literature, considered. Juniors and seniors only.
Hum 400 The Contemporary Arts: An Aesthetics Approach (3)
Interdisciplinary exploration of basic aesthetics principles appearing simultaneously
in contemporary art forms: dance, music, art, literature, drama. Offered on a pass-
fail basis.
Hum 470 Seminar in Science and Human Values (3)
Man's relationship to his natural environment as seen by scientist and humanist.
Offered on a pass-fail basis.
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
MILTON J. SHARP, Governor
COUNCIL OF HIGHER EDUCATION
WILLIAM H. RE A, Chairman Pittsburgh
SISTER M. MICHEL KEENAN Scranton
RICHARD C. KELLER Millersville
GAIL L ROSE Butler
ROBERT C. WISE. Esq. Williamsport
BOARD OF STATE COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY DIRECTORS
ARTHUR B. SINKLER, CARYL M. KLINE
Chairman P. D. MITCHELL
PATRICIA M. COGHLAN IRVING O. MURPHY
EDWARD L DARDANELL BERNARD F. SCHERER
LAURENCE FENNINGER, JR. HARVEY N. SCHMIDT
REBECCA F. GROSS CHARLES S. STONE, JR.
JO HAYS JOHN B. VELTRI
PENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
JOHN C. PITTENGER Secretary of Education
JEROME M. ZIEGLER Commissioner for Higher Education
BERNARD EDWARDS Coordinator, State Colleges and University
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
MARION C. STAVES, Esq. Kennett Square
Chairperson
D. BERNARD KIRSCHNER, Warminster
Vice Chairperson
STANLEY J. LIEBERMAN, Esq. West Chester
Secretary
SOFIA T. DEL VILLAR West Chester
JAMES H. MARVEL, Jr. Philadelphia
CHARLES M. PORTER Malvern
WALTER REEDER Downingtown
JOSEPH SALTZMAN Marcus Hook
CONSTANCE C. WINCHESTER Oxford
Administration
PRESIDENT
VICE PRESIDENT FOR ACADEMIC AFFAIRS
CHARLES G. MAYO
WALTER J. HIPPLE
Dean of Undergraduate Studies (Interim)
Dean of Graduates Studies, Acting
Dean, School of Arts and Letters
Dean, School of Education (Acting]
Dean, School of Health and Physical Education
Dean, School of Music
Dean, School of Sciences and Mathematics
Dean, School of Social and Behavioral Sciences
(Acting)
Director of Curriculum Enrichment and Director
of Higher Education Opportunity Program
Director of Admissions R.
Director of the Educational Development Center
Director of Library Services
VICE PRESIDENT FOR ADMINISTRATION
AND FISCAL AFFAIRS (ACTING)
Director of Business Affairs
Director of Educational Media Services
Director of Facilities
Director of Research and Related Services
VICE PRESIDENT FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS
Dean of Student Development
JOHN C. LEWIS
MARY L SHOAF
JOHN W. CLOKEY
CARLOS R. ZEIGLER
EDWIN L. YOUMANS
CHARLES A. SPRENKLE
RUSSELL K. RICKERT
PATRICIA C. JOHNSON
JODY M. HARRIS
GODFREY STUDENMUND
EVERETT A. LANDIN
FRANK Q. HELMS
DENNIS D. BELL
EVERETT E. SHAEFER
RICHARD L. STRAYER
WILLIAM J. REILLY
MARTIN J. HIGGINS
LOUIS F. WEISLOGEL
KENNETH F. BURDA
Faculty
CHARLES G. MAYO (1974) President, Professor of Political Science
B.A., Reed College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California
DENNIS D. BELL {^97^) Acting Vice President for Administration and Fiscal Affairs,
Professor
A.B., Defiance College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
WALTER J. HIPPLE (1976) Vice President for Academic Affairs, Professor
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago
LOUIS F. WEISLOGEL (1970) Wee President for Student Affairs, Associate Professor
A.B., Gettysburg College; M.S., Rutgers— The State University; M.A., Villanova Uni-
versity
THOMAS J. AHLBORN (1967) Associate Professor of t\Jlatliematlcs
B.S., California State College; M.A., Kent State University
CHARLES M. ALEXANDER (1972) Associate Professor of Management
B.S., M.S., Stevens Institute of Technology
LEILA B. ALSON (1973) Assistant Professor of Speecli Pathology and Audiology
B.A., Hunter College; M.A., Ohio University
LOIS W. ALT (1966) Associate Professor of Voice
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; B.Mus., M.Mus., University of Michigan
WILLIAM B. ANDERSON (1975) Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice
B.A., Pennsylvania State University
ALEXANDER ANTONOWICH (1945) Associate Dean, Sctiool of Music; Professor
of Music Education
B.S., The Juilliard School; M.A., Ed.D., Colunnbia University
THOMAS J. ARNOLD (1975) Assistant Professor of Business and Economics
A.B., Syracuse University; M.S., San Francisco State University
ELEANOR W. ASHKENAZ (1968) Professor of Ctiemistry
B.S., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
LESTER F. AUNGST (1973) Chairperson, Department of Speech Pathology and
Audiology; Associate Professor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B.A.. Augustana College; M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
DOROTHY D. BAILEY (1958) Professor of English
B.A., Our Lady of the Lake College; M.A., University of Texas; Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin
faculty/231
ANGELOS C. BALLAS (1972) Associate Professor of r\/larketlng
B.S., M.A., New York University; Ph.D., New School for Social Research
MICHAEL F. BANNON (1955) Professor of Secoridary Education arid Professional
Studies
B.S., Troy State University; M.A., Columbia University; Ed.D., George Peabody Col-
lege for Teachers
PAUL A. BANYACSKI (1965) Associate Professor of Pfiiiosoptiy
B.A., Eastern College
JUDITH BARON (1974) Clinical Psychologist Counseling Center;
Associate Professor
B.A., M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., York University. Toronto
EDWARD A. BARROW (1956) Professor of Brass
B.Mus., M.Mus., Eastman School of Music; Ph.D., West Virginia University
LUTHER R. BARTH (1964) Associate Professor of Secondary Education and Pro-
fessional Studies and Criminal Justice
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed., Loyola University
ELISE BARTHOLOMEW (1970) Professor of Psychology
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University
CHARLOTTE E. BARTLETT (1972) Associate Professor of Social Welfare
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College
MARSHALL J. BECKER (1968) Professor of Anthropology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT M. BEDFORD (1966) Associate Professor of Piano
B.Mus., M.S., The Juiiliard School
CAROL BELMAIN (1971) Associate Professor of Music Education
B.S., M.S., Ithaca College
JAY H. BERKOWITZ (1969) Associate Professor of Speech and Theatre
B.S., M.A., Temple University
BERNICE BERNATZ (1954) Associate Dean for Student Development, Associate
Professor
B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.A., University of Michigan
ROBERT W. BERNHARDT (1965) Chairperson, Department of Biology;
Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Syracuse University
THOMAS E. BERRY (1946) Professor of English
A.B., A.M., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
FLOYD R. BIELSKI (1961) Associate Professor of Geography
B.S., Indiana State University; M.A., University of Illinois
EDWARD C. BITNER (1972) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., University of Southern California
BARBARA R. BLACK (1970) Coordinating Counselor, Higher Education Oppor-
tunity Program: Assistant Professor
B.S., Cheyney State College; M.A., Kean College
LLOYD W. BLACK, JR. (1960) Assistant Director of Facilities, Assistant Professor
B.S., M.S., Temple University
232/faculty
WALTER R. BLA\R (^966] Associate Director, Career Development Center; Associate
Professor
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Temple University
RICHARD E. BLAKE (1975) Assistant Professor of Art
B.F.A. Tyler School of Fine Arts
RICHARD A. BOERLIN (1961) Associate Professor of Woodwinds
B.S., M.S., University of Illinois
DALE R. BONSALL (1969) Assistant Professor of Healtli and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Western Maryland College
JOHN BOSWORTH-FLING (1965) Associate Professor of English
A.B., West Virginia University; M.A., Columbia University; M.S.J., Northwestern
University
JOHN A. BOVE (1972) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
VALERIE E. BOYLAN (1968) Assistant Professor of English
B.A., M.A., University of Dublin
BETTY FINCH BOYLE (1972) Assistant Professor of Health Education
B.S., Ball State University; M.Ed., West Chester State College
THOMAS J. BRADY (1967) Professor of Political Science
B.S., West Chester State College; J.D., Temple University
RICHARD G. BRANTON (1962) Chairperson, Department of l\/lathematical Sciences;
Professor of l^athematics
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., University of Delaware; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania
JUSTO B. BRAVO (1964) Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Adamson University (Manila); Ph.D., University of Kansas
TYRONE BREUNINGER (1965) Instructor of Low Brass (Part-time)
B.S., West Chester State College; M.M., Temple University
JAMES B. BRICE (1968) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College; M.A., Villanova University
MICHAEL W. BROOKS (1971) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Antioch College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Toronto
EMMA LEE BROWN (1969) Head, Library Acquisitions Department; Associate Pro-
fessor
A.B., Fairmount State College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
RELIS B. BROWN (1969) Professor of Biology
A.B., Albion College; Ph.D., Yale University
ROGER J. BROWN (1968) Instructor of French
B.S., West Chester State College
WILLIAM C. BROWN ( 1 968) Assoc/afe Professor of Biology
B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College
JOSEPH P. BROWNE (1966) Associate Professor of English
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa.); M.A., University of Pennsylvania
STELLA P. BRUTON (1964) Associate Professor of English
A.B., M.A., Stanford University
faculty/233
WALTER E. BUECHELE, JR. (1962) Coordinator of Summer Sessions. Professor
of Secondary Education and Professional Studies
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M., Ed.D., Temple University
KENNETH F. BURDA (1971) Dean of Student Development, Assistant Professor
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., Central Washington State College
H. JAMES BURGWYN ( 1 968) /Assoc/afe Professor of History
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of
Pittsburgh
WILLIAM F. BURNS (1964) Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Allegheny College; M.A., Case Western Reserve University
A. WAYNE BURTON (1965) Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Brigham Young University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
THEODORE H. BUTCHER (1970) Director of Financial Aid to Students, Associate
Professor
B.A., Lincoln University; M.B.A., Drexel University
J. WILLIAM BUTLER (1966) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ROBERT E. BYTNAR (1975) Instructor of Speech Communication and Theater
B.S. Ed., California State College; M.A., West Virginia University
KITTY C. CALDWELL (1972) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
MARGARETTA A. CAREY (1968) Chairperson, Department of Music Education;
Professor of Music Education
B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.Mus., Eastman School of Music; Ed.D., Pennsyl-
vania State University
ROBERT E. CARLSON (1961) Chairperson, Department of History; Professor of
History
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
CECILY G. CARMICHAEL (1962) Children's Librarian, Assistant Professor
B.S., Simmons College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
JEANETTE D. CARTER (1969) Bibliographer, Library; Assistant Professor
B.A., Baylor University; M.L.S., University of Texas
GERALD B. CARTRIGHT (1961) Principal, Laboratory School; Supervisor of Stu-
dent Teaching, Associate Professor of Education
B.S., Lock Haven State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DIANE O. CASAGRANDE (1968) Associate Professor of Speech and Theatre
A.B., Wayne State University; M.A., Temple University
LOUIS A. CASCIATO (1963) Associate Professor of Science Education
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa.); M.S., Villanova University
GARY D. CELAIN (1968) Instructor of Health and Physical Education
B.Mus. with major in Dance, Philadelphia Musical Academy
CONRAD E. CHALICK (1962) Counseling Psychologist, Counseling Center; Associate
Professor
B.A., Widener College; M.A., Villanova University
DAVID S. CHARTERS (1968) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.S., Temple University
234/faculty
NONA E. CHERN (1968) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., Temple University; M.S., University of Pennsylvania
ELEANOR M. CHRISTENSEN (1972) Associate Professor of Reading
B.A., M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
CARMELA L. CINQUINA (1963) Professor of Biology
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., Villanova University; Ph.D., Rutgers— The
State University
GEORGE S. CLAGHORN (1963) Chairperson, Department of Philosophy; Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., University of Chattanooga; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
JAY L. CLARK (1967) Chairperson, Department of Psychology; Professor of Psy-
chology
B.A., University of Delaware; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota
JOYZELLE P. CLARK (1965) Associate Professor of Counselor Education
B.A., Ed.M., State University of New York at Buffalo
MARY ELIZABETH CLEARY (1967) Assistant Chairperson, Department of Secondary
Education and Professional Studies; Professor of Secondary Education and Pro-
fessional Studies
B.A., St. Joseph's College for Women; A.M., Ed.D., George Washington University
JOHN W. CLOKEY (1946) Dean, School of Arts and Letters; Professor of English
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M., Temple University
BARBARA J. COATES (1954) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Lock Haven State College; M.A., Allegheny College
NORMAN A. COCHRAN (1956) Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Ed.D., University of Maryland
BERNARD B. COHEN (1974) Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., Temple University; Ph.D., New York University
IRVING HERSCH COHEN (1969) Professor of Instrumental Music/ t\/lusic History
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York University
MILTON R. COLLIER (1967) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.A., East Carolina University
JOHN C. COLLINS (1968) Assistant Professor of Music Education
B.S.. The Juilliard School; M.A., Montclair State College
UEL W. COMBS, JR. (1967) Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Adams State College; M.A., Temple University
STELLA F. CONAWAY (1966) Assistant Professor of Voice
B.Mus., M.Mus., The Philadelphia Musical Academy
THOMAS J. CORR (1966) Associate Professor of English
A.B., St. Joseph's College (Pa.); M A., John Carroll University; Ph.D., Duquesne
University
EDWIN B. COTTRELL (1955) Associate Dean. School of Health and Physical Edu-
cation; Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., Pennsyl-
vania State University
JON A. COWEN (1967) Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Massachusetts; A.M., University of Pennsylvania
faculty/235
W. STEPHEN CRODDY (1969) Associate Professor of Pfiilosopliy
B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., Brown Uni-
versity
FLORENCE JOSEPH CROWLEY (1968) Professor of History
B.A., M.A., Brooklyn College; Ph.D., University of Florida
GEORGANN CULLEN (1964) Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., M.A., Kent State University
ALVIN B. DAVIS (1948) Associate Professor of Healtti and Pfiysical Education
B.S., Panzer College; M.A., Montclair State College
RONALD N. DEFmO [^Q^2>) Assistant Professor of Art
B.S., Philadelphia College of Art; M.F.A., Tyler School of Art
HARRY H. DEISCHER (1966) Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.S., M.A., M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
JOHN L. DeMILLION, JR. (1970) Associate Professor of Health Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
PHILIP M. DeMOSS (1972) Associate Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Park College; M.A., Ph.D., Kansas State University
THOMAS DeMOTT (1969) Professor of Biology
A.M.E., Widener College; V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania
DOROTHY H. DePEW (1967) Assistant Dean for Student Development, Assistant
Professor
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
ANDREW E. DINNIMAN (^972) Assistant Dean for Student Development, Associate
Professor
B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., University of Maryland
PHILLIP B. DONLEY (1965) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.S., West Virginia University; Certificate in Physical Therapy, D.T. Watson
School of Physiatrics
JOHN E. C. DORCHESTER (1961) Professor of Biology
B.A., M.A., University of British Columbia; Ph.D., University of Toronto
W. LARRY DORMINY (1972) Associate Professor of Voice
B.Mus., Jacksonville University; M.M., Florida State University; D.M., Indiana Uni-
versity
LAWRENCE A. DOWDY (1974) Assistant Director, Higher Education Opportunity
Program; Instructor
B.S., West Chester State College
RAYMOND A. DOYLE (1965) Associate Professor of History
B.S., West Chester State College
MARY ANNE DUFFY (1969) Chairperson, Library Services; General Reference and
Special Collections Librarian, Assistant Professor
A.B., Immaculata College; M.S.L.S. Drexel University
DEMISE G. DUMAS (1976) Instructor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B.S., University of Missouri; M.A., George Washington University
A. SCOTT DUNLAP (1967) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.A., King's College (N.Y.); M.Div., Eastern Baptist Theological Seminary
236/faculty
MARC L. DURAND (1968) Chairperson, Department of Chemistry; Professor of
Chemistry
B.S. Holy Cross College; Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
JOHN L. EBERHART {^969] Assistant Professor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.A., Syracuse University
ARTHUR C. ECKERMAN (1971) Professor of Industrial Relations
8. A., Pomona College; M.A., Baylor University; Ph.D., Purdue University
JACK P. EDWARDS (1968) Assistant Professor of Secondary Education and Pro-
fessional Studies
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
THOMAS EGAN (1 968) >Assoc/ate Professor of l\/lathematics
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
JOHN E. EHLEITER (1969) Associate Professor of Earth Sciences
A.B., M.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A., Wesleyan University
HELEN R. EICHELBERGER (1975) Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.A., B.S., Texas Woman's University; Ph.D., University of New Orleans
RALPH A. EISENSTADT (1965) Assistant Professor of German and French
B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., University of Illinois
DAVID S. ELDREDGE (1967) Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Yale University; M.A.T., C.A.S., Harvard University
MARIANNE ELEUTERIO (1973) Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
JORGE ESCORCIA (1968) Associate Professor of Spanish
Lie, Universidad Pedagogica del Caribe; M.A., Boston University
JAMES D. FABREY (1975) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B. Cornell University; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
JOSEPH FALGIE, JR., (1970) Professor of English and Linguistics
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
WESLEY E. FASNACHT (1967) Coordinator, Instructional Applications, Computer
Center; Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Millersville State College; M.S., State University of New York at Buffalo
RUTH C. FELDMAN (1966) Professor of Psychology
B.A., M.A., Ohio State University; M.S.S., Case Western Reserve University; Ed.D.,
Temple University
JOHN P. FIELD (1970) Professor of English
A.B., Bowdoin College; M.B.A., Harvard University; A.M., Ph.D., University of Cin-
cinnati
ALBERT E. FILANO (1956) Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
JUDITH S. FINKEL (1968) Assistant Professor, Laboratory School
B.S., Temple University; M.Ed., West Chester State College
DOROTHY K. FISCHER (1975) Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., M.S., University of Pennsylvania
JOSEPH T. FISHER (1968) >Assoc/afe Professor of Health Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; MS., University of Illinois
faculty/237
BYRON Y. FLECK (1953) Professor of History
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa
ROBERT F. FOERY [^97^) Professor of Chemistry
B.S., LeMoyne College; MS., Providence College; Ph D., University of Iowa
FRANK B. FORD (1965) Assistant Professor of English
B.A., M.A., University of Connecticut
WILLIAM D. FORDYCE (1968) Associate Professor of English
A.B., A.M.T., A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
CLAUDE R. FOSTER, JR. (1967) Professor of History
B.A., Eastern College; B.D., The Reformed Episcopal Seminary; MA, University
of Delaware; Th.M., Crozer Theological Seminary: Zeugnis fuer die deutsche Sprache
und Kultur, University of Freiburg; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
FRANK FOX (1967) Professor of History
B.S., Temple University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D., University of Dela-
ware
THOMAS J. FRANCELLA (1965) Coordinator. Center for Criminal Justice; Professor
of Secondary Education and Professional Studies and Criminal Justice
A.B., Syracuse University; M.A., Villanova University; J.D., University of Baltimore
HOWARD FREEMAN (1961) Coordinator, Special Education Certification Programs
Professor of Special Education
B.S., Millersville State College; M.A., University of Wyoming; Ed.D., University of
Pennsylvania
BONITA FREEMAN-WITTHOFT (1974) Assistant Professor of Anthropology
B.A., University of Maine; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBIN FRENZ (1967) Associate Professor of Voice
B.Mus., M.Mus,. Westminster Choir College
H. RAYMOND FRIDAY (1969) Associate Professor of Voice/Clarinet
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Mus., Oberlin College; Diploma, Academy of
Vocal Arts
WALTER E. FRIEMAN, JR. (1961) Chairperson, Department of Foreign Languages;
Professor of Classical Languages
B.S., New York University; S.T.B., General Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Th.D.,
Philadelphia Divinity School
WALTER E. FUNK (1966) Chairperson, Department of Health Education; Associate
Professor of Health Education
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed., University of Delaware
JOHN J. FURLOW (1961) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
CLYDE J. GALBRAITH [^974) Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.S., M.B.A., Drexel University; C.P.A., Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
CHARLES D. GANGEMI (1961) Associate Professor of Music Theory
B.Mus., M.A., University of Pennsylvania
WILLIAM N GARRETT (1966) Professor of English
A.B., Ph.D., Columbia University
JOHN L. GAUNT (1970) Associate Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Tulane University; Ph.D., University of Maryland
238/faculty
JANE K. GELFAND (1972) Chairperson. Reading Program; Professor of Reading
B.S.. West Chester State College; MA, New York University; Ed.D., Lehigh Uni-
versity
EDWARD B. GERMAN (1966) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S.. Kutztown State College; M.Ed., Temple University
ELIZABETH A GIANGIULIO (1972) Acting Associate Dean of Undergraduate
Studies. Assistant Professor
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., University of Arizona
EDWARD H. GIBSON (1967) Assistant Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Lehigh University
CAROLYN A. GINGRICH (1975) Assistant Professor of Psyciiology
B S.. University of North Carolina; Ph.D., George Peabody College
LOUISE S GIUNTA (1963) Assistant Professor of Healtti and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Temple University
RICHARD C. GLEOCKLER (1967) Associate Professor of Secondary Education
and Professional Studies
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.Ed., Bucknell University
DUSAN P. GLUMAC (1963) Associate Professor of Russian
M.Div., M.S., University of Belgrade; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
JOSEPH J. GODEK III (1972) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B S . University of Delaware; M.S., West Chester State College
JOSEPH A. GOEBEL, JR. (1968) Instructor of Percussion (Part-time)
B.S., Millersville State College
PHYLLIS A. GOETZ (1975) Assistant Professor of IHeaith Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., University of Maryland
CHARLES W. GOOD (1966) Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple
University
CHARLOTTE M. GOOD (1965) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S.. Bucknell University; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
HENRY E. GOODWIN (1960) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Lock Haven State College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
RONALD L GOTTSHALL (1966) Associate Professor of Counselor Education
B.S., Shippensburg State College; M.A., Michigan State University
RONALD L. GOUGHER (1969) Director of International Education, Associate Pro-
fessor of German
B.A., Muhlenberg College; M.A., Lehigh University
JOHN H GRAFTON (1961) Assistant Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Scarritt College
CHARLES W. GRASSEL (1968) Chairperson. Department of Geography and Plan-
ning; Associate Professor of Geography
B.S., M.S., University of Pennsylvania
PATRICIA E. GRASTY (1970) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Temple University
faculty/239
ANDREW W. GREEN (1970) Chairperson. Department of Business and Economics;
Professor of Business Administration and Economics
B.S., New York University; L.L.B., Dici<inson School of Law; Diploma in European
Integration, University of Amsterdam; MB. A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
PAUL D. GREEN (1971) Associate Professor of English
A.B., Temple University; A.M.. Ph.D., Harvard University
SAUL H. GREENBERG (1963) Associate Professor of Counselor Education
B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University; J.D., Baltimore University
SEYMOUR S. GREENBERG [^964) Professor of Geology
B.S., Brooklyn College; A.M., Ph.D., Indiana University
ROBERT GREENE (1967) Assistant Professor of French
B.A., M.A., University of Pennsylvania
MILDRED L GREENWOOD (1965) Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education
A.B., Wheaton College; M.Ed.. Temple University
SHIRLEY R. GRICE (1972) Early Childhood Research Project. Instructor
B.S., West Chester State College
RITA V. GRIFFITH (1967) Professor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B.A.. Nazareth College of Rochester; A.M., Cornell University; Ph.D., Ohio State
University
YVONNE GROS (1963) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., Ursinus College; M.Ed., Villanova University
BERNARD M. GROSS (1969) Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University
DORRIS H. GUERIN (1975) Assistant Professor of Nursing
B S. in Nursing Education, M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania
TERRY E. GUIDETTI (1966) Assistant Professor of Clarinet
B.Mus.Ed., M.Mus., Northwestern University
MADELYN GUTWIRTH (1966) Professor of French
B.A.. Brooklyn College; M.A.. Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
WILLIAM I. GUY (1974) Counselor, Higher Education Opportunity Program; Instruc-
tor
A.B., Temple University
JOSEPH C. HABAKUS (1973) Assistant Professor of Health Education
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; Ed.M., Temple University
SISTER M. TERESINE HABAN (1974) Associate Professor Music Theory and Com-
position
B.A., B.M., College of St. Francis; MM., Chicago Musical College; Ph.D.. Eastman
School of Music
JAMES E. HABECKER (1964) Chairperson. Department of Elementary Education;
Associate Professor of Elementary Education
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; M.Ed., Western Maryland College
HELEN HALES (1962) Associate Professor of Piano
B.Mus.. M.Mus., Peabody Conservatory of Music
JOSEPH C. HALL (1972) Professor of Reading
B.S., Ed.M., Ed D., Temple University
240/faculty
SAUNDRA HALL (1964) Assistant Professor of Speecli and Theatre
B.A., M.A.. Ohio State University
JOSEPHINE C. HAMPSON (1963) General Reference and Interlibrary Loan
Librarian, Associate Professor
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
ROBERT C. HANNUM (1966) Coordinator of Planetarium Services, Associate Pro-
fessor
B.S., Michigan State University; M.S., University of Pittsburgh
HUBERT E. HARBER (1970) Associate Professor of Astronomy Education
B.S., Louisiana State University; M.B.S., University of Colorado; M.A.T., Brown Uni-
versity
CLIFFORD H. HARDING (1953) Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Peru State College; M.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., New York University
JODY M. HARRIS (1970) Director, Curriculum Enrichment; Director, Higher Edu-
cation Opportunity Program; Professor
B.S., Tuskegee Institute; M.A., Columbia University; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity
SHIRLEY HARRISON (1974) Instructor, Department of Nursing
R.N., Albert Einstein School of Nursing; B.S., West Chester State College; M.S.N.,
University of Pennsylvania
YOKO HASHIMOTO (1969) Associate Professor of Speech and Theatre
B.A., M.A., Aoyama Gakuin University (Japan); M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan
JOAN HASSELQUIST (1968) Assistant Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., Ed.M., Temple University
EUGENE C. HASSLER (1969) Associate Professor of Accounting
B.S., Albright College; M.B.A., Indiana University; C.P.A., State of Indiana
ELIZABETH A. HASSON (1970) Instructor, Laboratory School
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
J. BERNARD H AVI LAND (1968) Professor of English
B.A., Princeton University; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Dublin University
ROBERT W. HAWKES (1962) Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
ARTHUR S. HAWTHORNE (1949) Associate Professor of Geography
B.S., California State College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
JACK G. HAWTHORNE (1 965) >Assoc/ate Professor of Art
B.A., Philadelphia College of Art; M.S., M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania
WAYNE HAYWARD (1969) Professor of English
B.A., University of Washington; M.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., University of Bir-
mingham (England)
ARTHUR T. HEGVIK (1975) Assistant Professor of Instrumental l\/lusic
B.M., M.M., University of Michigan
THELMA J. HELLER (1969) Associate Professor of Health Education
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M., Temple University
FRANK Q. HELMS (1966) Director of Library Services, Associate Professor
B.A., University of Delaware; M.L.S., Rutgers— The State University
PAMELA HEMPHILL (1970) Associate Professor of Art
B.A., Manchester University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
faculty/241
WILLIAM H. HENRY, JR. (1960) Assistant Chairperson, Department of English); Pro-
fessor of Engiisfi
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.M., A.M., Ph.D., Temple University
ROBERT W. HERRES (1961) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., State University of New York College at Oswego; M.A., Syracuse University
THOMAS J. HESTON (1975) Assistant Professor of History
A.B., Gettysburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
LEONARD S. HEVERLY (1967) Head, Library Serials Department; Associate Pro-
fessor
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S.L.S., Villa-
nova University
MARTIN J. HIGGINS (1967) Director of Research and Related Services, Professor
of Educational Research
B.S., University of Dayton; M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland
PERRY F. HOBERG (1965) Chairperson, [Department of Art; Associate Professor of
Art and American Studies
B.F.A., B.S., Tyler School of Art; M.A., University of Delaware
WILLIAM U. HODGSON (1968) Director of Scheduling and Academic Records,
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed., West Chester State College
PHILIP HOGGARD (1968) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., Jersey City State College; Ed.M., Rutgers— The State University; Ed.D., Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania
JOHN HOLINGJAK, JR. (1965) Coordinator, Certification Program in Environmental
Education; Associate Professor of Secondary Education and Professional Studies
B.S., Kutztown State College; Ed.M., Temple University
E. RILEY HOLMAN (1972) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., Southern Utah State College; M.S., Ed.D., Brigham Young University
WILLIAM P. HOUPT (1963) Director of Public Relations; Professor of History
A.B., M.A. (History), M.A. (Literature), Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
VIRGINIA M. HUFFMAN (1967) Associate Professor of Health Education
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
CLAUDE HUNSBERGER (1967) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Wis-
consin
LAWRENCE V. lACONO (1966) Associate Professor of Political Science
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa.); M.Ed., West Chester State College
ELIZABETH A. INGERSOLL (1975) Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Carleton College; Ph.D., University of Delaware
JOHN M. JACECKO (1967) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
KENNETH L. JACKMAN (1972) Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wyoming
SUZANNE T. JACOBS (1962) Associate Professor of Speech and Theatre
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Temple University
RONALD M. JENKINS (1972) Assistant Dean for Student Development, Assistant
Professor
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., Bucknell University
242/faculty
ROBERT H JENSEN (1969) Director of Cultural Affairs and College Events. Assist-
ant Professor
B.A.. Randolph-Macon College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
CONSTANTINE JOHNS (1954) Professor o/Mus/c
History and Literature/Strings
B.S.. Southeast Missouri State College; M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University
ALLEN H.JOHNSON (1974) /Ass/sfanf Pro/essor of Geo/ogfy
B S.. University of Illinois; M.S.. University of Arizona; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve
University
PATRICIA C. JOHNSON (1966) Acting Dean. School of Social and Behavioral Sci-
ences; Professor of History
B.A., Chestnut Hill College; Ph.D.. University of Rochester
EMLYN H. JONES (1968) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
HARRY G. JONES (1960) Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., Millersville State College; M.S., University of Pennsylvania
GEORGE F. KANE (1966) Counseling Psychologist, Counseling Center; Associate
Professor
B.A., Ursinus College; M.Ed., Temple University
RALPH H. KAPILIAN (1970) Professor of Health and Physical Education
B S , Springfield College; M.S., PhD , University of Illinois
BRENT KAPLAN (1968) Associate Professor of Physics
B.M.E.. M.M.E., New York University
BARBARA L. KARAS (1966) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Temple University
CAROLYN B KEEFE (1969) Assistant Professor of Speech and Theatre
A.B , Oberlin College; M.A.. Temple University
MARY A. KEETZ (1973) Associate Professor of Reading
B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
JAMES T, KELLEHER (1968) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Widener College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
JOHN T. KELLY (1969) Associate Professor of English
B.S., St. Louis University; M.A.. Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
JOHN P. KENT (1972) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Southampton University (England); M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois
JOHN J. KERRIGAN (1972) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Villanova University
AMMON G. KERSHNER, JR. (1965) Professor of English
B.S., M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
CHARLOTTE E. KING (1955) Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., Temple University
WILLIAM E. KIPP (1969) Assistant Director of Admissions. Associate Professor
B.A., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
EUGENE KLEIN (1967) Associate Professor of Cello
B.M.E., Temple University; MM E . Indiana University
faculty/243
MARY L. KLINE (1968) Assistant Professor of Nursing
R.N., Johns Hopkins Hospital; B.S.. West Chester State College; M.S.N., University
of Pennsylvania
SEBASTIAN S. KOH (1970) Professor of iVIattiematics
B.S., National Taiwan University; M.A., Wayne State University; Ph.D.. University
of California
ALLA S. KUHLMANN [1965) Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
Diplome, Catholic University of Louvain (Belgium); M.A., University of Belgrade
(Yugoslavia)
MARIANNE H. KULASKI (1966) Assistant Cfiairperson. Department of Foreign
Languages; Associate Professor of Frencli and German
B.A., Ursinus College; M.A., Villanova University; Certificat d'etudes francaises,
University of Geneva
ALOIS H. K\JL\-\ANEK {^96^] Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.S., Institute of Technology (Prague); M.A., University of Political and Social Science
(Prague); Certificate, Charles University (Prague)
CARRIE C. KULP (1958) Professor of Elementary Education
A.B., Wheaton College; M.Ed., University of Delaware; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
ROBERT S. KURZINSKY (1970) Assistant Director of Financial Aid to Students.
Assistant Professor
B S., Bloomsburg State College; M.Ed , West Chester State College
JOHN A. LANDER (1965) Associate Dean. School of Education; Professor of Secon-
dary Education and Professional Studies
B.S., A.M., Temple University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
EVERETT A. LANDIN (1967) Director. Educational Development Center; Professor
of Education
A.B., M.Ed., Alfred University; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
WILLIAM R. LANDRUM (1953) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Virginia Military Institute; M.A., Temple University
GEORGE LANGDON (1956) Professor of Geography
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Clark University
MONITA LANK (1970) Professor of Health and Physical Education
A.B., M.A., Wichita State University; Ph.D., University of Iowa
BARBARA J. LAPPANO (1970) Instructor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
VICTOR LASUCHIN (1970) Associate Professor of Art
B.F.A., M.F.A.. University of Pennsylvania
KENNETH L. LAUDERMILCH ( 1 968) >Assoc/afe Professor of Brass
B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.Mus., New England Conservatory of Music
JOSEPH C. LAULETTA (1973) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S , University of Delaware; M.Ed., Boston University
JAMES M. LEAP (1972) Instructor of Health Education
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed., Kent State University
HERBERT LEE (1968) Assistant Director of Admissions. Associate Professor
B.S , M.Ed., West Chester State College
F. WILLIAM LEEDS (1963) Coordinator. Department of Urban Education; Associate
Professor of Urban Education
A.B., Temple University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
244/faculty
JOHN D LEMCKE (1965) Professor of Health Education
B.S , State University of New York College at Brockport; M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple Uni-
versity
JOHN C. LEWIS (1967) Interim Dean of Undergraduate Studies, Associate Pro-
fessor
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Villanova University; Ed.D., Temple Uni-
versity
JAMES E L hEUREUX (1969) Professor of l\/lathematics
B.S., M.S., Ph D . Louisiana State University
ADELE LIPSCOMB {^974) Assistant Professor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B.A.. Morgan State College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
MATILDA LIPSCOMB (1969) Resident Director. Junior Year Abroad; Associate
Professor of French
B S . New York University; M.A., Washington University
RONALD P. LOMBARDI (1962) Professor of Romance Languages
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
MELVIN M. LORBACK (1957) Chairperson. Department of Physical Education;
Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., State University of New York College at Brockport; M.S., Pennsylvania State
University
JOHN M. LOWE. JR. (1970) Professor of Health and Physical Education
B S , M.S., West Virginia University; Ed.D., University of Toledo
ROBERT C. LUCAS (1975) Instructor of Instrumental Music
B.M., Oberlin College; M.M., University of Michigan
PATRICK W. LUCK (1973) Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A , University of Vermont; M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
ALBERTA M McAFEE (1970) Instructional Materials Librarian, Assistant Professor
B.S,. Kutztown State College; M.S.L.S.. Drexel University
CHRISTINA W. McCAWLEY (1971) Referervce Librarian. Assistant Professor
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University; M.S.L.S., Catholic University of America
DWIGHT L. McCAWLEY (1971) Associate Professor of English
B.A., M.A., University of Tennessee; Ph.D., University of Illinois
RUTH L. McCOACH (1969) Instructor. Laboratory School
B.S.. West Chester State College
ROBERT F. McCUTCHEON {^974) Assistant Professor of Social Welfare
B.A., Upsala College; M.S.W., Rutgers School of Social Work
LYNETTE F. McGRATH (1968) Associate Professor of English
B.A., University of Sydney; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois
DONNA FARESE McHUGH (1968) Associate Professor of Piano
B.A., Dunbarton College of Holy Cross; M.Mus., Catholic University of America
DAVID E. McKENTY (1961 ) Chairperson. Department of English; Professor of English
B.S., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT D. McKINNEY (1952) Associate Professor of Art
B.S.. Edinboro State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
VIRGIL E. MAG NU SON (1975) Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.A. Monmouth College; Ph.D. University of New Hampshire
faculty/245
JOHN A. MAIN (1971) Director of the Social Welfare Program, Associate Professor
of Social Welfare
B.F.A., University of New Mexico; M.S.W., D.S.W., University of Pennsylvania
ELI M MANDELBAUM (1964) Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
KATHERINE A. MARGERUM (1959) Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M., Temple University
ALICE B. MARKOW (1965) Professor of English
A.B., University of Delaware; A.M., University of Maryland; Ph.D., University of Penn-
sylvania
EMIL M. MARKOW (1965) Associate Professor of Voice
B.S., M.A., Columbia University
MYLES MARTEL (1967) Associate Professor of Speech and Theatre
B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
RACHEL A. MARTIN (1969) /\ssoc/afe Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Temple University
MARGARET Y. MARTINEZ (1967) Assistant Chairperson, Department of Biology;
Associate Professor of Biology
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Columbia University
CAROL R. MATZ (1973) Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Albright College; M.S., University of Maryland
GEORGE W. MAXIM (1972) Assistant Chairperson, Department of Elementary Edu-
cation; Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., M.Ed., Mansfield State College; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
SUSAN MAXWELL (1969) Associate Professor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B.A., Whittier College; M.A., Ohio University
ROBERT 8. MEANS (1971) Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Alabama
ROBERT W. MEDEIROS (1968) Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Maine; M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
LAUREN B. MEISWINKEL (1967) Associate Professor of Speech and Theatre
3.S., Pennsylvania State University; B.D., Drew University, School of Theology;
M.A. (History), M.A. (Rhetoric Public Address), Temple University; D.Min. (Theology),
Drew University, School of Theology
RICHARD C. MERRELL (1968) Professor of Music Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Mus., Eastman School of Music; Ed.D., Penn-
sylvania State University
EMILH. MESSIKOMER {^946] Professor of Health
and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Columbia University
ROBERT J. MILLER (1968) Associate Professor of English
B.S., Wilkes College; M.A., Columbia University
FRANK E. MILLIMAN (1960) Assistant Chairperson, Department of Mathematical
Sciences; Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.N.S., College of Holy Cross; A.B., Hobart College; A.M., Columbia University
246/faculty
JAMES S. MILNE (1969) Chairperson. Department of Government and Politics;
Professor of Political Science
B.S.. Kutztown State College; M.A., Villanova University; Ph.D., Temple University
KEGHAM A. MISSISSYAN (1964) Chairperson, Department of Secondary Educa-
tion and Professional Studies; Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.A., American University (Beirut, Lebanon); M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
LOTTIE H. MITCHELL (1972) Associate Professor of Special Education (Part-time)
B.S., Howard University; M.Ed., Temple University
MICHAEL MONTEMURO (1965) Professor of Mathematics
B.A., LaSalle College; M.A., Ed.D., Temple University
WILLIAM M MOREHOUSE (1969) Chairperson, Department of Speech Communi-
cation and Theatre; Professor of Speech Communication and Theatre
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University
MARY ANN MORGAN (1962) Instructor of Elementary Education; Instructor, Lab-
oratory School
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College
RONNIE L MORGAN (1973) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Southwest Missouri State University; Ph.D., University of Missouri
WALENA C. MORSE (1968) Professor of Psychology
A.B., Duke University; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
JOSEPH G. MOSER (1966) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Rose Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Purdue University
SHIRLEY A. MUNGER (1968) Professor of Music Theory and Composition/Piano/
Music History and Literature
B.A., M.A., University of Washington; D.M.A., University of Southern California;
Diploma in piano, Conservatoire Nationale de Musique (Paris)
MARTIN MURPHY (1966) Chairperson, Department of Anthropology, Sociology,
and Social Welfare, Associate Professor of Anthropology
A.B., A.M., University of Michigan
STERLING E. MURRAY (1972) Associate Professor of Music History and Literature
B.Mus., University of Maryland; A.M., Ph.D., University of Michigan
KOSTAS MYRSI ADES ( 1 969) Associate Professor of English
B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University
MARY E. NEHLIG (1967) Assistant to the Director of Library Services, Associate
Professor
A.B., Wilson College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
LARRY A. NELSON (1971) Assistant Professor of Music Theory and Composition
B.Mus., University of Denver; M.Mus., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D., Michigan
State University
KATHARINE D NEWMAN (1967) Professor of English
B.S., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
DEBORAH NICKLES (1969) Assistant Professor of Special Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., Syracuse University
EDWARD N. NORRIS (1958) Associate Dean for Graduate Studies. School of Health
and Physical Education; Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., Virginia Commonwealth University;
Ed.D., Temple University
faculty/247
SARA M, NORTH El MER (1969) Assistant Professor of f\/lusic Education
B.S., Ed.M., Temple University
BENJAMIN NUNEZ (1967) Professor of Spanish and Linguistics
B.A., Salta (Argentina); Licenciado en Letras. National University of Buenos Aires;
M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University
ROBERT P. NYE (1968) Associate Professor of Health Education
A.B., Gettysburg College; M.Ed., West Chester State College; Ed.D., Temple Uni-
versity
.,/IARY ANN OCONNELL (1970) Early Childhood Research Project. Instructor
B.A., Emmanuel College; M.S., Central Connecticut State College
PAUL G. O GRADY ( 1 967) Associate Professor of History
B.A., M.A., University of Dublin; Ph.D., University of Delaware
BERNARD S OLDSEY (1969) Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Ph D., Pennsylvania State University
WILLIAM R. OVERLEASE (1963) Professor of Biology
B.S., B.S.F., M.S., Ph.D., Michigan State University
JACK A. OWENS (1956) Professor of Health and Physical Education
A.B., Concord College; MS, West Virginia University; Ed.D , Pennsylvania State
University
REYNOLD D. PAGANELLI (1967) Associate Professor of Secondary Education
and Professional Studies
B.S . Bloomsburg State College; M.A., Catholic University of America; C.A.S., Johns
Hopkins University
CHARLES W. PAGANO (1967) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Ohio University
WILLIE E. PAGE, JR. (1967) Associate Professor of English
A.B., East Carolina University; M.A., Florida State University
PRAXITELES PAN DEL (1972) Associate Professor of Piano
B.Mus , M.S., The Juilliard School
SUSAN B PARKINSON (1968) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Edu-
cation
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed., West Chester State College
MICHAEL A PEICH (1968) Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Wartburg College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT E. PENNINGTON (1966) Professor of Piano
B.Mus., M.Mus., Mus.D., Northwestern University
ERMINIO J. PETA (1967) Professor of Elementary Education
B.S., Kutztown State College; M.Ed., University of Florida, Ed.D., Lehigh University
AM ALIA T. PETERS (1969) Assistant Professor of Spanish
Institute of Juan Ramon Fernandez (Argentina); M.Ed., West Chester State College
M.A., University of Pennsylvania
ERNEST L. PETERS (1969) Associate Research Director for Grants. Professor of
Educational Research
A.B., Lafayette College; M.A., Villanova University; Ed.D., University of Denver
WILLIAM B. PETERS (1973) Assistant Chairperson. Department of History; Assistant
Professor of History
B.A., Pomona College; M.A., California State University. San Francisco; Ph D . Uni-
versity of California. Santa Barbara
248/faculty
FRANK E PETERSON (1962) Associate Professor of Speecti Patfiology and Audio-
logy
B.S., Edinboro State College; M.A., Columbia University
SHIRLEY T. PETHES (1968) Associate Professor of Piano
A.R.C.T., Royal Conservatory of Music of Toronto; Artist Diploma, University of Tor-
onto; M.Mus., Indiana University
RUTH B. PETKOFSKY (1968) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
A.B., Hunter College; M.A., University of Minnesota
FREDERICK C PFLIEGER (1961) Professor of Music History and Literature
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Mus., Ph.D., West Virginia University
THOMAS W. PLATT (1968) Professor of Philosoptiy
B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania
JACK PORTER (1968) Professor of Psychology
B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University
LOUIS H PORTER (1974) Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., Ohio University; M.A., Ph.D., Howard University
ELIZABETH H. POTTIEGER (1965) >Assoc/'afe Professor of Psychology
B.A., Albright College; M.A., Temple University
WILLIAM G. PRATER (1969) Associate Professor of English
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Ohio University
SANDRA F. PRITCHARD (1967) Assistant Professor, Laboratory School
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
CAROL A. RADICH (1972) Associate Professor of Elementary Education
B.A., Glassboro State College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Maryland
WILLIAM J. RAHN (1965) Associate Professor of Counselor Education
B.S., Villanova University; M.Ed., Temple University
WILLIAM J. RAMPON (1967) Associate Professor of Geography
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.A., University of Oklahoma
WILLIAM J. RARICK (1968) Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., Philadelphia College of Art; M.F.A., Tyler School of Art
CLAIRE T. RAVACON (1972) Associate Professor of Social Welfare
A.B., Smith College; M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania
KATHLEEN R. REBER (1973) Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N., Georgetown University
DAVID L. REDMOND (1963) Associate Professor of Instructional Media Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., Syracuse University
GEORGE F. REED (1966) Chairperson, Department of Earth Sciences; Professor of
Astronomy and Science Education
B.S., St. Joseph's College (Pa); M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
N. RUTH REED (1953) Associate Professor of Health Education
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
THOMAS G. REED (1967) Instructor, Laboratory School
B.S., West Chester State College
ROBERT W. REESE (1951) Director of Athletics. Associate Professor of Health
and Physical Education
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.S., University of Pennsylvania
faculty/249
RUSSELL E. REIS, JR. (1967) Assistant Professor of Instructional l^edia Education
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
MARY-ANN REISS (1969) Assistant Professor of Spanish (Part-time)
B.A., Temple University; M.A., Villanova University
BARRY G. REM LEY (1968) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
FRANCIS J. REYNOLDS (1961) Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
RUSSELL K. RICKERT (1956) Dean, School of Sciences and Mathematics; Professor
of Physics
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., University of Delaware; Ed.D., New York
University
WALTER N. RIDLEY (1968) Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
A.B., M.A., Howard University; Ed.D., University of Virginia
DONN C. RILEY (1966) Professor of History
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., St. Louis University
ROBERT D. RIMEL (1966) Assistant Professor of English
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., University of Delaware
STANLEY RIUKAS (1968) Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Classical Gymnasium (Lithuania); Ph.B., Th.B., Ph.L., Loyola University;
Ph.D., New York University
SARAH E. RIVOIR (1964) Head, Library Reference Department; Associate Professor
B.S., Temple University; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
ALFRED D. ROBERTS (1959) Professor of Romance Languages
B.A., Ursinus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
RONALD F. ROMIG (1967) Professor of Biology
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Delaware
HARRISON C. ROPER (1969) Assistant Professor of Instrumental Music
B.A., Haverford College; M.Mus., Catholic University of America
JOHN P. ROSSO (1975) Instructor in Classical Language (Part-time)
B.A., Haverford College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
SARAH L. ROWE (1963) Instructor of English
B.A., Dickinson College
PHILIP B. RUDNICK (1968) Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Yeshiva University; B.A., Ph.D., Rutgers— The State University
JANE WESTON SADDORIS (1971) Instructor, Laboratory School
B.S., West Chester State College
GLENN W. SAMUELSON (1965) Professor of Sociology
B.A., Wheaton College; M.A.R., Eastern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Temple
University; Ed.D., University of Maryland
HAROLD R. SANDS (1969) Professor of Psychology
B.A., Rutgers— The State University; M.Ed., Temple University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania
State University
HARRY G. SCHALCK (1964) Professor of History
A.B., Ursinus College; M.A., Ph.D., Clark University
250/faculty
ROBERT SCHICK (1961) Professor of Piano
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Columbia University; A.Mus.D., Eastman School
of Music
LISELOTTE M. SCHMIDT (1970) Ctiairperson, Department of Music History and Lit-
erature; Professor of l\/lusic History and Literature
B.Mus.. Converse College; M.A., New York University; M.Mus., Manhattan School
of Music; Ed.D., Columbia University
RICHARD A. SCHNEIDER (1967) Associate Professor of German and Spanisli
M.A., University of Heidelberg (Germany; Diploma, University of Barcelona (Spain)
DORIS R. SCHOEL (1962) Ctiairperson, Department of Nursing; Associate Professor
of Nursing
R.N., Bryn Mawr Hospital; B.S. in Nursing, Villanova University; M.S. in Ed., Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania
R. GERALD SCHOELKOPF (1969) Head, Library Circulation Department; Assistant
Professor
B.A., Villanova University; M.S.L.S., McGill University
EUGENE W. SCHOOLER (1961) Professor of Economics
B.S., Fort Hays Kansas State College; MB. A., University of Kansas; A.M., Ph.D.,
Harvard University
LEROY SCHUETTE (1973) Director, Ecology Consortium, Educational Development
Center; Associate Professor
B.A.. Yankton College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Utah
JANET C. SEIDEL (1973) Assistant Professor of Secondary Education and Pro-
fessional Studies
B.S.. Drexel University; M.Ed., West Chester State College; Ed.D., Temple University
GUS V. SERMAS (1971) Associate Professor of Art
B.A., Baylor University; B.F.A., B.S., University of Texas; M.F.A., University of Wis-
consin
NEIL A. SERPICO (1967) Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., University of New Hampshire; Ed.M., Boston University; Ed.D., University of
Alabama
ANNE SESSA (1968) Professor of History
B.A., Swarthmore College; Ph.D., University of Delaware
WILLIAM H. SEYBOLD, JR. (1967) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Temple University; M.A., Northwestern University
HAROLD E SHAFFER (1952) Associate Professor of History
A.B., Susquehanna University; Litt.M., University of Pittsburgh
BERNICE SHAPIRO (1969) Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., Cooper Union School of Architecture; B.F.A., Philadelphia College of Art; M.
Ed., Tyler School of Art
JOHN C. SHEA (1967) Professor of Political Science
B.A., Allegheny College; MA, University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pitts-
burgh
JANE E. SHEPPARD (1953) Associate Professor of Voice and Choral Music
B.Mus. Ed., Westminster College (Pa); M.A., Columbia University; M.Mus., Indiana
University
ROBERT R. SHINEHOUSE (1966) Associate Professor of Psychology
B.S., Ursinus College; M.A., Temple University
faculty/251
MARY L. SHOAF (1966) Acting Dean of Graduate Studies. Professor of Phiysics
B.A., Cardinal Stritch College; M.S.. University of California; Ph.D., Purdue University
IRENE G. SHUR (1956) Associate Professor of History
B.S., Ohio State University; M.Ed., University of Delaware; Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
BERNARD F. SIEGEL (1967) Assistant to tfie Vice President for Academic Affairs.
Associate Professor
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A.. University of Pennsylvania
CAROLYN G. SIMMENDINGER (1958) Associate Professor of Art
B.S., Kutztown State College; M.F A., Tyler School of Art
ELEANOR B. SINCLAIR (1970) Cataloging Librarian. Assistant Professor
B.A., University of Delaware; MLS., Rutgers— The State University
IRA C. SINGLETON (1970) Associate Dean for Graduate Studies and Researcti.
Sctiool of Music; Professor of Music Education
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M., Temple University; Ph.D., New York Uni-
versity
HAROLD L SKELTON (1968) Clialrperson. Department of Pliysics: Associate Pro-
fessor of Ptiysics
B.S., Case Institute of Technology; M.S.. University of Delaware; Ph.D., University
of Delaware
CARL M. SMITH (1971) Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.B.A., M.B.A.. Temple University; C.P.A . Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
EDWARD D. SMITH (1972) Chiairperson. Department of Counselor Education: Pro-
fessor of Counselor Education
B.S., Shippensburg State College; M.Ed., Ed.D.. Pennsylvania State University
ELIZABETH SMITH (1967) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Blue Mountain College; M.S., University of Southern Mississippi
FRANK A. SMITH. JR. (1964) Professor of Physics
B.S., Villanova University; M.A., Ed.D.. Temple University
JAMES E. SMITH (1967) Associate Professor of Violin
B.Mus., M.Mus., Eastman School of Music
LI DA NELSON SMITH (1966) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
A.B., Bard College; M.A., Sarah Lawrence College
PHILIP D. SMITH, JR. (1967) Director, Language Research Center; Professor of
Spanish and Linguistics
B.A., Pepperdine University; M.A., University of Nevada; Ph.D., Ohio State Univer-
sity
NORBERT C. SOLDON (1963) Professor of History
B.A., M.A., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
H. LEE SOUTHALL(1967) Chairperson. Department of Instrumental Music: Assistant
Professor of Brass
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Trenton State College
JOSEPH M. SPIECKER (1968) /\ssoc/afe Professor of Instructional Media Education
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M., Temple University
THOMAS W. SPIERLING (1972) Director. Counseling Center; Associate Professor
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University
CHARLES A. SPRENKLE (1955) Dean. School of Music; Professor of Music
B.S., Johns Hopkins University; B.Mus., M.Mus.. D.Mus.A., Peabody Conservetory
of Music
252/faculty
RUTH S. STANLEY (1959) Assistant Professor of l\/lathematics
B.S., M.A., University of Oklahoma
JAY P. STEIN METZ (1967) Assistant Professor of Instructional l^edia Education
B.S., Millersville State College; M.Ed., West Chester State College
JOHN R. STEIN METZ (1965) Associate Professor of Health Education
B.S., M.Ed., Temple University
LESLIE STEVENSON, JR. (1972) Counseling Psychologist, Counseling Center;
Assistant Professor
B.S., M.S., University of Utah
JOSEPH A. STIGORA ( 1 973) Assistant Professor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University
RICHARD L. STRAYER (1956) Director, Educational Media Services; Professor of
Instructional Media Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed , University of Delaware; Ed.D., Temple Uni-
versity
PAUL A. STREVELER (1970) Associate Professor of Philosophy
B.A., St. John's University (Minnesota); Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
C. WAYNE STRINGER (1971) Professor of Music Education
B.S., Ohio State University; M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University; Diploma in Kodaly,
Eztergom, Hungary
FREDERICK R. STRUCKMEYER (1966) Professor of Philosophy
B.A., King's College (NY); A.M., Ph.D., Boston University
CHARLES H. STUART (1968) Professor of History
B.A., Houghton College; M.A., Bradley University; Ph.D., Boston University
R. GODFREY STUDENMUND (1956) Director of Admissions, Associate Professor
of Education
B.S., Shippensburg State College; Ed.M., Temple University
RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER (1946) Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M., Ed.D., Temple University
JAMES D. SULLIVAN (1967) Associate Professor of Music Theory and Composition
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Eastman School of Music
TIMOTHY P. SULLIVAN (1972) Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota
VINCENT V.SUPPAN (^964] Associate Professor of Speech Pathology and Audiology
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Columbia University
JANE B. SWAN (1965) Professor of History
B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
EMILY T. SWARTLEY (1970) Instructor of Flute (Part-time)
B.Mus., Eastman School of Music; M.Mus., Temple University
ROY D. SWEET (1953) Chairperson, Department of Vocal and Choral Music; As-
sociate Professor of Voice and Choral Music
B.S., State University of New York College at Fredonia; M.Mus., Eastman School
of Music
JULIAN M. SWIREN (1964) Associate Professor of Counselor Education
B.S., M.S., University of Pennsylvania; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University
faculty/253
PATRICK J. M. SYLVESTER (1968) Professor of Economics
B.A., St, Francis Xavier University (Canada); M.A., University of New Brunswick
(Canada); M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Bryn IVlawr College
ROBERT SZABO {^97 4] Assistant Professor of Reading
B.S., Kutztown State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Lehigh University
JOHN C. TACHOVSKY (1970) Associate Professor of Geograpliy
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
BRADLEY E. TAYLOR (1973) Instructor of Healtfi and Pliysicai Education
B.S., Temple University
ELINOR Z. TAYLOR (1955) Associate Professor of Healtfi and Piiysical Edu-
cation
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M., Temple University
S. KEITH TAYLOR (1968) Professor cf Englisfi
B.A., Ursinus College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple University
SANDRA J. THIELZ (1973) Instructor of Healtfi and Piiysical Education
B.S., Southern Connecticut State College
GEORGE M. THOMAS (1966) Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., University of Delaware; Ed.D., Temple Uni-
versity
JOSEPH M. THORSON (1968) Professor of Economics and Management
L.L.M., University of Lwow (U.S.S.R.); M.A., Seton Hall University; Ph.D., Indiana
University
DAVID G. THURBON (1963) Assistant Professor of Englisfi
A.B., M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM TOROP (1971) Professor of Ctiemistry
A.B., M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
JOHN N. TREZISE (1969) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
MILAN TRNKA (1962) Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education
A. 8., Syracuse University; M.S., University of Illinois
EUGENIA R. TRUESDELL (1969) Head, Library Technical Processing Department;
Associate Professor
A.B., Elmira College; B.S., Syracuse University; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
JOHN J. TURNER, JR. (1965) Professor of History
A.B., Muhlenberg College; M.A., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., Columbia Uni-
versity
EDWARD T. TWARDOWSKI (1951) Director, Career Development Center; Professor
of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple
University
JOY VANDEVER (1964) Associate Professor of Voice
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester State College
RICHARD K. VELETA (1965) Chairperson, Department of Keyboard Music; Pro-
fessor of Piano
B.Mus., M.Mus., D.Mus., Northwestern University
254/faculty
C. RALPH VERNO (1966) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A.. University of Pittsburgh; M.Div., Westminster Theological Seminary; M.S.,
in Ed., University of Pennsylvania
MARY A. VINQUIST (1975) Assistant Professor of Music History and Literature
B.M., St. Olaf College; M.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina
JACQUES C. VOOIS (1969) Associate Professor of Piano
B.Mus., Oberlin College; M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music
EARL E. VOSS (1971) Associate Professor of Healtfi Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.Ed., Temple University
G. ALAN WAGNER (1967) Associate Professor of Voice
B.Mus., Northwestern University; M.F.A., Carnegie-Mellon University
SHIRLEY ANN WALTERS (1963) Acting Coordinator. Field Experiences (Student
Teachiing); Associate Professor of Secondary Education and Professional Studies
B.S., Millersville State College; MA, University of Michigan; D.Ed., Temple University
JOH N W. WAR D ( 1 96 1 ) Associate Professor of English
A.B., M.A., Miami University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
MARTIN A. WATKINS(1975)/Assoc/afePro^essorofEng//s/7
B.A., Universityof North Carolina; M.A., Indiana University
RICHARD P. WEAGLEY (1954) Chairperson, Department of Instructional Media Edu-
cation; Professor of Instructional Media Education
B.S., Lebanon Valley College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
JOHN W. WEAVER (1973) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Eastern Mennonite College; M.A., University of Delaware; Ph.D., Johns Hop-
kins University
RICHARD J. WEBSTER (1967) /Assoc/afe Professor of History and American Studies
A.B., Lafayette College; M.A., University of Delaware; A.M., University of Pennsyl-
vania
SUSAN W. WEBSTER (1967) Assistant Professor of Biology
A.B., Bucknell University; M.Ed., West Chester State College
RUTH I. WEIDNER (1967) Music Librarian, Assistant Professor
B.A., Hood College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
NAOMI L. WEISS (1967) Associate Professor of Piano
B.S., M.S., The Juilliard School
ROBERT H. WEISS (1967) Professor of English
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; A.M., Ph.D., Temple University
SOL WEISS (1964) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Brooklyn College; M.A., Columbia University
JAMES R. WELLS (1968) Associate Professor of Instrumental Music/ Music History
and Literature
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M., Temple University; Ed.D., Columbia Uni-
versity
THEODORA L. WEST (1963) Professor of English
B.A., University of Akron; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
LINWOOD J. WHITE (1968) Associate Professor of Art
B.F.A., Maryland Institute College of Art; M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania
KATHERINE S. WHITMAN (1975) Assistant Professor of Business and Economics
B.A., Mount St. Mary's College; M.A., University of California
faculty/255
W. BENJAMIN WHITTEN (1959) Associate Professor of Piano
B.Mus., M.Mus., Peabody Conservatory of Music
PAUL R.\N\D\CK[^967) Professor of Science Education
B.A., M.Ed., Wayne State University; M.A., Eastern Michigan University; Ed.D., Tem-
ple University
MARK F. WIENER (1965) Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., West Chester State College; A.M., University of Illinois
HARRY WILKINSON (1948) Professor of t^usic Tfieory and Composition/Organ
B.S., Ed.M.. Temple University; Ph.D., Eastman School of Music
LLOYD C. WILKINSON (1960) Associate Professor of Healtfi and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Villanova University
ARDIS M. WILLIAMS (1967) Associate Professor of Chemistry
A.B., Mount Holyoke College; A.M., Vassar College
EDWIN L. WILLIAMS (1968) Associate Professor of Philosophy
B.A., West Chester State College
LOIS M. WILLIAMS (1955) Associate Professor of Music History and Literature/
Voice and Choral Music
B.Mus., Western Michigan University; M.A., Columbia University; Fulbright Scholar
(Germany 1953-1955)
THOMAS B. WILLIAMS (1961) Professor of Secondary Education and Professional
Studies
B.S., Salisbury State College; Ed.M., Ed.D., Temple University
JOHN M. WINTERMUTE (1966) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Edu-
cation
B.S., Ithaca College; Ed.M., State University of New York at Buffalo
JACK E. WISE (1968) Associate Professor of English
B.S., M.Ed., Shippensburg State College
PHILIP WITONSKY (1974) Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Queens College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota
RICHARD I. WOODRUFF (1966) Professor of Biology
B.S., Ursinus College; M.Ed., West Chester State College; Ph.D., University of Penn-
sylvarfia
RONALD B. WOODS (1967) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.S., University of Massachusetts
JAMES J. WRIGHT (1945) Chairperson. Department of Music Theory arid Com-
position; Professor of Music Theory and Composition
B.S., West Chester State College; Ed.M., Temple University; Ph.D., Eastman School
of Music
STANLEY J. YAROSEWICK (1969) Professor of Physics
B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.S., Ph.D., Clarkson College of Technology
MARGARET C. YEAKEL (1973) Associate Professor of Social Welfare
A.B., A.M., Oberlin College; M.S., D.S.W., Case Western Reserve University
DANIEL YEH (1968) Cataloging Librarian, Associate Professor
B.A., National Taiwan University; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
RICHARD B. YODER (1962) Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Villanova University
256/faculty
EDWIN L. YOU MANS (1960) Dean, School of Health and Physical Education; Pro-
fessor of Health and Physical Education
B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa
ROBERT J. YOUNG (1965) Professor of History
B.S., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
CARLOS R. ZEIGLER (1969) Acting Dean, School of Education; Professor of Elem-
entary Education
A.B., Elizabethtown College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Temple University
ELSIE B. ZIEGLER (1965) Professor of English
B.S., Elizabethtown College; M.S.L.S., Villanova University; Ed.D., Temple University
MARTIN ZLOTOWSKI (1973) Associate Professor of Special Education
A.B., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University
Emeriti
EARL F. SYKES, President Emeritus
W. GLENN KILLINGER, Dean of Men Emeritus
LLOYD C. MITCHELL, Dean of Music Emeritus
KENNETH C. SLAGLE, Dean of Arts and Sciences Emeritus
HAROLD W. BENDA, Dean of Education Emeritus
WILLARD J. TREZISE, Dean of Graduate Studies Emeritus
MARY M. BLISS, Biology
FAYE A. COLLI COTT, Librarian
GERALDINE C. CONBEER, Librarian
GEORGE CRESSMAN, Education
KATHERINE M. DENWORTH, Education
MARK M. EVANS, Director of Student Teaching
MARION FARNHAM, Art
ROBERT B. GORDON, Sciences
THELMA J. GREENWOOD, Biology
MURIEL LEACH, Health and Physical Education
B. PAUL ROSS, Education
GERTRUDE SCHMIDT, Music
W. CLYDE SKILLEN, Biology
EARLE C. WATERS, Health and Physical Education
JOSEPHINE E. WILSON, English
Index
- A-
Absence, Student, 49-50
Academic Honors List, 52
Acceptance
Fee, 23
of an Offer of Admission, 18
Accounting
Offerings in, 89-90
Accreditation, ii
ACT, 16
Arranging for, 17
Activities, College Union, 47
Administration Building, 3
Administration, College, 229
Admission, 15 ff
Acceptance of an Offer of, 18
ACT scores for, 16
Application for, 15-16
Transfer Students, 18-19
of College Graduates, 20
General Requirements for, 15
Last Day for Admission of New Fresh-
men, 16
Notice of Decisions, 16
Policy on Early, 18
Readmission of Former Students, 20
Requirements of, for transfer
students, 18
SAT scores for, 16
Admission requirements in Specific
Fields, 17
Advance Payment, 22
Advanced Placement Program, 53
All-Star Chamber Music Series, 41
All-Star Series, 41
Alumni Association, 47
American Studies, 67 ff.
B.A. in, 67-68
Offerings in, 68
Anderson Hall, 4
Anthropology, Sociology, and Social
Welfare
Anthropology, Sociology
B.A. in, 69
Offerings in, 70 ff.
Social Work
B.A. in, 74-75
Offerings in, 75 ff.
Application for Admission
Fee, 22
New Students, 15-16
Transfer Students, 18-19
Armed Service ROC Program, 56-57
Arranging for Tests, 17
Art, 77 ff.
B.A. in, 78
Offerings in, 78 ff.
Art Collections, 11
Assistantships, Counseling for
Seniors, 32
Astronomy, see Earth Sciences
Athletic Field Complex, 6
Athletics, 43
Auditing Privileges, 53
-B-
Baccalaureate Programs, iv
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant
Program, 27
Billing Address Change, 24
Biology, 83 ff.
B.A. in, 83-84
B.S. in Ed in, 84
Offerings in, 84 ff.
Black Student Union, 44-45
Board of State College and University
Directors, 228
Bookstore, College, 37
Buildings on Campus, 3 ff.
Bureau of Educational Media Services, 8
Bureau of Research and Related
Services, 8
Business and Economics, 88 ff.
B.S. in Business Administration, 88-89
B.A. in Economics, 89
Offerings in, 89 ff.
-C-
Calendar, inside front cover
Campus,
Description of, 3 ff.
Buildings on, 3 ff.
Campus Post Office, 36
Career Services, 38
CEEB English Composition Achieve-
ment Test, 16
Arranging for, 17
Certification in
Athletic Coaching, 158
Driver Education and Safe Living, 158
Education, 14
Programs Offered, 14
Environmental (Outdoor) Education,
121
Special Education, 122-23
258/index
Certification Programs, iv
Chemistry, 95 ff.
B.S. in, 96
Chemistry-Biology, 97
Chemistry-Geology, 97
Clinical Chemistry, 98
Education, 97
Offerings in, 98 ff.
Chester County Intermediate Unit In-
structional Materials Service, 8
Class Load, 49
Classification
Academic, 49
by College Program, 49
of Students, 33
College Bookstore, 37
College Graduates, Admission of, 20
College Policy for Storm Closings, 36
College Union, 37
Activities, 47
College Work-Study Program, 32
Communications Directory, inside front
cover
Community Center Fee, 21
Commuter Government, 40
Computer Science, see Mathematical
Sciences
Continuing Education, iv, 9
Correspondence Courses, Policy on, 54
Council of Higher Education, 228
Counseling Center, 37
Counseling of Seniors Seeking Assist-
antships or Fellowships, 32
Counselor Education, 125
Credit by Examination, 53
Criminal Justice, 101 ff.
B.S. in, 102
Offerings in, 102 ff.
Cultural Affairs, 41
Cumulative Index, 50-51
-D-
Damage Fee, 23
Darlington Herbarium, 12
Deans List, see Academic Honors List
Degree Requirements
for Baccalaureate Degree, 61
General, 61-62
of the Schools, 64
Arts and Letters Core, 64
Foreign Languages, for B.A., 65
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Core, 64
for the Teaching Certificate, 65
Delinquent Accounts, 24
Dental Hygiene, 105
B.S. in Ed., 105
Description of the Campus. 3 ff.
Dining Accommodations, 34
Directions to West Chester, 2-3
Directory, Communications, inside front
cover
-E -
Early Admissions, Policy on, 18
Earth Sciences, 106 ff.
B.S. in, 107
B.S. in Ed., Earth and Space Sciences,
106
Offerings in, 107 ff.
Economics
B.A. in, 90
Offerings in 90 ff.
Education, School of, 110
Educational Development Center, 8
Educational Psychology, 118
Offerings in, 118
Educational Research, 125
Educational Services, 8-9
Ehinger Gymnasium and Hollinger Field
House, 4
Elementary Education, 111 ff.
B.S. in. 111
Offerings in, 114
Elsie Oleita Bull Learning Research Cen-
ter, 4
English, 126
B.A., Literature, 126-27
B.S. in Ed. in, 127
Offerings in, 128 ff.
Enrollment, Total, 1
Environmental (Outdoor) Education
Certification in, 121
Offerings in, 122
Ethnic Studies, 135
Examinations Required for Placement.
16
ACT, 16
CEEB English Composition Achieve-
ment Test, 16
Arranging for Examinations, 17
SAT, 16
Exemption from Final Examinations,
51-52
- F -
Faculty, 230 ff.
Emeriti, 256
Federal Grants, 27
Basic Educational Opportunity Grant
Program, 27
Supplemental Educational Opportu-
nity Grant Program, 27
index/259
Fees and Expenses, 21 ff.
Acceptance, 23
Advance Payment of, 22
Application, 22
Community Center, 21
Commuter/Resident Dues, 25
Damage, 23
Graduation, 25
Gymnasium Uniforms, 25
Housing, 21
Identification Cards, 25
Intracollegiate Governmental Associa-
tion, 25
Miscellaneous, 23
Out-of-state Residents, 21
Pennsylvania Residents, 21
Private Music Instruction, 23
Room Reservation, 21
Special Costs for Nurses, 26
Swim Suits, 26
Final Examinations, Exemption from,
51-52
Finance,
Offerings in, 92
Financial Aid, 27 ff.
Financial Obligations, 22
Foreign Languages, 136 ff.
B.A. in, 136-37
B.S. in Ed. in, 137-38
Offerings in, 139 ff.
Forensics and Theatre, 44
Foundations, 117-18
Offerings in, 117-18
Francis Harvey Green Library, 7
Fraternities,
Service, 47
Social, 47
French, 139-40
B.A. in, 136-37
B.S. in Ed. in. 137-38
Offerings in, 139-40
Freshmen, Last Day for Admission of, 1 6
Freshman Orientation Program, 34
- G -
Geography and Planning, 147 ff.
B.A. in, 148
B.A. in Ed. in Social Studies, Geog-
raphy Concentration, 148
Offerings in, 148 ff.
Geology, see Earth Sciences
German, 140 ff.
B.A. in, 136-37
B.S. in ED., 137-38
Government and Politics, 151 ff.
B.A. in Political Science, 152
B.S. in Ed. in Social Studies, Political
Science Concentration, 152
Offerings in, 153 ff.
Governor of the Commonwealth, 228
Grade Reports, 50
Grading System, 50
Graduate Assistantships, Counseling
for Seniors, 32
Graduate Studies, 14
Degrees Offered, 14
Programs Offered, 14
Graduation Fee, 25
Graduation Honors, 55
Grants, Scholarships, Awards, and
Loans, 27 ff.
Federal Grants, 27
Law Enforcement Education Program,
28
Scholarships and Awards, 28 ff.
State Grants, 28
Greek, 142
Offerings in, 142
Gymnasium uniforms, fees, 25-26
- H -
Handbook, Student, 44
Health Education
B.S. in, 164-65
Offerings in, 167-68
Health Service, 35
Health and Physical Education Center, 5
Health and Physical Education, School
of, 156 ff.
B.S. in Health and Physical Educa-
tion, 161 ff.
B.S. in Health Education, 164-65
B.S. in Public Health, 165-66
Offerings in, 167 ff.
Special Requirements for Admission
to, 159
Higher Education Opportunity Program,
10-11
Historical Properties, 12
History, 175 ff.
B.A. in, 175-76
B.S. in Social Studies, 176
History Concentration, 176-77
Ethnic Studies Concentration, 177
Offerings in, 177 ff.
History of the College, 1
Hollinger Field House, 4
Honor Societies, 45-46
Honors, Graduation, 55-56
Honors List, 52
Housing, 33-34
Housing Fee, 21
Identification Cards, 25
260/index
Independent Study and Credit by Ex-
amination, 53
Instructional Media Education, 120
Offerings in, 120
Instrumental Music, 202 ff.
Offerings in, 202 ff.
Insurance Program, 35
Intention to Graduate, Required Notice
of, 55
Internships, 57
Intracollegiate Governmental Associa-
tion, 39
Fee, 25
Italian, 142
Offerings in, 142
- J -
John A. Farrell Stadium, 6
Junior Year Abroad Program, 9
- K -
Keyboard Music, 202-01
Offerings in, 200-01
Language, 146-47
Offerings in, 146-47
Last Day for Admission of New Fresh-
man, 16
Latin, 142-43
B.A. in, 136-37
B.S in Ed. in, 137-38
Offerings in. 142-43
Latin-American and Russian Studies, 183
Law
Offerings in, 92-93
Law Enforcement Education Program
Grants, 28
Lawrence Center, 4
Library, 7
Library Cards, 25
Literature, 130 ff.
Offerings in, 130 ff.
Little Theatre, 44
Lloyd C. Mitchell Hall, 4
Loans, 32
Location of the College, 2-3
- M -
Main Hall, 4
Maintenance Building, 4
Management
Offerings in, 93-94
Marine Science, see Earth Sciences
Marine Science Consortium, 12-13
Marketing
Offerings in, 94-95
Master of Arts, 14
Programs Offered, 14
Master of Education, 14
Programs Offered, 14
Master of Music, 14
Programs Offered, 14
Master of Science, 14
Programs Offered, 14
Mathematical Sciences, 184 ff.
Admission Requirements, 17
B.A. in Mathematics, Computer
Science Concentration, 185
B.S. in Computer and Information
Sciences, 185
B.S. in Ed. in, 186
Offerings in, 186 ff.
Minimum Standards
Maintenance of, 52
for Transfer Students, 52
Miscellaneous Fees, 23
Music Education,
B.S. in, 193
Offerings in, 199-200
Music History and Literature, 196 ff.
Offerings in, 196 ff.
Music, School of, 191 ff.
B.A. in Music, 193-94
B.Mus., 194-95
B.S. in Music Ed., 193
Offerings in, 195 ff.
Special Requirements for Admission
to, 192-93
Musical Organizations, 42
-N -
National Student Exchange Program, 10
National Teacher Examination, 58
New Students,
Fees,
Acceptance, 23
Application, 22
North Campus Buildings, 3 ff.
Notice of Decisions for Admission, 16
Notice of Intention to Graduate, 55
Nursing, 205-06
B.S. in, 205
Offerings in, 206
Special Costs, 26
Special Requirements for Admission
to. 205-06
-O-
Old Library, 4
Organizations and Activities, 40 ff.
index/261
Out-of-state Students,
graduate), 21
Over-Seas Study, 9
Fee (Under-
- P-
Pass-Fail Policy, 51
Pennsylvania Department of Education,
228
Philips Memorial Hall, 4-5
Philosophy, 207 ff.
B.A. in, 207
Offerings in, 208-09
Physical Education
B.S. in, 161 ff.
Offerings in, 169 ff.
Physical Examination Requirements, 17
Annual, 36
Entrance, General, 17
Health and Physical Ed. Majors, 17
Physics, 210 ff.
B.A. in, 210-11
B.S. in Ed. in, 211
Offerings in, 211-12
Placement and Career Services, 38
Placement Examinations Required, 16
ACT, 16
CEEB English Composition Achieve-
ment Test, 16
SAT, 16
Policies,
Correspondence Courses, 54
Early Admissions, 18
Pass-Fail, 51
Repayments and Refunds, 24
Storm Closings, 36
Student Absence, 49-50
Political Science, see Government and
Politics
Portuguese, 144
Offerings in, 144
Post Office, Campus, 36
Private Music Instruction Fees, 23
Psychology, 213 ff.
B.A. in, 213-14
Offerings in, 214 ff.
-Q-
Quad, The, 44
- R -
Radio, College, 44
Ram's Eye View (Student Handbook), 44
Reading, 119
Offerings in, 119
Readmission of Former Students, 20
Recitation Hall, 5
Recreation, 43
Regulations, Vehicle, 36
Reinstatement and Readmission, 54
Religious Organizations, 44
Repayments and Refunds, 24
Repeating Courses, 52
Required Notice of Intention to Grad-
uate, 55
Requirements,
for Admission, General, 15
in Health and Physical Ed and
Health Ed., 159
in Mathematical Sciences, 17
in Music. 192-93
Degree, General, School, see Degree
Requirements
Resident Credit. 55
for Graduation, 55
Residence Hall Association. 40
Residence Halls, 5
Resident Credit Requirements, 55
Reynolds Hall, 5
Robert B. Gordon Natural Area for En-
vironmental Studies, 12
Room Reservation,
Fee, 21
for Reinstated Students. 55
Russian, 144-45
B.A. in, 136-37
B.S. in Ed. in, 137-38
Offerings in, 144-45
Russian Studies, 183
- S -
SAT, 16
Arranging for, 17
Scheduling of College Events. 38
Schmucker Science Center, 5
Scholarships and Awards, 28 ff.
Science, 212
Offerings in. 212
Secondary Education and Professional
Studies. 116 ff.
Professional Requirements. 117
Offerings in, 117-118
Serpentine, The, 44
Service Fraternities and Organizations,
47
Social Events. 41
Social Fraternities and Sororities, 47
Social Work, see Anthropology, Soci-
ology, and Social Welfare
Sociology, see Anthropology, Sociology,
and Social Welfare
Sororities, Social, 47
South Campus Buildings, 5
262/index
Spanish. 145-46
B.A. in. 136-37
B.S. in Ed. in, 137-38
Offerings in. 145-46
Special Education. 122 ff.
Certification in. 122-23
Offerings in. 123-24
Special Education Building. 5
Speech and Hearing Clinic. 37
Speech Communication. 219-20
B.A. in. 218
Offerings in. 219-20
Speech Communication and Theatre.
217 ff.
B.A. in Speech Communication, 218
B.A. in Theatre, 218
B.S. in Ed.. Communications. 218
Offerings in, 219 ff.
Speech Pathology and Audiology. 223. ff.
B.S. in Ed. in, 224
Offerings in. 224-25
Sports. Athletics. Recreation, 43
State Grants. 28
State Higher Education Grants to
Veterans, 28
The State Higher Education Grant
Program, 28
Station WCUR, 44
Storm Closings, College Policy for, 36
Structure of the College, 59
Student Absence Policy, 49-50
Student Class Load, 49
Student Government. 39-40
Student Handbook. 44
Student Life. 39 ff.
Student Physical Examinations,
Annual. 36
Entrance. General Requirements, 17
Health and Physical Ed. Majors. 17
Student Services. 33-38
Student Standards. 40
Student Teaching, 57-58
Student Union, 37
Summer Sessions. 14
Supplemental Educational Opportunity
Grant Program. 27
Swim Suits, Costs. 26
Swope Hall. 5
Sykes College Union Building, 5, 37
-T-
Tanglewood. 5
Teaching Certificates
Extension of. 58
instructional I, 58
Instructional II, 58
Teaching Certification for College Grad-
uates, 20
Theatre, 44
Theatre Arts, 221 ff.
B.A. in, 218
Offerings in, 221 ff.
Theory and Composition, 195-96
Offerings in, 195-96
Transcripts, 56
Transfer of Credit, 53
Transfer Students. 18
Application Deadline. 18
Application Procedure.
from Non-Accredited Institutions,
19
Requirements for Admission. 18
- U -
Undergraduate Academic Calendar,
inside front cover
Urban Education, 124
Offerings in. 125
- V -
Vehicle Regulations. 36
Veteran's Affairs. 56
Vocal and Choral Music. 201-02
Offerings in. 201-02
- W -
WCUR. 44
West Chester Academy, 1
West Chester, Borough of, 2
Directions to, 2-3
West Chester College Musical Theatre
Company, 44
West Chester State College Board of
Trustees, 228
West Chester State Normal School, 2
William Pyle Philips and College Union
Activities Board Lecture Series, 41
Withdrawal
from the College, 54
from a Course, 54
Women s Center. The. 57
Women s Studies. 226-27
Offerings in. 227
Work-Study Program, 21
«^*..
REQUEST FOR APPLICATION FORMS
(Secondary school students are asked to send this
request as soon as possible following completion
of their junior year.)
Miss
1. Name Mrs.
Mr. (Last) (First) (Second)
2. Number and Street County
3. City State Zip Code
4. When do you wish to enter West Chester? 19
(State the month: September, January, or June)
5. In what curriculum do you wish to enroll?
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION D MUSIC D
SECONDARY EDUCATION D Check the music degree
you wish to pursue:
List Major g g -^ ^^^-^ Education
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL Bachelor of Arts
EDUCATION D Bachelor ofMusic
HEALTH EDUCATION D COMPUTER AND INFORMATION
PUBLIC HEALTH SCIENCES Q
SPEECH CORRECTION D CRIMINAL JUSTICE D
ARTS AND SCIENCES D NURSING D
List Major SOCIAL WELFARE D
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION D UNDECLARED MAJOR D
6. Have you attended any other college? Yes □ No □
If so, give name of the college
How many semesters did you spend there?
7. Do you intend to apply as a Resident Student? O Commuter Student? D
8. When will you (or when did you) graduate from secondary school?
Month Year
Send to:
Director of Admissions
West Chester State College
West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380
Note: When this information is received, instructions for completing
your application will be sent to you. Do not send application fee
with this form.
Qa4iuKC€4i4>catianl 2>in.ectMu
MAILING ADDRESS: West Chester State College, West Chester, Pa. 19380
TELEPHONES:
Dial 436 plus number in parenthesis. For Schools,
Departments, and other offices not shown here,
call College Information: 436-1000. Area Code: 215.
Admissions/Catalogs
Business/Financial
Matters
Cultural Affairs and
College Events
Curricula/Enrollment/
Undergraduate
Academic Matters/
Transcripts
Financial Aid/
I Work-Study
General Advisement
Graduate Studies/
Catalogs
Higher Education Op-
portunity Program
IGA Business Office
Placement/Careers
Public Relations
Veterans' Affairs
Director of Admissions, Administration (2827)
Director of Business Affairs, Philips (2211)
Director of Cultural Affairs and College Events
Lawrence (2336)
Enrollment Center, Administration (2420)
Director of Financial Aid to Students, Lawrence
(2627)
Dean of Undergraduate Studies (2334)
Dean of Graduate Studies, Administration (2243)
Director of Higher Education Opportunity Pro-
gram, Administration (2600)
Intracollegiate Governmental Association, Law-
rence (2955)
Director of Career Development Center, Reynolds
(2501)
Director of Public Relations, Administration (2882)
Office of Veterans' Affairs, Administration (2668)
In con
mmon$
,FrtMUu
.^ /;fi,jJ(''^'"'"^^^
vv^ettm.^^
&^B::^A
If.
r/£STTOiVft BOARDING SCHOOL ,CH£5r£R CO PA
ns
ummer
CICB • • .
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE
1977 SUMMER UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
UNDERGRADUATE SUMMER CALENDAR 1977
Pre-Registration begins March 15 and continues until termination
date given below for each Session.
PRE SESSION
Pre-Registration ends 4:00 p.m. Thursday, May 26
Registration Monday, J une 6
Students register according to first letter of last name:
A through F 8:30 to 9:45 a.m. M through R 12:30 to 1:45 p.m.
G through L 9:45 to 11:00 a.m. S through Z 1:45 to 3:00 p.m.
Classes begin 8:00 a.m. Tuesday, June 7
Classes end Friday, June 24
REGULAR SESSION
Pre-Registration ends 4:00 p.m. Friday, J une 1 7
Registration Monday, J une 27
Students register according to first letter of last name:
A through F 8:30 to 9:45 a.m. M through R 12:30 to 1:45 p.m.
G through L 9:45 to 11:00 a.m. S through Z 1:45 to 3:00 p.m.
Classes begin 8:00 a.m. Tuesday, June 28
Holidays Monday, J uly 4
Classes end Friday, August 5
POST SESSION
Pre-Registration ends 4:00 p.m. Friday, July 29
Registration Monday, August 8
Students register according to first letter of last name:
AthroughF 8:00 to 9:00 a.m. M through R 1 0:00 to 11 :00 a.m.
G through L 9:00 to 10:00 a.m. S through Z 1 1 :00 to 1 2 Noon
Classes begin 8:00 a.m. Tuesday, August 9
Classes end Friday, August 26
REGISTRATION PLACE
Lawrence Center, at western end of College Avenue (see map)
The college strongly urges that students make every effort to reg-
ister at their designated hour.
TELEPHONES (AREA CODE 215)
Summer Sessions Office 436-2230
Registrars Office (Student Enrollment Center) 436-2420
Admissions Office 436-341 1
Graduate Office 436-2243
WEST CHESTER STATE COLLEGE
UNDERGRADUATE
SUMMER SESSIONS
1977
ACCREDITATION
The Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools/The National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education/The Annerican Association for Health,
Physical Education, and Recreation/The National Association of Schools of Music/
The Council on Social Work Education, and The Annerican Chennical Society
MARCH 1977/WEST CHESTER, PENNSYLVANIA 19380
IMPORTANT NOTES
The times and days of classes are subject to change.
Each summer session offering is contingent upon adequate enrollment and the
judgment of the college.
This catalog is not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student
and West Chester State College.
Admission to a summer session does not imply admission for the academic year.
West Chester State College is committed to a policy of non-discrimination in com-
pliance with all applicable Federal and State statutes. Education programs, activities,
and employment at the college are provided to individuals without regard to marital
status, race, color, national origin, sex, sexual orientation, age, or religious creed.
In addition, the college endeavors to remove any barriers and to provide opportunity
for education and employment of handicapped persons. This policy of non-discrimina-
tion applies to all students, employes, applicants for admission and employment, and
to all participants in college-sponsored activities. Inquiries regarding compliance with
this policy may be directed to Ms. Jeanette Sam, Director of Affirmative Action, Smith
House, West Chester State College, telephone 436-2838.
Fees are subject to change without notice.
CONTENTS
General Information
7 Pre Session Offerings
17
Fees and Expenses
12 Regular Session Offerings 21
Academic Information 13 Post Session Offerings
29
How to Register
16 Descriptions of Special
Offerings
New Course Descriptions 38
33
Calendar and Telephones: inside front cover. Campus Map: inside back cover.
3
Celebrate summer at West Chester State College
this year amid the country of Wyeth landscapes and
colonial battlefields— yet only a short ride away from
metropolitan Philadelphia or Wilmington. The best of the
city and country combine at West Chester to offer every
facet of summer celebration and cerebration.
Whatever the reasons for considering summer school —
acceleration of a degree program, personal enrichment,
grade improvement, change of major, study vacation
or a myriad of other possibilities— West Chester is the
school to consider.
Taking courses needn't interfere with vacation plans.
West Chester's arrangement of a three-week Pre-Session
in June, a six-week Regular Session from late June to
early August and a three-week Post Session in August
make it easy to arrange vacation schedules.
Some courses such as the art, dance, and theatre
workshops reflect the free spirit of summer as students
produce serious work in an informal atmosphere.
Other courses are in themselves celebrations of sum-
mer. Five-day mini courses in biology in summer wild-
flowers (Bio 476), common trees (Bio 475), and the liv-
ing forest (Bio 472) study "This whole Experiment in
Green" first hand as does the Environmental (Outdoor)
Education Workshop (EdO 411 ) in which white-watering
and camping are only a few of the planned activities.
West Chester is more than just a summer celebration,
however. If you would like more information about the
college, fill in the coupon in the back of this catalog.
Chances are you'll want to rejoice in all the seasons at
West Chester.
Summary of Baccalaureate Programs at West Chester
BACHELOR OF ARTS
American Studies
Anthropology-Sociology
Art
Biology
Economics
Foreign Languages
French
German
Latin
Geography
History
Literature
Russian
Spanish
Mathematics
Mathematics-Computer Science
Music
Philosophy
Philosophy-Religion
Physics
Political Science
Political Science-
Public Administration
Psychology
Social Welfare
Speech Communication
Theatre Arts
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
Business Administration
Accounting Management
Economics Marketing
Chemistry
Chemistry-Biology
Chemistry-Geology
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN
EDUCATION
Elementary Education
Secondary Education
Biology
Chemistry
Communications
Earth and Space Sciences
English
Foreign Languages
French Russian
German Spanish
Latin
General Science
Mathematics
Clinical Chemistry
Computer and
Information Sciences
Criminal Justice
Earth Science
Nursing
Public Health
Physics
Social Studies
Geography History
Political Science
Health Education
Health and Physical Education
Music Education
Special Education
Speech Pathology and
Audiology
Cooperative Degree
Program for Dental Hygienists
Certification Programs at West Chester
Driver Education and Safe Living Teaching the Mentally Retarded
Environmental (Outdoor) Education Teaching the Physically Handicapped
Athletic Coaching
6
GENERAL
INFORMATION
ABOUT THE COLLEGE
West Chester State College is the second-largest of the four-
teen institutions of higher learning operated by the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania. Now in its second century, the college is a multi-
purpose, comprehensive institution offering a wide range of both
undergraduate and graduate programs. New courses and areas
of study are constantly being developed to meet changing needs.
SUMMER SESSIONS
At West Chester State College, the summer program is divided
into three sessions of three, six, and three weeks, respectively.
The calendar for 1977 appears inside the front cover of this book.
Course offerings for each of the sessions follow. In addition, there
are a number of workshops, some of which follow a different sched-
ule, listed under "Workshops and Special Offerings."
Additional information on the summer program can be obtained
from the Office of Summer Sessions located in the Learning Re-
search Center. Information on specific courses or copies of West
Chester's catalogs are available from the Undergraduate Office
in Learning Research Center and the Graduate Office in Old Dem-
onstration.
HOW TO REACH WEST CHESTER
The Borough of West Chester is easily accessible from all direc-
tions both by car and public transportation. Route 3, the West Ches-
ter Pike, leads directly into town from center-city Philadelphia. From
the Pennsylvania Turnpike, motorists traveling west should take
Route 202 south from the Valley Forge Interchange while those
traveling east can arrive via Route 100 south from the Downing-
town Interchange. From the south, Route 202 from Wilmington and
Routes 100 and 52 from U.S. Route 1 all lead to West Chester.
By public transportation, SEPTA buses run from the 69th Street
Terminal in Philadelphia into the center of town while the Penn
Central Railroad also operates a limited schedule from Philadel-
phia's 30th Street and Suburban Stations to West Chester.
A LOOK AT THE TOWN AND COUNTRY
Located in a basically agricultural region within easy comnnuting
distance of several major metropolitan areas, West Chester offers
the best of the worlds of city, country, small town, and suburbia.
A community of approximately 20,000, the town is about 25 miles
west of Philadelphia and 17 miles north of Wilmington, Delaware.
The interstate highway system and good rail connections make New
York City and Washington, D.C. also easily accessible.
West Chester is the county seat of Chester County and the hub of
activity for the surrounding area. It is a marketing, banking, social
services, and library center as well as a focus of light industry.
Despite recent rapid growth. West Chester retains its own special
flavor and historical dignity. Originally settled by the Quakers during
colonial times, the town still has streets lined with well-kept 19th
Century brick houses, many with detailed ornamental iron decora-
tion from nearby forges. West Chester residents are proud of their
historical community and take care in preserving its many architec-
tural gems including public buildings, churches and homes.
History, art, and architecture buffs can have a real field day . . .
many of them actually ... in Chester County. Within short driving
distance are Valley Forge, Longwood Gardens, the Brandywine
River Museum (full of paintings by the Wyeth family and other mem-
bers of the Brandywine School) and the Brandywine Battlefield.
Other nearby points of interest include Anthony Waynes' farm
home (Waynesborough) and his grave at St. David's Church, the
house once occupied by poet Sidney Lanier, the Mason & Dixon
Star-gazer's Stone, St. Peter's village noted for its old houses and
quaint shops, and numerous beautiful and interesting houses and
barns for which the county is highly famed.
Chester County's enthusiasm for its many cultural and historical
sites is contagious so that even those whose interests generally lie
In other areas are often soon caught up in flavor and feelings of the
area.
HOUSING
West Chester has attractive, well-appointed high-rise residence
halls. These are conveniently near Lawrence Center where the
dining room, post office and snack bar are located and the Sykes
College Union Building with its well-stocked store, lounges, recrea-
tion facilities and snack bar. In addition each dormitory has lounge,
TV and recreation areas.
Apply for a room after sending pre-registration forms by writing to
the director of housing. Room 206, Sykes College Union. This writ-
ten application must be received at least one week prior to the be-
ginning of the session for which it is being made.
8
THE COUNSELING CENTER
The Counseling Center, staffed by psychologists who are trained
to work with college students, offers professional counseling and
psychological services to students with educational, vocational,
personal, social, and emotional concerns. Counseling is offered on
an individual and small group basis, the nature of which varies with
the needs of the student. All inten/iews and test results are strictly
confidential.
The services of the Counseling Center are available at no charge
to all West Chester State College students. Appointments may be
initiated by students either by phone, 436-2301, or by visiting the
Lawrence Center, Room 129, Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to
4:30 p.m. Every attempt will be made to see a student within the
same day, though this may vary with the demand for services.
VETERANS' AFFAIRS
West Chester is an accredited college for the education of vet-
erans and maintains an Office of Veterans' Affairs. To apply for bene-
fits, veterans should visit this office located in the Old Demonstra-
tion School.
FRANCIS HARVEY GREEN LIBRARY
With a collection of more than 320,000 volumes and subscriptions
to more than 2,500 journals. West Chester's library is a valuable
resource for study and research. The general collection is augment-
ed by an extensive micromedia collection representing an addi-
tional 300,000 titles along with facilities for reading this material.
The Special Collections Room houses the Chester County Collec-
tion of scientific and historical books; the Normal Collection (his-
torical books and publications by and about the faculty and alumni);
The Biographies of the Signers of the Declaration of Independence
by John Sanderson; and the Shakespeare Folios.
Other collections of note include a variety of audio-visual ma-
terials in the Instructional Materials Center; a comprehensive music
library in Swope Hall; the Philips Autographed Book Library housed
in a specially designed room in the Philips Memorial Building; and
separate collections of children's literature and government docu-
ments.
RECREATIONAL SERVICES
For those who like to get away from it all. West Chester has inter-
esting cultural, social, and sports activities in the summer. Recrea-
tional Services— the office responsible for meeting the leisure-time
needs of summer students— arranges such regular features as ex-
cursions to Robin Hood Dell in Philadelphia, Longwood Gardens
and professionals baseball games.
Recreational equipment is available to summer students. Items
9
for loan range from tennis rackets, baseball equipment, volleyballs,
Softball bats and balls, to tents, sleeping bags, and bicycles. The
equipment is loaned from Ehinger Gymnasium.
There are intramural Softball and volleyball leagues for both men
and women.
Social programs include dances, student-faculty coffee hours,
music programs and a cinema series.
The following facilities are open for informal recreation use: Hoi-
linger Gymnasium (College Avenue), the tennis courts on both North
and South Campus, Ehinger Gymnasium, and Recreation Park, be-
hind Sanderson Hall. Swimming will be provided as facilities are
available.
For details, phone or see the Coordinator of Recreation Services,
South Campus (436-2133).
PLACEMENT SERVICES
The college maintains an active Career Development Center for
its students. Career services are offered to all students and alumni
at no charge. Counseling and career planning are also available.
Location: Lawrence Center.
EMPLOYMENT AND LOANS
Students interested in part-time or hourly work on campus or in
the community, should communicate with the Office of Financial
Aid, Lawrence Center. That office also has information about loans.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
To meet emergency and first-aid needs and to perform routine
infirmary treatment of minor illness and minor surgical conditions,
two part-time physicians and a staff of registered nurses are avail-
able at no cost to students. Beyond these services, the college does
not furnish medical care nor bear the costs of medical or surgical
treatment or hospitalization. The community of West Chester has
qualified physicians and excellent hospital facilities. The Health
Service is in Reynolds Hall where, for emergencies, a nurse is on
duty on a 24-hour basis, except Saturday nights from 12:00 Mid-
night to 8:00 a.m. Sunday.
Summer students may take advantage of a group medical and
accident policy, approved by the college and covering them for the
12 weeks of the summer session, at a minimal premium. See the
Health Service.
APPLYING FOR ADMISSION FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR
The first of several steps toward admission to fall and spring sem-
esters is the filing of application forms, available from the Office of
Admissions.
10
SUMMER SESSIONS
FEES & EXPENSES
Fees are subject
without notice.
to change
All charges for a session must
be paid on the day of regis-
tration.
(Unless otherwise specified, fees are
paid by check or money order payable
to: Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Your check or money order serves as
your receipt.)
Basic Fee (Pennsylvania Res-
idents)
$33 per semester hour of credit.
Basic Fee (Out-of-State Stu-
dents)
$60 per semester hour of credit.
Housing Fee (Room and IVIeals)
Regular Session: $168
Pre or Post Session: $84
No reduction for absences of a few
days.
Private rooms: $2 extra per week.
Charges for individual meals: break-
fast 75(J;, lunch $1.00, dinner $1.50.
Music Instruction Fee
(Regular Session)
Piano, Organ, Instrument or Voice-
two half-hour lessons per week: $45
Instrument Class or Ensemble: $35
Pipe Organ for Practice
Regular Session: $12
Pre or Post Session: $6
(No charge for piano for practice)
Rental of Band or Orchestral
Instruments
Regular Session: $6
Pre or Post Session: $3
Late Registration Fee
The $10 late registration fee is charged
when students register after the sched-
uling period or after registration day for
any session. The Tuesday after regis-
tration day in Pre and Post Session is
the last registration day and is counted
as late registration. For Regular Ses-
sion, the Tuesday and Wednesday after
registration are the last two days to reg-
ister and are counted late registration.
Dishonored Check Fee
A fee of $10 is charged to accounts
with a stopped payment check and
checks drawn for insufficient funds.
The Late Registration Fee of $10 also
applies as mentioned above.
IGA Student Government Fees
All students residing in a college dormi-
tory during summer sessions are re-
quired to pay I.G.A. Fees as follows:
Regular Session: $4.00
Pre or Post Session: $2.00
Payment may be made by check,
money order, or cash. Checks made
payable to "Intracollegiate Govern-
mental Association." A summer activity
11
card will be issued to students paying
fees which entitles the student to par-
ticipate in I.G.A. services and recre-
ational activities during the particular
session.
Refunds
Students who withdraw after registra-
tion and before attending the first
scheduled class meeting are entitled
to a refund of all but SI 0. Students who
withdraw before one-third of the sched-
uled classes have nnet are entitled to
a refund of one-half of the basic fees
charged. Students who withdraw after
one-third of the scheduled classes have
nnet are not entitled to a refund.
In cases of personal illness, certified
by the attending physician, or for emer-
gency reasons having Trustees' ap-
proval, the college will refund the por-
tion of basic fees covering the number
of weeks remaining. All requests must
be made in writing to the director of
business affairs.
12
ACADEMIC
INFORMATION
CREDITS
Credits are usually earned at the rate of one semester hour
for each week of summer session. A student attending all three
sessions normally earns 12 credits.
West Chester students wishing to carry more than six semester
hours in Regular Session must secure permission from their ad-
visor. Transient students must obtain advisor permission from the
school to which they plan to transfer the credit.
REINSTATEMENT TO FALL SEMESTER
If a West Chester student does not attain the required cumulative
index by the end of spring semester, he may attend West Chester
summer sessions in order to improve his academic avarage. Unless
he attains the required cumulative index by the end of the sessions,
he will incur academic dismissal. If he achieves the required index,
he will be notified by letter from the chairperson of the Academic
Standards Committee. He will need to apply for readmission.
ACADEMIC DISMISSAL
Concerning minimum standards for retention, students must con-
sult their departmental handbook. Those admitted or readmitted
after June 1973 must consult Academic Information in the current
Undergraduate Studies catalog.
WITHDRAWAL FROM THE COLLEGE
West Chester State College degree candidates who wish to with-
draw from the college— that is, not to return in the fall semester-
should report to the Office of the Registrar (formerly Enrollment
Center).
WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE
Withdrawal from a course or courses must be initiated by the stu-
dent, who first reports his intention to withdraw to his instructor,
and then goes to the Office of the Registrar (formerly Enrollment
Center) in the Learning and Research Center to complete the pro-
cedure. Courses from which a student withdraws without following
this procedure produce an F.
See Fees and Expenses for withdrawal refund policy.
13
COURSE CHANGES
After Registration Day, the course-change periods are:
Pre and Post Sessions: the Tuesday following Registration Day.
Regular Session: the Tuesday and Wednesday following Regis-
tration Day.
Place: Office of the Registrar.
Course changes may also be made before the pre-registration
deadline of a session, in the Summer Sessions Office.
TEACHER CERTIFICATION
Instructional I Certificate. A student who satisfactorily completes
one of the college's teacher education curricula receives his degree
from the college and qualifies for an Instructional I Certificate,
issued to him by the Pennsylvania Department of Education. This
certificate is valid for three years of teaching.
Instructional II Certificate. This certificate requires three years of
successful teaching in Pennsylvania public schools under the In-
structional I Certificate and satisfactory completion of 24 semester
hours of additional work of collegiate grade, taken after the bac-
calaureate degree is received.
The 24-semester-credit-hour requirement may be satisfied, in
whole or in part, through in-service programs approved by the Penn-
sylvania Secretary of Education. The Instructional II Certificate is
a permanent license to teach in Pennsylvania.
Either certificate may be extended to include another field by
completing the college requirements for that field. (See Under-
graduate Studies Catalog.)
COLLEGE REGULATIONS AND POLICIES
Regulations pertaining to student procedure and conduct during
the academic year are also in effect for summer.
The class-absence policyfor the academic year applies in summer.
All academic policies may be noted in the Undergraduate Studies
Catalog.
SUMMER GRADUATION
Students who expect to graduate at the end of the summer ses-
sions are urged to attend the Spring Commencement preceding
summer sessions. It is the student's responsibility to notify the Of-
fice of the Registrar in person of anticipated graduation and to see
that his or her name, written as desired, is placed on the list of pro-
spective graduates. This should be done as early as possible in the
spring semester.
14
ADMISSION TO SUMMER SESSIONS
Admission to summer sessions is really a simple matter. First,
schedule. Second, register. Scheduling is completed by submitting
to the Summer Sessions Office a schedule form listing the desired
course(s). (This process is also known as pre-registration.) By meet-
ing the scheduling deadlines, the student can have a bill and sched-
ule waiting on Registration Day. Registration is completed only
when complete payment for courses has been made on Registra-
tion Day. Instructions follow.
HOW TO SCHEDULE
In this catalog (or at the Office of Admissions) are schedule forms
(pre-registration). Just fill them out completely. Students in other
colleges must ask a responsible official of that college or school
to sign the schedule card.
Then, mail or bring the forms to the Summer Sessions Office.
That's all there is to scheduling. The next move is to report to Law-
rence Center (with appropriate checkbook!) on the registration day
for each session.
The scheduling period begins March 15 and remains open for
each session until its deadline date.
Scheduling Deadlines Registration Days
(also Payment Days]
PRE: Thurs., May 26 PRE: Mon.. June 6
REGULAR: Fri.,June17 REGULAR: Mon., June 27
POST: Fri.,July29 POST: Mon.. Aug. 8
Forms must reach us by the deadline for each session(or sessions)
to avoid a $10 late fee.
It is possible to change a course in the Summer Sessions Office
BEFORE the scheduling deadline for a session. After that, no
course changes may be made until registration day.
15
HOW TO REGISTER
On registration day (or days) bring
this catalog along and use the following
instructions to go through the lines.
REGISTRATION
INSTRUCTIONS
Place of registration: Lawrence Center
Proceed from station to station in order
shown
3. Scheduling and Academic Records
Table.
a) August graduates, sign here for
diplomas,
b) Recipients of Veterans' benefits,
secure form here.
c) To transfer credits to another col-
lege, secure form here.
4. Fill out registration materials at
designated writing tables.
5. Checking Table — Registration cards
will be checked for accuracy and
collected here.
Station I. Foyer
1. Secure calendar for session.
2. Secure classroom assignment sheet.
Station II. Northeast Dining Room
1. As entering, secure registration
materials.
2. Enrollment Table— Change of course
or Late Registration.
a) To change or drop a course, report
here.
b) Students who have not already
scheduled, report here.
Station III. Northwest Dining Room
1. Pay basic fee and room-and-board
fee.
2. Automobile Regulations Station-
Both commuting and resident stu-
dents obtain automobile decals
here.
3. Student Activities Table— Pay IGA
Student Government fee here.
Please have check made out and
ready, payable to: Intracollegiate
Governmental Association.
Pre or Post Session Fee $2.00
Regular Session Fee $4.00
Are You Listening?
We have no payment-by-mail system for Undergraduate Summer Sessions.
Payment is made at registration.
16
Pre Session
Monday, June 6
through
Friday, June 24
Each class meets 8:00-9:30 a.m. and 10:30 a.m.-12:00 Noon, Mon-
day through Friday, unless otherwise shown.
See the Undergraduate Studies Bulletin for course descriptions
which are correlated with the 1976-1977 catalog. NEW, following
a course listing, indicates a course not currently described. Descrip-
tions of these courses will be found in this publication beginning
on page 38. Offerings listed are contingent upon sufficient enroll-
ment. Semester hours of credit are shown in parentheses following
course titles.
Anthropology
Ant 1 02— Introduction to Anthropology:
Cultural (3)
Ant 113— Archeaological Field Tech-
niques (3) (Previously Ant 201)
Ant 344— Magic, Religion, and Witch-
craft (3)
Art
Art 101 -Fine Arts (Art) (3)
Art 105-Art Workshop* (3)
Art 220, 221— 3-D Design Workshop*
(3) 12:00-3:00 p.m.
On Location June 7-June 1 6
Art 231, 232, 331, 332-Primitive Work-
shop in Ceramics (3) (see descrip-
tion in "Summer Workshop/Other
Special Offerings")
Art 356— Art of Outdoor Photography
(3) NEW
*See "Summer Workshops/Other
Special Offerings" for explanation of
studio workshops
Biology
Bio 100— Basic Biological Science (3)
Including Lab
Bio 209— Human Anatomy (4) Lab 1-3
pm Mon. through Thurs.
Bio 378— Ornithology (3) Including
Lab
Business
BAc 201— Principles of Accounting I
(3)
BAc 202— Principles of Accounting II
(3)
BAd 201— Business Organization &
Management (3)
BFn 325— Corporation Finance (3)
BMk 221 —Principles of Marketing (3)
Chemistry
Che 103— General Chemistry I (3)
June 6 through July 8, 8:00-10:00
am Mon. through Fri. (See ChL 1 03
for Lab)
ChL 103— Experimental General Chem-
istry I (2) June 6 through July 8,
1 2:00-4:00 pm Tues. through Thurs.
Che 111— Chemistry-What People Eat
(3) FOR NON-SCIENCE MAJORS
8:00-1 2:00 am including Lab. Mon.
through Fri.
Che 231— Organic Chemistry I (4)
June 6 through July 1, 8:30-11:00
am Mon. through Fri.
Che 341— Physical Chemistry i (3)
June 6 through July 8, 8:00-10:00
am Mon. through Fri.
ChL 341 —Experimental Physical Chem-
istry I (2) June 6 through July 8,
1 2:00-4:00 pm Tues. through Thurs.
Che 404— Foundations of Nutrition (3)
4:30-7:30 pm Mon. through Thurs.
17
Criminal Justice
CrJ 224— Fundamentals of Criminal
Investigation II (3) 4:15 to 7:45 pm,
Mon. through Thurs.
CrJ 490— Field Placement (3) (By Ap-
pointment—Continuous from Pre
through Post)
CrJ 462-Vice Control (3)
Economics
ECo 201— Principles of Economics
(Survey) (3)
ECo 231— Principles of Economics I
(Micro) (3)
ECo 232 — Principles of Economics II
(Macro) (3)
Elementary Education
EcE 205— Administration and Supervi-
sion of Early Childhood Programs
(3) 6:00 pm NEW
EdE 200— Theory and Field Experi-
ence in Elementary Education (3)
EdE 252— Self and Group Processes (3)
EdE 306— Classroom Management (3)
EdE 332— Teaching Social Studies in
the Elementary School (3)
EdE 401— Current Trends in Elemen-
tary Education (2)
English
Eng 120- Effective Writing I (3)
Eng 121— Effective Writing II (3)
Lit 160— General Literature I (3)
Lit 164-Poetry (3)
Lit 336-Shakespeare II (3)
Lit365-Short Story (3)
Foreign Languages
Advanced German Courses— German
Majors Program. Students from other
colleges and universities are welcome
to apply for admission to the program.
Students may begin any time during
June and complete work in July. Time
spent and credits earned will vary ac-
cording to need of students. Apply to
Mr. Ronald L. Gougher, Department of
Foreign Languages.
Conversational Chinese, Japanese,
Portuguese and Modern Greek. During
the summer of 1 977 students may learn
conversational Chinese, Japanese,
Portuguese, and Modern Greek, de-
pending on enrollment and staff at
West Chester State College. Please
contact Ronald L. Gougher, Foreign
Language Department, West Chester
State College, West Chester. Pa.
Geography and Planning
Geo 101— World Geography (3)
Geo 205— Geographic Influences in
American History (3)
Geo 301 —Anglo America (3) 6:00-
9:30 pm Mon. through Thurs.
Government and Politics
PSc 100— American Government &
Politics (3)
PSc 338— Introduction to Political
Thought (3)
Health,
Physical Education,
and Recreation
Health Education
Hed 170-Health (2)
Hed 271 —Safety Concepts, Emergency
Procedures, Injury Management (2)
Hed 376— Family Life and Sex Educa-
tion (3)
Hed 471 -Mental Health (3)
Hed 476— Parenthood Education (3)
NEW
Physical Education
PEd 101-103— Physical Activities (Ten-
nis) (1) 12:30-2:30 p.m.
PEd 101-1 03— Physical Activities (Horse-
manship) (1) 6:00-8:00 pm
PEd 347— Summer Dance Workshop
(1 ) See description in "Workshops/
Other Special Offerings"
PEd 353— Organization & Administra-
tion of Physical Education and
Athletics (3) 6:00-9:30 pm
PEd 355— Education for Safe Living
6:00-9:30 pm
PEd 356— Principles & Practices of
Driver Education and Traffic Safety
(3) 6:00-9:30 pm
PEd 360— Pathology of Special Phy-
sical Education (2) 6:00-8:30 pm
PEd 367— Arts and Crafts in Recrea-
tion (3) 6:00-8:30 pm
18
PEd 371— Outdoor Adventuring (Mini-
Outward Bound) May 16-May 25,
1977— Service Charge— $125—
food, equipment
PEd 449— Learning on the Move (3)
PEd 454— Theories and Practices of
Conditioning and Training (2) 6:00-
8:30 pm
PEd 458— Physical Disabilities of Child-
hood (2) 6:00-8:30 pm
Workshops
Athletic Training Program
(June 20- August 13, 1977)
Ped 357— Therapeutics (3)
PEd 358— Advanced Athletic Training I
(3)
PEd 359— Advanced Athletic Training II
(3)
P/T Swimming— May 23-27, May 30-
June 3. (See description in "Sum-
mer Workshops/Other Special
Offerings")
History
His 101 — History of Civilization I (3)
His 102— History of Civilization II (3)
His 124— Currents in Modern European
Thought (3)
His 163— American Minorities (3) (Form-
erly His 205)
His 166— 20th Century America (3)
(Formerly His 209)
His 301— History of South Asia (3)
(Formerly His 322) 6:00 to 9:30 pm
Mon. through Thurs.
His 323— Modern Germany (3) (Form-
erly His 340) (with emphasis on the
Hitler era)
Instructional Media Education
EdM 300— Introduction to Instruc-
tional Communications (3)
Mathematical Sciences
Mat 101— Mathematics for Elementary
Teachers I (3)
Mat 102— Mathematics for Elementary
Teachers 11 (3)
Mat 103— Introduction to Mathematics
(3)
Mat 105— College Algebra and Trigo-
nometry (3)
Mat 107— Calculus for Business I (3)
Mat 141 -Calculus I (4)
Mat 161— Applied Calculus I (4) (Form-
erly Calculus with Finite Mathe-
matics)
Mat 351— Teaching Mathematics in
Elementary Schools (3)
CSC 200— Cooperative Operations* (3)
CSC 300— Cooperative Applications
Programming* (4)
CSC 400— Cooperative Speciality* (9)
*Permission of Dr. Fabrey required.
Philosophy
Phi 101 —Introduction to Philosophy (3)
Phi 380-Ethics (3)
Physics
Sci 100— Basic Concepts in Physical
Science (3) (Formerly titled Ele-
ments of Physical Science)
Sci 370— Science and Human Values
8:00-11:00 a.m. (For information,
contact Department of Chemistry.)
Psychology
Psy 100— Introduction to Psychology
(3)
Psy 254— Social Psychology (3)
Psy 356-Study of Personality (3) NEW
Psy 362— History and Systems of Psy-
chology (3)
Psy 430— Human Sexual Behavior (3)
Secondary Education and
Professional Studies
EdF 100-School and Society (3)
EdP 250— Psychology of Learning
and Development (3) Section 01
and Section 02
EdP 351— Evaluation and Measure-
ment (3)
EdS 306— Field Experience in Sec-
ondary Education (3)
EdU 360— The Disadvantaged Child
(3)
Sociology
Soc 200— Introduction to Sociology (3)
(Formerly Soc 100)
Soc 352— Criminology (3) (Formerly
Soc 338)
19
Social Welfare
Nine-Week Consortium in Social Wel-
fare (See description in "Workshops/
Other Special Offerings")
SWo 301— Social Welfare Systems II
(3) 9:00 to 11:00 am Mon. and
Wed., June 6 through August 5
SWo 321— Principles and Methods of
Social Work Practice 11 (3) 1:30 to
3:30 pm Mon. and Wed., June 6
through August 5
SWo375-Field Placement (3) (Day-
time work in social agencies Tues.,
Thurs, and Fri. Placements to be
arranged in advance. See Mrs.
Claire Ravacon, Associate Pro-
fessor. Department of Anthro-
pology, Sociology, and Social
Welfare. Discussion sessions 1 1 :30
am to 1 :00 pm Wed., June 6 through
August 5
Special Education
EdA 245— Learning
6:30 pm
Disabilities (3)
EdA 330— The Academically Superior
Child (3] 6:30 pm
EdA450-Mental Health/Mental Re-
tardation Practicum (3) 6:30 pm
Will include 28/30 hours practicum
and 8 hours of seminar each week.
Speech Communication and
Theatre
SpH100-(Also SPP 100) Bases of
Speech (3)
SpH 101— Speech Fundamentals: In-
terpersonal Communication (3)
SpH 216— Discussion: Structured Prob-
lem Solving (3) (Formerly SpH 315)
Speech Pathology and
Audiology
SPP100-(also SpH 100) Bases of
Speech (3)
SPP 406 — Equipment Workshop (3)
NEW 6:00 to 9:30 pm Mon. through
Thurs.
20
Regular
Session
Monday, June 27
through
Friday, August 5
Classes meet daily, Monday through Friday, unless otherwise shown.
See the Undergraduate Studies Bulletin for course descriptions
which are correlated with the 1976-1977 catalog. NEW, following
a course listing, indicates a course not currently described. Descrip-
tions of these courses will be found in this publication beginning
on page 38. Offerings listed are contingent upon sufficient enroll-
ment. Semester hours of credit are shown in parentheses following
course titles.
Anthropology
9:30-1 1 :00 am
Ant 102 — Introduction to Anthropology:
Cultural (3)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
Ant 103— Introduction to Anthropology:
Archaeology (3) (Formerly Ant
200— Introduction to Archaeology)
Art
8:00-9:30 am
Art 106, 206, 306— Drawing Workshop*
(3)
Art 231, 232, 331, 332-Ceramics
Workshop* (3)
9:30-1 1 :00 am
Art 105-Art Workshop* (3)
Art 226, 227— Water Color Workshop*
(3)
11 .00 am-1 2:30 pm
Art 101 -Fine Arts (Art) (3)
Art 347, 409— Weaving Workshop* (3)
Art 231 , 232, 331 , 332— Ceramics Work-
shop* (3)
*See "Summer Workshops/Other Spe-
cial Offerings" for explanation of
Studio Workshops
4:30-6:00 pm
Art 412— American Architecture (3)
Mon. through Thurs,
Biology
9:30-11:00 am
Bio 100— Basic Biological Science (3)
Lab 1:00-3:00 pm Tues. and Thurs.
11:00 am-1 2:30 pm
Bio 309— Human Physiology (4)
1:00-3:00 pm Mon. and Wed.
Lab
MINI-COURSES IN BIOLOGY
Each of these field courses meets Mon.
through Fri. from 9:00 am to 1 2:00 noon
and from 1 :00 to 3:00 pm
July 18 through July 22:
Bio 476— How to Identify Common
Summer Flowers* (1)
July 25 through July 29:
Bio 475— How to Identify Common
Trees* (1)
August 1 through August 5:
Bio 472— The Living Forest* (1)
*See "Summer Workshops/Other Spe-
cial Offerings '
21
Business
8:00-9:30 am
BAc 201— Principles of Accounting I
(3)
BAc 403— Federal Taxation (3)
9:30-11 :00 am
BAc 202 — Principles of Accounting II
BAc 303— Cost Accounting I (3)
BLa 301 —American Legal Systenn (3)
BMk 404— International Marketing (3)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
BAc 301— intermediate Accounting I
(3)
BAc 405— Advanced Accounting (3)
BAd 201— Business Organization and
Management (3)
BMk 322— Advertising and Sales Pro-
motion (3)
6:45-1 0:00 pm
BAc 201— Principles of Accounting I
(3) Mon. and Wed.
BAc 401 —Auditing (3) Tues. and Thurs.
BAd 201— Business Organization &
Management (3) Mon. and Wed,
BAd 302 — Personnel Administration (3)
Tues. and Thurs.
BAd 402— Organization Theory and
Behavior (3) Mon. and Wed.
Chemistry
(Lab are shown following course listing)
8:00-9:00 am
Che 321 —Analytical Chemistry I (Quan-
titative Analysis) (See ChL 321 for
Lab)
8:00-9:30 am
Che 403— Chemistry of the Environ-
ment (3) Visits to industries may be
scheduled certain mornings. FOR
MAJORS AND NON-MAJORS.
Prereq: one year of chemistry
8:00-1 0:00 am
Che 104— General Chemistry II (3)
July 11 through August 12 (Reg-
istration on June 27 required)
(See CHL 104 for Lab)
Che 232— Organic Chemistry II (3)
July 5 through August 5 (Regis-
tration on June 27 required) (See
ChL 237 for Lab)
Che342-Physical Chemistry II (3)
July 11 through August 12 (Reg-
istration on June 27 required)
(See ChL 342 for Lab)
9:30-1 1:00 am
Che 311— (Also ESS 311) Geochemis-
try (3)
Che 421— Selected Topics in Chemis-
try (3) T.B.A.
Che 471— Fundamentals of Biochem-
istry (3)
9:30-1 1:45 am
Che 100-Chemistry and Man (4) FOR
NON-SCIENCE MAJORS ONLY
Che 101— Chemistry for Nurses (4)
FOR HOSPITAL NURSES ONLY
(A one semester course with Lab)
Che 1 1 1 —Chemistry "What People Eat"
(3) FOR NON-SCIENCE MAJORS
(Includes Lab)
11:00 am-12:30 pm
Che 408— Industrial Pollution (3)
4:30-6:00 pm
Che 421— Selected Topics in Chemis-
try (3) Topic: Advanced Organic
Chemistry
Chemistry Labs
9:00 am-12:30 pm
ChL 321 —Analytical Chemistry Labora-
tory
11:30 am-3:30 pm
ChL 104— Experimental General Chem-
istry II (2) Tues. through Thurs.
July 12 through August 1 (Regis-
tration on June 27 required)
ChL 237 — Experimental Organic Chem-
istry I (2) Tues. through Thurs.
July 5 through August 4 (Regis-
tration on June 27 required)
22
ChL 342 — Experimental Physical
Chemistry II (2) Tues. through
Thurs. July 12 through August 1
(Registration on June 27 required)
ChL 471 —Experimental Biochemistry
(2) Tues. through Thurs.
CriminalJustice
9:30-1 1:00 am
CrJ 222— Criminal Justice Agencies
and Their Community Responsibil-
ities (3)
12:30 pm-8:30 pm
CrJ 499— Criminal Justice Workshops
(3) Tues. and Thurs. (see "Sum-
mer Workshops/Other Special
Offerings")
5:00-8:30 pm
CrJ 312— Organized Crime (3) Mon.
and Wed.
CrJ 490— Field Placement (6) (By Ap-
pointment—Continuous from Pre
through Post)
Earth Sciences
8:00-9:30 am
ESS 201— Physical Geology (3) Must
be taken with lab.
11:00 am-12:30 pm
ESS 101 -Earth Science (3)
ScE 310— Science for Elementary
Grades (3)
1:00-3:00 pm
ESL 201— Physical Geology Labora-
tory (1) Tues. and Thurs.
Economics
8:00-9:30 am
ECo 201— Principles of Economics
(Survey) (3)
ECo 232— Principles of Economics II
(Macro) (3)
ECo 334— Labor Economics (3)
9:30-1 1:00 am
ECo 335— Money and Banking (3)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
ECo 231— Principles of Economics I
(Micro) (3)
ECo 351 —Quantitative Business Analy-
sis I (3)
6:45-1 0:00 pm
ECo 231— Principles of Economics I
(Micro) (3) Tues. and Thurs.
Elementary Education
8:00-9:30 am
EcE 204— Early Childhood Programs
(3) NEW
EdE 311— Introduction to Reading
Instruction (3)
EdE 332— Teaching Social Studies in
the Elementary School (3)
9:00am-Noon
EdE 312— Reading Instruction and
Practicum (6) Off Campus.
EdE 411— Student Teaching (Elemen-
tary) (6) Off Campus.
EdE 41 2— Work-Study in the Elemen-
tary School (6) Off Campus.
9:30-1 1:00 am
EdE 301— Creativity in the Classroom
(3)
EdE 310— Communication Skills in
the Elementary School (3)
EdE 421— Seminar in Elementary
Education (3)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
EdE 251— Child Development and
Behavior (3)
EdE 301— Creativity in the Classroom
(3)
EdE 306— Classroom Management (3)
English
8:00-9:30 am
Eng 120-Effective Writing I (3)
Lit 101 —Great American Writers (3)
Lit 295— Children's Literature (3)
Lit365-Short Story (3)
23
9:30-1 1:00 am
Eng 121— Effective Writing II (3)
Eng 331 —Structure of Modern English
(3)
Lit 164-Poetry (3)
Lit 335— Shakespeare I (3)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
Eng 230— Introduction to Linguistics
(3)
Lit 162-Fiction (3)
Lit 270— Literature of the Cities (3)
Ethnic Studies
9:30-11:00 am and
1:00-3:30 pm
SSC 480— Ethnic Cultures Workshop
(3) (See "Summer Workshops/
Other Special Offerings")
Foreign Languages
8:00-9:30 am
Fre 101— Elementary French I (3)
Ger 101— Elementary German I (3)
Lan 411— Seminar in Puerto Rican
Language and Culture (3)
Spa 201 —Intermediate Spanish I (3)
9:30-1 1 :00 am
Fre 201 — Intermediate French I (3)
Ger 102— Elementary German II (3)
Ger 201 —Intermediate German I (3)
Lat 41 1 —Roman Civilization (3) (Taught
in English)
Spa 101— Elementary Spanish I (3)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
Fre 410— Seminar in French (3)
Ger 202 — Intermediate German II (3)
Lat 101— Elementary Latin I (3)
Advanced German Courses - German
Majors Program*
Conversational Chinese, Japanese,
Portuguese, and Modern Greek*
*For information and registration pro-
cedures, see Pre-Session
Geography and Planning
8:00-9:30 am
Geo 101 -World Geography (3)
9:30-1 1:00 am
Geo 214— Regional Planning (3)
Geo 304— The Soviet Union (3)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
Geo 402— Teaching Geography in
Secondary Schools (3)
6:00-1 0:00 pm
Geo 210— Population Problems (3)
Mon. and Wed.
Government and Politics
8:00-9:30 am
PSc 100— American Government and
Politics (3)
9:30-1 1 :00 am
PSc 100— American Government and
Politics (3)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
PSc 100— American Government and
Politics (3)
PAd 374— Municipal and Administra-
tive Law (3) NEW
6:45-1 0:00 pm
PSc 100— American Government and
Politics (3) Tues. and Thurs.
PAd 361— State and Local Government
(3) (Formerly PSc 331) Mon. and
Wed.
Health,
Physical Education,
and Recreation
Health Education
8:00-9:30 am
HEd 172-Foundations of Health II
(3)
HEd 370— Health for the Elementary
Grades (3)
24
9:30-1 1:00 am
HEd 370— Health for the Elementary
Grades (3)
HEd 475— Continuum of Living and
Dying (3) NEW
Physical Education
8:00-9:30 am
PEd 370— Camping and Outing (3)—
three options listed below are
available from June 25 to August
20: A. One week - 7 hours a day
(8-12) and (2-5) or (6-9)
7 hours
B. Two weeks - 7 hours a day -
alternating days using above
daily times
C. Special arrangement - all
students must contact Mr.
Joe Lauletta in the HPER
Center.
8:00-9:00 am
PEd 368-Leadership in Recreation (2)
PEd 452— Principles of Coaching (2)
8:00-9:30 am
PEd 450— Methods & Materials of Safe-
ty Education (3)
8:00-1 0:30 am
PEd 357— Therapeutics (3)
9:30-11:00 am
PEd 456— Preparation for Teaching
Driver Education (3)
11:00am-1 2:00 noon
PEd 451— History & Philosophy of
Physical Education and Athletics
(2)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
PEd 101— Physical Activities I (1)—
first four weeks
PEd 102 — Physical Activities II (1)—
first four weeks
PEd 103— Elective Physical Activities
(1)— first four weeks
PEd 356— Principles & Practices of
Driver Education and Traffic Safety
(3)
12:30-1 :30 pm
PEd 113— Gymnastics I (women) (1)
PEd 142— Tennis/Badminton (1)
PEd 143-Golf/Archery (1)
PEd 200— Elementary School Physical
Education (2)
PEd 243— Preparation for Teaching
Activities (1)
7:00-8:00 pm
PEd 361 -Kinesiology (2)
History
8:00-9:30 am
His 102 — History of Civilization 11(3)
His 140— Emerging Nations (3) (with
emphasis on Subsahara Africa)
His 316— History of Latin American
since 1825 (3) (Formerly His 334)
9:30-1 1 :00 am
His 101— History of Civilization I (3)
His 151— History of United States I
(3) (Formerly His 211)
His 309— History of the Middle East
(3) (Formerly His 323)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
His 102 — History of Civilization I! (3)
His 305— Historyof East Asia (3) (Form-
erly His 329)
His 357— Diplomatic History of the
United States (3) (Formerly His
314)
Instructional Media Education
8:00-9:30 am
EdM 460— Basic Photography (3)
9:30-1 1:00 am
EdM 300— Introduction to Instructional
Communications (3)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
EdM 470— Motion Picture Production
(3)
25
Mathematical Sciences
8:00-9:30 am
Mat 000— Fundamentals of Algebra (0)
Mat 101— Mathematics for Elementary
Teachers I (3)
Mat 103— Introduction to Mathematics
(3)
Mat 391— Seminar in Mathematics for
Elementary Teachers (3) (Mathe-
matics for the Gifted Elementary
Student)
Mat 411 -Algebra I (3)
9:30-1 1:00 am
Mat 107— Calculus for Business I (3)
Mat 108— Calculus for Business II (3)
Mat 121 -Statistics I (3)
Mat 441— Advanced Calculus I (3)
CSC 101— Introduction to Computers
(3)
CSC 102 — Introduction to Computers-
Business (3)
CSC 495— Topics in Computer Science
(3) (Introduction to Computer Grap-
hics)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
Mat 142-Calculus II (4)
Mat 162— Applied Calculus II (4) (Form-
erly Calculus with Finite Mathe-
matics)
Mat 351 —Teaching Mathematics in
Elementary Schools (3)
Mat 390— Seminar in Marhematics
Education (3) (Mathematics for the
Gifted Secondary School Student)
CSC 495— Topics in Computer Sci-
ence (3) (Computer Hardware and
Logic)
Music
8:00-9:30 am
Mus 121 -Fine Arts (Music) (3)
Mus226-Art Song (3)
Mus 345— Contemporary Styles (3)
9:30-1 1:00 am
Mus 1 1 2— Theory of Music I (3)
Mus 1 13— Theory of Music II (3)
Mus 212— Theory of Music III (3)
Mus 213— Theory of Music IV (3)
Mus346-Bach and His Works (3)
Mas351-345-Master Class Brass (2)
(Carries two credits in summer
only.)
Mus 426— Choral Repertoire (3)
Pia 400— Piano Class (Elementary
Teachers) (3)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
Mus 114— Aural Activities I (2)
Mus 115-Aural Activities II (2)
Mus 214— Aural Activities III (2)
Mus 215-Aural Activities IV (2)
Mus 224— Keyboard Literature I (3)
Ico 31 1 — Instrumental Conducting I
(2)
1 2:30-2:00 pm
Ceo 212— Choral Conducting II (2)
Wwc001-002-Woodwind Class (2)
(Carries two credits in summer
only.)
Ore 111 —Orchestra (1) (Carries new
prefix and one credit in summer
only. J
Mus 238— Brass Literature (3)
2:00-3:00 pm
Cho 1 1 1 —Chorus (1 ) (Carries new title
and one credit in summer only.)
3:00-4:00 pm
Bnd Ill-Band (1) (Carries new prefix
and one credit in summer only.)
BY APPOINTMENT
Private instruction in piano, voice, and
instruments (1 or 2 credits)
Workshops
Sixteenth Annual High School Work-
shop (July 1 1 - August 5)
Music Education Workshop (July 18-
July 22) (See "Summer Workshops/
Other Special Offerings")
Philosophy
8:00-9:30 am
Phi 101— Introduction to Philosophy (3)
26
9:30-1 1:00 am
Phi 101 —Introduction to Philosophy (3]
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
Phi 375— Existentialism
6:30-9:00 pm
Phi 101— Introduction to Philosophy (3)
Physics
8:00 am-1 2:00 noon
Phy 1 03— General Physics I (4) June 27
through July 22
Phy 104— General Physics II (4) July
25 through August 19
9:30-1 1:00 am
Sci 100— Basic Concepts in Physical
Science (3) (Formerly titled Ele-
ments of Physical Science)
Sci 370— Science and Humar, Values
(For information contact the Depart-
ment of Chemistry.)
Psychology
8:00-9:30 am
Psy 100— Introduction to Psychology
(3)
Psy 2 1 0— Developmental Psychology
(3)
Psy 364— Physiological Psychology
(3)
Psy 441/442 — Field Experience in Psy-
chology I and II (3)
9:30-1 1:00 am
Psy 370— Mental Hygiene (3)
Psy 425— Psychological Testing and
Measurement (3)
Psy 430— Human Sexual Behavior (3)
Psy 490— Topical Seminar in Psy-
chology (Psychology of Women)
(3)
11. 00 am-1 2:30 pm
Psy 100— Introduction to Psychology
(3)
Psy 245— Research Methods and Sta-
tistics I (3)
Psy 350 — Motivation (3)
Psy 375— Abnormal Psychology (3)
6:00-9:30 pm
Psy 427— Behavior Modification (3)
Mon. and Wed.
Secondary Education and
Professional Studies
8:00-9:30 am
EdF 100— School and Society (3)
EdP 250— Psychology of Learning and
Development (3)
EdP 351— Evaluation and Measure-
ment (3)
9:30-1 1:00 am
EdF 350— The Professional and Stu-
dent Personnel Services (3)
11:00 am-1 2:30 pm
EdF 100— School and Society (3)
EdP 250— Psychology of Learning and
Development (3)
EdP 351— Evaluation and Measure-
ment (3)
EdU 361— Teaching in Urban Schools
(3)
Sociology
8:00-9:30 am
Soc 200— Introduction to Sociology (3)
(Formerly Soc 100)
Soc 353— Juvenile Delinquency (3)
(Formerly Soc 334)
9:30-1 1:00 am
Soc 200— Introduction to Sociology (3)
(Formerly Soc 100)
Soc 362— Sexuality in Society (3) (For-
merly Soc 375)
11:00 am-1 2:30 pm
Soc 200— Introduction to Sociology (3)
(Formerly Soc 100)
6:45-1 0:00 pm
Soc 200— introduction to Sociology (3)
(Formerly Soc 100) Mon. and Wed.
27
Soc 250— Contemporary Social Prob-
lems (3) (Formerly Soc 332) Tues.
and Thurs.
Social Welfare
(See Nine-Week Consortium in Social
Welfare under Pre Session)
Special Education
8:00-9:30 am
EdA 241— Psychology of Exceptional
Children (3)
9:30-1 1:00 am
EdA 243— Psychology of the Mentally
Retarded (3)
EdA 344 — Problems in Special Educa-
tion (3)
Speech Communication and
Theatre
8:00-9:30 am
SpH106-(Also SPP 106)-lntroduc-
tion to Phonetics (3)
SpC 101— Speech Fundamentals: In-
terpersonal Communication (3)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
Tha 300— Summer Drama Workshop
(1-9) (Afternoon and Evening Lab-
oratories) (See "Workshops/Other
Special Offerings")
Speech Pathology and
Audiology
8:00-9:30 am
SPP 106 (Also SPH 106)-lntroduc-
tion to Phonetics (3)
SPP202-Speech Pathology I (3)
9:30-1 1:00 am
SPP 201— introduction to Speech
Problems (3)
SPP 290— Anatomy of Speech and
Hearing Mechanisms (3)
11:00am-1 2:30 pm
SPP 170— Speech and Language De-
velopment (3)
To Be Arranged
SPP 350— Clinical Practicum (2)
SPP 351— Advanced Clinical Practi-
cum (2)
28
Post Session
Monday, August 8
through
Friday, August 26
Each class meets 8:00-9:30 am and 1 0:30 am — 1 2:00 Noon, Monday
through Friday, unless otherwise shown.
See the Undergraduate Studies Bulletin for course descriptions
which are correlated with the 1976-1977 catalog. NEW, following
a course listing, indicates a course not currently described. Descrip-
tions of these courses will be found in the publication beginning
on page 38. Offerings listed are contingent upon sufficient enroll-
ment. Semester hours of credit are shown in parentheses following
course titles.
Anthropology
Ant 102 — Introduction to Anthropology:
Cultural (3)
Art
Art 222, 231, 322— Sculpture Work-
shop* (3)
Art 101— Fine Arts (Art) (3)
6:00-9:30 pm
Art 331, 332 — Ceramics Workshop:
Raku* (3) Mon. through Thurs.,
6:00-9:30 pnn
*See Summer Workshop/Other Spe-
cial Offerings for Explanation of Studio
Workshops
Biology
Bio 100— Basic Biological Science (3)
Includes Lab
Bio 414— Biological History (3)
Business
BAc 202 — Principles of Accounting II
(3)
BAc 302— Intermediate Accounting II
(3)
BAc 304— Cost Accounting II
BFn 344 — Investments (3)
BMk 408— Marketing Research (3)
Criminal Justice
CrJ 100— Foundations of Criminal
Justice (3)
CrJ 490— Field Placement (3) (Con-
tinuous Pre through Post) By Ap-
pointment
Economics
Eco 201— Principles of Economics
(Survey) (3)
Eco 232— Principles of Economics II
(Macro) (3)
Eco 352— Quantitative Business An-
alysis II (3)
English
Eng 000— Basic English (0)
Eng 120-Effective Writing I (3)
Lit 101— Great American Writers (3)
Lit 292-Avant-Garde Film (3) NEW
Lit 295-Children's Literature (3)
Elementary Education
EdE 310— Communication Skills in the
Elementary School (3)
Foreign Languages
Fre 102— Elementary French II (3)
Fre 202 — Intermediate French II (3)
Spa 102— Elementary Spanish 11 (3)
Spa 202— Intermediate Spanish II (3)
29
Geography and Planning
Geo 101— World Geography (3)
Geo 3 1 1 —Geography Area Field Study
(Bermuda) (3)
Government and Politics
PSc 100— American Government and
Politics (3)
PSc 335— American Political Ideas (3)
Health,
Physical Education,
and Recreation
Health Education
HEd 170— Health (2) 8:00-9:00 am
Physical Education
PEd 351— Evaluation in Health and
Physical Education (3)
PEd 352— Applied Physiology (3)
PEd 355— Education for Safe Living (3)
Workshops
*Gymnastics Camp and Clinic, August
8-August 13
*Soccer Camp and Clinic, August 8-
August 13
*See "Summer Workshops/Other Spe-
cial Offerings"
History
His 102 — History of Civilization 11(3)
His 151— History of United States I
(3) (Formerly His 211)
His 165— Turbulent 1960's (3) (Form-
erly His 208)
His 370— American Indians (3) (Form-
erly His 336)
Instructional Media Education
EdM 300— Introduction to Instructional
Communications (3)
Mathematical Sciences
Mat 101— Mathematics for Elementary
Teachers I (3)
Mat 103— Introduction to Mathematics
(3)
Mat 105— College Algebra and Trigo-
nometry (3)
Mat 108— Calculus for Business I
CSC 200— Cooperative Operations*
(3)
CSC 300— Cooperative Applications
Programming* (4)
CSC 350— Computers in Education (3)
CSC 400— Cooperative Speciality* (9)
*Permission of Dr. Fabrey required.
Music
Mus 121— Fine Arts (Music) (3)
Mus 414— Acoustics of Music (3)
Ico 312 — Instrumental Conducting II
(2)
Workshops
Marching Band Conference and Work-
shop*, August 8-August 12
Jazz Studies Workshop*, August 15-
August 19
*See "Summer Workshops/Other Spe-
cial Offerings"
Philosophy
Phi 101— Introduction to Philosophy
Psychology
Psy 100— Introduction to Psychology
(3)
Psy 210— Developmental Psychology
(3)
Psy 357— Theories of Personality (3)
Psy 430— Human Sexual Behavior (3)
Secondary Education and
Professional Studies
EdP 250— Psychology of Learning
and Development (3)
EdP 351— Evaluation and Measure-
ment (3)
EdO 411— Environmental Outdoor Ed-
ucation Workshop (3) (See "Sum-
mer Workshops/Other Special
Offerings")
Sociology
Soc 200— Introduction to Sociology (3)
(Formerly Soc 100)
Soc 240— Sociology of the Family (3)
(Formerly Soc 333)
30
SUMMER WORKSHOPS/OTHER
SPECIAL OFFERINGS
Art
Art Workshop (Art 105)
(for Non-Majors)
Pre and Regular Sessions
Deep-down, most people would like to paint. Take Winston Churchill. Now
Sir Winston, let's face it, was a far, far greater stateman than artist. But, he
liked to paint. So did President Eisenhower. So do lots of just plain, every-
day people— some who surprise themselves with their talent, and all who
enjoy themselves. Our Department of Art had people like this in mind when
it launched this open workshop several years ago. It has caught on with
surprising success. Or perhaps not so surprising: from long tradition, Chester
County is painting country. The 1 8th century's Benjamin West grew up here;
so did the primitive, Edward Hicks, and Mary Cassatt, the impressionist.
Three generations of Wyeths have found Chester County an optimum en-
vironment for painting. The Wyeths have a good deal to do with this area's
unusually high interest in the arts. But, back to our workshop; it explores
techniques in painting, drawing, design print-making, and 3-dimensional
media. (3 credits)
Studio Workshops
All three sessions
Closely akin, in their open nature, to the Art Workshop are a number of work-
shops in sculpture, painting, weaving, ceramics and drawing extending
through all three sessions. These, too, are beginners as well as the more
experienced. Scan the course listings for details.
Biology
Mini-Courses in Biology
Regular Session
Enthusiastic response to West Chester's mini-courses in biology has result-
ed in more of these one-week sessions being offered this year. Nature lovers
of all age groups and varying levels of proficiency will enjoy the many field
trips to observe and learn about the many species of plants and birds native
to the local area. Planned to be both entertaining and educational, each
course will meet for five days from 9:00 am to 1 2:00 noon and from 1 :00 pm
to 3:00 pm.
31
July 18 through July 22 How to Identify Common Summer Flowers of
Southeastern Pa. (Bio 476)
July 25 through July 29 How to Identify Common Trees of Southeastern
Pa. (Bio 475)
August 1 through August 5 The Living Forest. A study of the major com-
ponents and structures of the forest ecosystem.
(Bio 472)
Each course carries one credit.
Criminal Justice-
See department for workshop details.
Ethnic Studies
SSC 480 Ethnic Cultures Workshop (3) This workshop considers the tradi-
tions, customs, present societal status, and contributions to American life
of many ethnic groups. The guest-lectures and special programs are design-
ed to increase the students' knowledge of the multicultural nature of Ameri-
can society today. Projects, specifically tailored to the students' individual
needs, are directed by a faculty member of the Ethnic Studies Committee
of West Chester State College. In 1977 the workshop will be devoted to
"Current Developments and Materials in the Black Experience."
PREREQ: Permission of the instructor.
Regular Session, July 1 1 -July 22, from 9:30-1 1 :00 am and 1 :00-3:30 pm.
Foreign Languages
Advanced German Courses— German Majors Program. Students from other
colleges and universities are welcome to apply for admission to the pro-
gram. Students may begin any time during June and complete work in July.
Time spent and credits earned will vary according to need of students. Apply
to Mr. Ronald L. Gougher, Department of Foreign Languages.
Conversational Chinese, Japanese, Portuguese and Modern Greek. During
the summer of 1977 students may learn conversational Chinese, Japanese,
Portuguese, and Modern Greek, depending on enrollment and staff at West
Chester State College. Please contact Ronald L. Gougher, Foreign Lan-
guage department, West Chester State College, West Chester, Pa.
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation
Athletic Training Education Program
June 20 through August 13
A block of courses which partially fulfills the National Athletic Trainer's
Association's approved program for preparation toward National Certifica-
tion. The total program is a 15-hour block, with prerequisites. The school is
offering nine of these hours, which run continuously and must be taken as a
block from 8:00-11:30 am and 1:00-2:00 pm, Monday through Friday.
PEd 357— Therapeutics (3 credits)
PEd 358— Advanced Athletic Training I (3 credits)
PEd 359— Advanced Athletic Training II (3 credits)
32
If interested, contact Mr. Phillip 3. Donley, associate professor. School of
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation. He must have applications be-
fore May 1 .
Summer Dance Workshop (PEd 347)
June 13 through July 1
For serious dance students of high school and college age. Morning and
afternoon classes, Monday through Friday, in modern dance techniques,
presented by Lida Nelson Smith and a guest teacher. For brochure and
applications, write to Mrs. Lida Nelson Smith, Dance Workshop Director,
School of Health and Physical Education. (1 credit)
Other Workshops and Clinics
In addition to the offerings shown above, the School of Health, Physical
Education, and Recreation will conduct a number of short clinics and work-
shops during May and the summer. Baseball, gymnastics, soccer, wrestling,
swimming, diving, pool direction and dance production are among the fields
covered. Interested teachers, coaches, recreation leaders or performers
may obtain details from the school, (no credit)
Arr Jay's Diving— July 24-July 30 and July 31-August 6
Golden Ram Wrestling Clinic— July 17-July 22 and July 24-July 29
Gymnastics Camp and Clinic— August 8-August 13
P/T Swimming— May 23-27 and May 30-June 3
Soccer Camp and Clinic— August 8-August 13
Summer Football Camp— week of July 4 (tentative)
Marine Science Consortium
Summer 1977
As a participant in the Delaware Bay Marine Science Consortium, West
Chester offers courses in oceanography and marine sciences at the con-
sortium field stations in Delaware and Virginia during five summer sessions.
Course offerings and dates of sessions will be announced soon after March
1. For details, contact Mr. John E. Ehleiter, Associate Professor, Depart-
ment of Earth Sciences.
Music
Sixteenth Annual High School Music Workshop
July 1 1 through August 5
A summer music workshop for serious musicians of high school age, spon-
sored by the School of Music. Offerings include: band, orchestra, chorus,
individual lessons, music theory, music appreciation, conducting, improvisa-
tion seminar, related arts seminar, ensembles and dance band as well as
master classes in repertoire and literature for students of voice and piano.
Concerts, recitals and special clinics, open to the public, are highlights.
33
For brochure and application forms write to the High School Music Work-
shop, West Chester State College. (No credit)
Music Education Workshop
July 18 through July 22
Intensive examination and utilization af Silver Burdett Music books and
materials for the classroom teacher. Participants will select the level of
classroom music best suited to their needs. The focus of instruction will
be on innovative and creative ways of teaching the basic skills and concepts
of music. Instructors will include Silver Burdett Music authors and consul-
tants.
Marching Band Conference and Workshop
August 8 through August 12
Designed primarily for high school and college directors and students, this
conference is sponsored by the West Chester State College Marching Band
and the School of Music. Offerings include flags, rifle and twirling instruc-
tion for both intermediate and advanced sections; clinics in intermediate
and advanced percussion; separate workshops for students and directors.
Outstanding authorities participate. For information about this eighth annual
band event, contact Dr. James R. Wells, Marching Band Director, School
of Music.
Jazz Studies Workshop
August 15 through August 19 Fee: $60
Nationally-known jazz artist will offer classes in stage band direction, con-
temporary improvisation, arranging, and the pedagogy of improvisation.
Designed primarily for anyone who is or will be involved with some type of
jazz activity in the public schools, the workshop will accommodate those
with little or no experience to those already actively involved in this field.
Optional undergraduate credits available at regular fees. Two credits: five
days. Three credits: five days plus arranging or improvisation project.
Jaz 420, Workshop: Jazz Studies. For further information concerning the
workshop and its faculty, contact Mr. James Sullivan, School of Music
(436-2678).
Secondary Education
Environmental (Outdoor) Education Workshop (EdO 411)
Post Session
While participants in the Environmental Education Workshop put in their
fair share of hard work, any description of the program still reads more like
a wilderness vacation brochure than of a course offering. A field-centered
learning experience, the workshop includes camping trips; several days at
the Ohio Pyle State Park area for a study of flora and fauna and a day of
white-watering; and a field investigation of the Wild Waterfowl area near
34
Lebanon. Staff from the Pennsylvania Game Commission take part in some
of the field expeditions, and there is other interaction with various govern-
mental agencies as well as informal investigation of various problems. De-
signed to integrate the wide range of background and interests among the
participants, this workshop provides credit toward certification, may be
taken as an elective or may be taken on an auditor's basis. For further in-
formation, write Mr. John Holingjak, Coordinator of Environmental Educa-
tion, West Chester State College, West Chester, Pa., 19380, or phone (215)
436-2791. (3 credits)
Social Welfare
Nine-Week Consortium in Social Welfare
June 6 through August 5
Open to students from all colleges, this nine-week consortium is an arrange-
ment between West Chester State College and Elizabethtown College
(Pennsylvania) which will enable students from Elizabethtown to complete
a major in social work. In addition to courses in social welfare systems
and social group work practice, students will be provided with a field ex-
perience in a social agency. Agency placements will be arranged on an
individual basis. Students may select individual courses or take the appro-
priate sequence under advisement. An introductory course in social wel-
fare or social work is prerequisite. For information contact Mrs. Claire Rava-
con, associate professor, Department of Anthropology, Sociology, and
Social Welfare (credits shown under Pre Session).
Speech Communication & Theatre
Summer Drama Workshop (Tha 300)
June 27 through August 5
An intensive combination of formal classroom instruction and applied pro-
duction experiences. Daily seminar sessions covering a different topic each
week will be held at 1 1 :00 am with production applications each afternoon
and evening. Productions will Include both plays for adults and for child-
ren. (1-9 credits)
Speech Pathology and Audiology
Equipment Workshop (SPP 406)
Evaluation, selection, use and maintenance of electronic aids for the speech
and hearing clinician. Demonstrations of equipment for diagnosis, therapy
and classroom use. Students will have ample opportunity to work with tape
recorders, auditory trainers, and special-purpose equipment during labora-
tory periods. Care and treatment, trouble-shooting, and calibration techni-
ques also will be included. Open to Speech Pathology and Audiology stu-
dents with senior standing.
35
NEW
COURSE
DESCRIPTIONS
Below are brief descriptions of offerings in this catalog not contained in the
1 976-77 Undergraduate Catalog. For further information, contact the appro-
priate department.
The listing is alpha-numerical by course prefix and number.
EcE 204— Early Childhood Programs (3) Study and exposure to program
models for the education of young children. Major trends in early childhood
will be identified.
EcE 205— Administration and Supervision of Early Childhood Programs (3)
Principles of administration and supervision of programs for young child-
ren. This will include parent education and community relations.
EdA 245— Learning Disabilities (3) An introductory course examining
educational discrepancies between apparent ability and functional level.
It will review causes, diagnosis and remediation of learning disabilities.
HEd 475— Continuum of Living and Dying (3) A course designed to investi-
gate three aspects of the living/dying continuum: the aging process, death
and suicide.
HEd 476— Parenthood Education (3) An examination of the various alterna-
tives for coping with parental crises using decision making and communi-
cative skills while fostering healthy parental attitudes.
Lit 292— Avant-Garde Film (3) The function of cinema in contemporary
society as a socio-cultural, economic, and political object, as seen through
critical analysis of experimental and documentary films.
Sci 370— Science and Human Values (3) The impact of scientific and tech-
nological change on human thought and values and upon the structure of
society. Ethical, sociological, and psychological aspects of such changes.
SpP 406— Equipment Workshop (3) Evaluation, selection, use and main-
tenance of electronic aids for the speech and hearing clinician.
36
FOR MORE INFORMATION . . .
If West Chester State College appeals to
you, and you would like to know more about
either our graduate or undergraduate pro-
grams, please complete the appropriate
coupon below and send to the school for a
copy of the catalog you wish. We'll be happy
to send it to you.
REQUEST FOR GRADUATE CATALOG
Name.
Address
City State Zip Code .
REQUEST FOR UNDERGRADUATE CATALOG
Name
Address.
City State Zip Code.
When would you wish to enter September D
West Chester State College? 19 January D JuneD
Are you presently attending college? Yes D No D
Year Major
STAMP
Office of Graduate Studies
Old Demonstration School
West Chester State College
West Chester, Pa. 19380
STAMP
Director of Admissions
Learning Research Center
West Chester State College
West Chester, Pa. 19380
CD
CJ
LU
CO
s:
2
^^
CD
CD
O)
</)
OO
3-
IT
CD
CD
C/)
CO
CD
CD
— ?
-?
"D
(J)
CD
03
^
3
CD
C/3
o
O
<
O)
CD
^
CD
w'
CD
1.
CD
00
cx»
o
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11